HomeMy WebLinkAbout515 E Dyer Rd-EV Chargers & Parking lot - PlanDESIGN TEAM
DLX8_EV
INSTALLATION OF ELECTRIC VEHICLE CHARGING EQUIPMENT
515 EAST DYER ROAD
SANTA ANA, CA 92707
SCALE: NTS
LOCATION MAP
CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL PLANS, EXISTING DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONS ON THE JOB SITE AND SHALL IMMEDITATELY NOTIFY
THE ENGINEER IN WRITING OF ANY DISCREPANCIES BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK.
AREA MAP
CALL BEFORE YOU DIG
SCOPE OF WORK
PROJECT NARRATIVE:
PROPOSED ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING DESIGNS FOR THE INSTALLATION
OF 122 ELECTRIC VEHICLE (EV) CHARGING STATIONS (L2 AND L3
CHARGERS)
ADDITIONALLY, PROPOSED ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING DESIGNS FOR THE
INSTALLATION OF A NEW MEDIUM VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL SERVICE WITH
NEW ELECTRICAL SWITCHGEAR, TRANSFORMERS AND PANELBOARDS
WITH NEW UNDERGROUND FEEDERS AND BRANCH CIRCUITS. THIS
INCLUDES EQUIPMENT PADS, VEHICULAR PROTECTION (BOLLARDS) AS
PER CIVIL PLANS.
PROJECT NOTES:
THIS PROJECT PROPOSES LEVEL 2 AND LEVEL 3 CHARGERS AS INDICATED
IN THE EV DATA TABLE. THESE CHARGERS ARE PROPOSED TO SERVE A
PRIVATE FLEET.
EV CHARGER MANUFACTURER TO BE DETERMINED OR OWNER-APPROVED
ALTERNATE.
PROJECT SPANS ACROSS 65,510 FT^2 OF INTERIOR PARKING SPACE.
SITE INFORMATION
POWER COMPANY:
SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA EDISON COMPANY (SCE)
PO BOX 6109
COVINA, CA 91722
SCHEDULING INSPECTION: (800) 655-4555
COUNTY:
ORANGE COUNTY
AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION:
CITY OF SANTA ANA
PLANNING AND BUILDING AGENCY
20 CIVIC CENTER PLAZA,
SANTA ANA, CA 92701
PHONE
(714) 667-5804 PLANNING DIVISION
(714) 647-5800 BUILDING SAFETY DIVISION
(714) 667-2780 CODE ENFORCEMENT
EMAIL
PLANNING@SANTA-ANA.ORG
APPLICABLE CODES
ALL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING APPLICABLE CODES:
2022 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE
2022 CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE (CEC)
2022 CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE
2022 CALIFORNIA FIRE CODE (CFC) & INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE 2021 (IFC
2021)
IN THE EVENT OF A CONFLICT, THE MOST RESTRICTIVE CODE SHALL
PREVAIL.
SHEET INDEX
SCALE: NTS
ELECTRICAL ENGINEER/ELECTRICAL LEAD
EVERCHARGE
ALEX SHORTS, P.E.
SENIOR ELECTRICAL DESIGN ENGINEER
EMAIL: ALEX.SHORTS@EVERCHARGE.COM
PHONE: 805-663-3812
CIVIL ENGINEER/CIVIL LEAD
LEE CURLE, AIBD
EMAIL: LCURLE@LCDESIGNS.US
PHONE: 316-816-0771
QA/QC LEAD:
EVERCHARGE
SCOTT WOLFREY
ENTERPRISE OPERATIONS MANAGER
EMAIL: SCOTT.WOLFREY@EVERCHARGE.COM
PHONE: (650) 231-5539
DAVID GUSMAN CORTES
SENIOR MANAGER FIELD OPERATIONS
EMAIL: DAVID.CORTEZ@EVERCHARGE.COM
PHONE: (949) 418-3979
EV CHARGING DEVICES AND
INFRASTRUCTURE ARE LOCATED
WITHIN AN EMPLOYEE ONLY WORK
AREA AND INTENDED FOR USE BY
EMPLOYEES ONLY AND WILL NOT
REQUIRE ACCESSIBILITY STALLS.
PER CBC 11B-228.3.2 EXCEPTION 1
THESE CHARGING STATION WILL
BE A PRIVATE FLEET OF VEHICLES
EV PARKING DATA
ACCESSIBILITY
SCOPE OF WORK
E. DYER RD.
HA
L
L
A
D
A
Y
S
T
.
OR
A
N
G
E
A
V
E
.
E. DYER RD.
PROJECT
LOCATION
Sheet Number Sheet Title
G0.0 COVER SHEET
G1.0 DEMO PLAN
E0.1 PROJECT NOTES
E0.2 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
E0.3 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
E0.4 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
E1.0 SITE PLAN OVERVIEW
E1.1 EQUIPMENT SITE PLAN
E2.0 ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM
E2.1 EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES
E2.2 EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES
E4.0 ELECTRICAL DETAILS
E4.1 ELECTRICAL DETAILS
E4.2 GROUNDING DETAILS
E5.0 EQUIPMENT CUTSHEETS
G0.0 CIVIL COVER PAGE
G1.1 01500 TEMP FACILITIES
G1.1 017419 WASTE MANAGEMENT
G1.2 EXISTING CONDITIONS
D1.0 DEMO PLAN (INSIDE)
D1.1 DEMO PLAN (OUTSIDE)
C1.0 PROJECT LAYOUT
C5.0 CIVIL DETAILS
C5.1 CIVIL DETAILS
DT1.0 BOLLARD DETAILS
DT1.1 BOLLARD DETAILS
DT1.2 BOLLARD DETAILS
CA BUILDING CODE 2022
PH:
RE
V
I
S
I
O
N
DA
T
E
2/
1
9
/
2
5
Ci
t
y
o
f
C
a
r
l
s
b
a
d
C
o
m
m
e
n
t
s
A
45
0
L
A
M
B
E
R
T
A
V
E
,
P
A
L
O
A
L
T
O
,
C
A
9
4
3
0
6
(8
8
8
)
3
4
2
-
7
3
8
3
ORIGINAL SIZE 24"X36"
REV:
PROJ:
DL
X
8
E
L
E
C
T
R
I
C
V
E
H
I
C
L
E
C
H
A
R
G
I
N
G
S
T
A
T
I
O
N
S
51
5
E
A
S
T
D
Y
E
R
R
O
A
D
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
7
BSE14-2
DLX8_EV_OSP
ALEXANDER SHORTS
PROFESSIONA L ENGINEER
ELECTRICALSTATE OF CALIFORNIA
E 21782
7/
1
4
/
2
5
Ut
i
l
i
t
y
t
r
e
n
c
h
p
a
t
h
B
9/22/25
SS
B
J
U
p
s
i
z
e
,
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r
s
e
c
t
i
o
n
C
9/
2
2
/
2
5
COVER SHEET
G0.0
IFP C
2025 LC DESIGNS INTELLECTUAL
PROPERTY NOTICE:
This drawing is the sole property of LC Designs. It
is loaned to the recipient for his/her confidential use
only; and in consideration of the loan of this
drawing, the recipient agrees that this drawing shall
not be reproduced, copied, loaned, nor used for any
purpose other than for which it is specifically
intended without the express consent of
LC Designs.
LC Designs, 2205 E Dory St, Goddard, KS 67052
316-816-0771
Structure Type:
EVERCHARGE LC COVER PAGE
Project:
AMZL ENERGY EV
LC Designs
Drawn By:Client:
IDBA
R
MEMBER
AMERICAN INSTITUTE of
BUILDING DESIGN
KITTY HAWK ENGINEERING
BARRETT CROOK, PE, LEED AP
5306 MULHOLLAND DRIVE
SUMMERVILLE, SC 29485
252-655-1056
C0.0
515 EAST DYER ROAD
SANTA ANA, CA 92707
DLX8_EV_OSPSHEET INDEX
SHEET NUMBER SHEET TITLE
G0.0 COVER SHEET
G1.1 015000 TEMP FACILITIES
G1.1 017419 WASTE MANAGEMENT
G1.2 EXISTING CONDITIONS
D1.0 DEMO PLAN (INSIDE)
D1.1 DEMO PLAN (OUTSIDE)
C1.0 PROJECT LAYOUT
C5.0 CIVIL DETAILS
C5.1 CIVIL DETAILS
C6.0 PAD DETAILS/DESIGN
DT1.0 BOLLARD DETAILS
DT1.1 BOLLARD DETAILS
DT1.2 BOLLARD DETAILS
PROJECT LOCATION (INDOORS)
MASTER SPEC TABLE OF CONTENTS
SHEET NUMBER SECTION SHEET TITLE
G1.0 015000 TEMP FACILITIES
G1.0 017419 WASTE MANAGEMENT
SUBMITTAL REGISTER
SUBMITTAL NAME TYPE
015000-01 SITE UTILIZATION PLAN I
017419-01 WASTE MANAGEMENT I
1. SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE PROVIDES A BASIS OF SUBMITTALS BASED ON PROJECT
SPECIFICATIONS. SEE INDIVIDUAL SPECIFICATION SECTION FOR
REQUIREMENTS OF EACH SUBMITTAL. ADDITIONAL SUBMITTALS MAY BE
REQUIRED FOR SPECIFIC PRODUCTS.
2. SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE PROVIDES A TEMPLATE FOR SUBMITTALS. CONTRACTOR
MAY COMBINE SUBMITTALS FOR A SPECIFIC SECTION OR COMBINE
SUBMITTALS FOR MULTIPLE SIMILAR SECTIONS INTO A SINGLE SUBMITTAL.
SUBMITTAL SHALL IDENTIFY COMBINED SUBMITTALS ON THE BASIS OF THIS
SUBMITTAL NUMBERING SCHEME
3. SUBMITTAL TYPES:
3.1. A - ACTION SUBMITTAL - REQUIRED FOR REVIEW BY ENGINEER
3.2. I - INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTAL - REQUIRED FOR PROJECT RECORD
3.3. C - CLOSEOUT SUBMITTAL - REQUIRED FOR PROJECT CLOSEOUT
GENERAL NOTES:
1. ALL WORK TO CONFORM TO FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL REGULATIONS
2. CONTRACTOR SHALL KEEP ADJOINING PROPERTIES CLEAN OF CONSTRUCTION
DEBRIS AND CONSTRUCTION TRAFFIC AT ALL TIMES.
3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROTECT AND NOT DESTROY BASE SURVEY CONTROL
POINTS DURING CONSTRUCTION.
4. ALL UTILITY INFORMATION SHALL BE VERIFIED BY THE CONTRACTOR, CONTACT
ENGINEER IMMEDIATELY IF ANY VARIATION EXISTS.
5. MAINTAIN EXISTING UTILITIES TO REMAIN IN SERVICE AND PROTECT AGAINST
DAMAGE DURING DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS.
6. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS IN THE FIELD PRIOR TO THE
START OF CONSTRUCTION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL
FIELD DIMENSIONS. IF ANY DISCREPANCIES ARE FOUND IN THESE PLANS FROM
ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ENGINEER
IMMEDIATELY.
7. AMAZON DESIGN STANDARDS USED ON THIS PROJECT.
SITE NOTES:
1. ALL PARKING STRIPES ARE TO BE 4" PAINTED (WHITE) ADA ACCESSIBLE
PARKING STRIPED SHALL BE 4" PAINTED (BLUE) (SEE C5.0)
2. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO THE EDGE OF PAVEMENT OR FACE OF CURB UNLESS
NOTED OTHERWISE.
3. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO FACE OF BRICK OR FACING MATERIAL WHERE
APPLICABLE.
4. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE PARALLEL WITH OR PERPENDICULAR TO BASE LINES,
PROPERTY LINES OR BUILDING LINES, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
5. PROVIDE SMOOTH TRANSITION FROM NEW AREAS TO EXISTING FEATURES AS
NECESSARY
6. RESURFACE OR RECONSTRUCT LEAST TO ORIGINAL CONDITIONS ALL AREA
WHERE THE EXISTING PAVEMENT IS DAMAGED DURING CONSTRUCTION FROM
TRAFFIC BY CONTRACTORS, SUBCONTRACTORS OR SUPPLIERS AFTER
CONSTRUCTION WORK IS COMPLETE.
2025 LC DESIGNS INTELLECTUAL
PROPERTY NOTICE:
This drawing is the sole property of LC Designs. It
is loaned to the recipient for his/her confidential use
only; and in consideration of the loan of this
drawing, the recipient agrees that this drawing shall
not be reproduced, copied, loaned, nor used for any
purpose other than for which it is specifically
intended without the express consent of
LC Designs.
LC Designs, 2205 E Dory St, Goddard, KS 67052
316-816-0771
Structure Type:
EVERCHARGE LC GENERAL NOTES
Project:
AMZL ENERGY EV
LC Designs
Drawn By:Client:
IDBA
R
MEMBER
AMERICAN INSTITUTE of
BUILDING DESIGN
KITTY HAWK ENGINEERING
BARRETT CROOK, PE, LEED AP
5306 MULHOLLAND DRIVE
SUMMERVILLE, SC 29485
252-655-1056
G1.1
SECTION 015000
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. SECTION INCLUDES REQUIREMENTS FOR TEMPORARY UTILITIES, SUPPORT
FACILITIES, AND SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES.
1.2 USE CHARGES
A. INSTALLATION, REMOVAL, AND USE CHARGES FOR TEMPORARY FACILITIES SHALL BE
INCLUDED IN THE CONTRACT SUM UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. ALLOW OTHER
ENTITIES ENGAGED IN THE PROJECT TO USE TEMPORARY SERVICES AND FACILITIES
WITHOUT COST, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO TESTING AGENCIES AND
AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION.
B. ELECTRIC POWER SERVICE FROM EXISTING SYSTEM: ELECTRIC POWER FROM
OWNER'S EXISTING SYSTEM IS AVAILABLE FOR USE WITHOUT METERING AND WITHOUT
PAYMENT OF USE CHARGES. PROVIDE CONNECTIONS AND EXTENSIONS OF SERVICES AS
REQUIRED FOR CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. SITE UTILIZATION PLAN: SHOW TEMPORARY FACILITIES, TEMPORARY UTILITY LINES
AND CONNECTIONS, STAGING AREAS, CONSTRUCTION SITE ENTRANCES, VEHICLE
CIRCULATION, AND PARKING AREAS FOR CONSTRUCTION PERSONNEL.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 TEMPORARY FACILITIES
A. FIELD OFFICES: PREFABRICATED OR MOBILE UNITS WITH SERVICEABLE FINISHES,
TEMPERATURE CONTROLS, AND FOUNDATIONS ADEQUATE FOR NORMAL LOADING.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 TEMPORARY FACILITIES, GENERAL
A. CONSERVATION: COORDINATE CONSTRUCTION AND USE OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES
WITH CONSIDERATION GIVEN TO CONSERVATION OF ENERGY, WATER, AND
MATERIALS. COORDINATE USE OF TEMPORARY UTILITIES TO MINIMIZE WASTE.
3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. LOCATE FACILITIES WHERE THEY WILL SERVE PROJECT ADEQUATELY AND RESULT IN
MINIMUM INTERFERENCE WITH PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK. RELOCATE AND
MODIFY FACILITIES AS REQUIRED BY PROGRESS OF THE WORK.
B. PROVIDE EACH FACILITY READY FOR USE WHEN NEEDED TO AVOID DELAY. DO NOT
REMOVE UNTIL FACILITIES ARE NO LONGER NEEDED OR ARE REPLACED BY
AUTHORIZED USE OF COMPLETED PERMANENT FACILITIES.
3.3 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION
A. SANITARY FACILITIES: PROVIDE TEMPORARY TOILETS, WASH FACILITIES, AND
DRINKING WATER FOR USE OF CONSTRUCTION PERSONNEL. COMPLY WITH
REQUIREMENTS OF AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION FOR TYPE, NUMBER, LOCATION,
OPERATION, AND MAINTENANCE OF FIXTURES AND FACILITIES.
B. ELECTRIC POWER SERVICE: PROVIDE ELECTRIC POWER SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION
SYSTEM OF SUFFICIENT SIZE, CAPACITY, AND POWER CHARACTERISTICS REQUIRED
FOR CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS.
C. LIGHTING: PROVIDE TEMPORARY LIGHTING WITH LOCAL SWITCHING THAT PROVIDES
ADEQUATE ILLUMINATION FOR CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS, OBSERVATIONS,
INSPECTIONS, AND TRAFFIC CONDITIONS.
3.4 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION
A. WASTE DISPOSAL FACILITIES: PROVIDE WASTE-COLLECTION CONTAINERS IN SIZES
ADEQUATE TO HANDLE WASTE FROM CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS. COMPLY WITH
REQUIREMENTS OF AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. COMPLY WITH PROGRESS
CLEANING REQUIREMENTS IN SECTION 017300 "EXECUTION."
B. LIFTS AND HOISTS: PROVIDE FACILITIES NECESSARY FOR HOISTING MATERIALS AND
PERSONNEL.
3.5 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION
A. PROTECTION OF EXISTING FACILITIES: PROTECT EXISTING VEGETATION, EQUIPMENT,
STRUCTURES, UTILITIES, AND OTHER IMPROVEMENTS AT PROJECT SITE AND ON
ADJACENT PROPERTIES, EXCEPT THOSE INDICATED TO BE REMOVED OR ALTERED. REPAIR
DAMAGE TO EXISTING FACILITIES.
1. WHERE ACCESS TO ADJACENT PROPERTIES IS REQUIRED IN ORDER TO AFFECT
PROTECTION OF EXISTING FACILITIES, OBTAIN WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM ADJACENT
PROPERTY OWNER TO ACCESS PROPERTY FOR THAT PURPOSE.
B. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION: PROVIDE PROTECTION, OPERATE TEMPORARY
FACILITIES, AND CONDUCT CONSTRUCTION AS REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH
ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATIONS AND THAT MINIMIZE POSSIBLE AIR, WATERWAY, AND
SUBSOIL CONTAMINATION OR POLLUTION OR OTHER UNDESIRABLE EFFECTS.
C. TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL: PROVIDE MEASURES TO
PREVENT SOIL EROSION AND DISCHARGE OF SOIL-BEARING WATER RUNOFF AND
AIRBORNE DUST TO UNDISTURBED AREAS AND TO ADJACENT PROPERTIES AND
WALKWAYS, ACCORDING TO REQUIREMENTS OF EPA CONSTRUCTION GENERAL PERMIT
OR AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION, WHICHEVER IS MORE STRINGENT.
1. VERIFY THAT FLOWS OF WATER REDIRECTED FROM CONSTRUCTION AREAS OR
GENERATED BY CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY DO NOT ENTER OR CROSS TREE- OR
PLANT-PROTECTION ZONES.
2. INSPECT, REPAIR, AND MAINTAIN EROSION- AND SEDIMENTATION-CONTROL
MEASURES DURING CONSTRUCTION UNTIL PERMANENT VEGETATION HAS BEEN
ESTABLISHED.
3. CLEAN, REPAIR, AND RESTORE ADJOINING PROPERTIES AND ROADS AFFECTED BY
EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION FROM PROJECT SITE DURING THE COURSE OF
PROJECT.
4. REMOVE EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROLS AND RESTORE AND STABILIZE
AREAS DISTURBED DURING REMOVAL.
D. STORMWATER CONTROL: COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF AUTHORITIES HAVING
JURISDICTION. PROVIDE BARRIERS IN AND AROUND EXCAVATIONS AND SUBGRADE
CONSTRUCTION TO PREVENT FLOODING BY RUNOFF OF STORMWATER FROM HEAVY RAINS.
E. TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION: INSTALL TEMPORARY FENCING LOCATED AS
INDICATED OR OUTSIDE THE DRIP LINE OF TREES TO PROTECT VEGETATION FROM DAMAGE
FROM CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS. PROTECT TREE ROOT SYSTEMS FROM DAMAGE,
FLOODING, AND EROSION.
3.6 OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL
A. TERMINATION AND REMOVAL: REMOVE EACH TEMPORARY FACILITY WHEN NEED FOR
ITS SERVICE HAS ENDED, WHEN IT HAS BEEN REPLACED BY AUTHORIZED USE OF A
PERMANENT FACILITY, OR NO LATER THAN SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. COMPLETE OR, IF
NECESSARY, RESTORE PERMANENT CONSTRUCTION THAT MAY HAVE BEEN
DELAYED BECAUSE OF INTERFERENCE WITH TEMPORARY FACILITY. REPAIR DAMAGED
WORK, CLEAN EXPOSED SURFACES, AND REPLACE CONSTRUCTION THAT
CANNOT BE SATISFACTORILY REPAIRED.
SECTION 017419
CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. SECTION INCLUDES ADMINISTRATIVE AND PROCEDURAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE
FOLLOWING:
1. SALVAGING NONHAZARDOUS [DEMOLITION] [AND] [CONSTRUCTION] WASTE.
2. RECYCLING NONHAZARDOUS [DEMOLITION] [AND] [CONSTRUCTION] WASTE.
3. DISPOSING OF NONHAZARDOUS [DEMOLITION] [AND] [CONSTRUCTION] WASTE.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. CONSTRUCTION WASTE: BUILDING, STRUCTURE, AND SITE IMPROVEMENT
MATERIALS AND OTHER SOLID WASTE RESULTING FROM CONSTRUCTION, REMODELING,
RENOVATION, OR REPAIR OPERATIONS. CONSTRUCTION WASTE INCLUDES PACKAGING.
B. DEMOLITION WASTE: BUILDING, STRUCTURE, AND SITE IMPROVEMENT MATERIALS
RESULTING FROM DEMOLITION OPERATIONS.
C. DISPOSAL: REMOVAL OF DEMOLITION OR CONSTRUCTION WASTE AND SUBSEQUENT
SALVAGE, SALE, RECYCLING, OR DEPOSIT IN LANDFILL, INCINERATOR ACCEPTABLE
TO AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION, OR DESIGNATED SPOIL AREAS ON OWNER'S
PROPERTY.
D. RECYCLE: RECOVERY OF DEMOLITION OR CONSTRUCTION WASTE FOR SUBSEQUENT
PROCESSING IN PREPARATION FOR REUSE.
E. SALVAGE: RECOVERY OF DEMOLITION OR CONSTRUCTION WASTE AND SUBSEQUENT
SALE OR REUSE IN ANOTHER FACILITY.
F. SALVAGE AND REUSE: RECOVERY OF DEMOLITION OR CONSTRUCTION WASTE AND
SUBSEQUENT INCORPORATION INTO THE WORK.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN: SUBMIT PLAN WITHIN 30 DAYS OF DATE ESTABLISHED
FOR COMMENCEMENT OF THE WORK.
1.4 WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN
A. GENERAL: DEVELOP A WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN ACCORDING TO REQUIREMENTS
IN THIS SECTION. PLAN SHALL CONSIST OF WASTE IDENTIFICATION, WASTE
REDUCTION WORK PLAN, AND COST/REVENUE ANALYSIS. DISTINGUISH BETWEEN
DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION WASTE. INDICATE QUANTITIES BY WEIGHT OR
VOLUME, BUT USE SAME UNITS OF MEASURE THROUGHOUT WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN.
B. WASTE IDENTIFICATION: INDICATE ANTICIPATED TYPES AND QUANTITIES OF
DEMOLITION, SITE-CLEARING, AND CONSTRUCTION WASTE GENERATED BY THE WORK.
INCLUDE ESTIMATED QUANTITIES AND ASSUMPTIONS FOR ESTIMATES.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PLAN IMPLEMENTATION
A. GENERAL: IMPLEMENT APPROVED WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN. PROVIDE HANDLING,
CONTAINERS, STORAGE, SIGNAGE, TRANSPORTATION, AND OTHER ITEMS AS
REQUIRED TO IMPLEMENT WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN DURING THE ENTIRE DURATION OF
THE CONTRACT.
B. SITE ACCESS AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS: CONDUCT WASTE MANAGEMENT
OPERATIONS TO ENSURE MINIMUM INTERFERENCE WITH ROADS, STREETS, WALKS,
WALKWAYS, AND OTHER ADJACENT OCCUPIED AND USED FACILITIES.
1. DESIGNATE AND LABEL SPECIFIC AREAS ON PROJECT SITE NECESSARY FOR
SEPARATING MATERIALS THAT ARE TO BE SALVAGED AND RECYCLED.
2. COMPLY WITH SECTION 015000 "TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS" FOR
CONTROLLING DUST AND DIRT, ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION, AND NOISE CONTROL.
3.2 RECYCLING DEMOLITION WASTE
A. ASPHALT PAVING: BREAK UP AND TRANSPORT PAVING TO ASPHALT-RECYCLING
FACILITY.
B. CONCRETE: REMOVE REINFORCEMENT AND OTHER METALS FROM CONCRETE AND
SORT WITH OTHER METALS.
1. PULVERIZE CONCRETE TO MAXIMUM 4-INCH (100-MM) SIZE.
C. METALS: SEPARATE METALS BY TYPE.
1. REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF BOLTS, NUTS, WASHERS, AND OTHER ROUGH HARDWARE.
D. CONDUIT: REDUCE CONDUIT TO STRAIGHT LENGTHS AND STORE BY MATERIAL AND
SIZE.
3.3 RECYCLING CONSTRUCTION WASTE
A. PACKAGING:
1. CARDBOARD AND BOXES: BREAK DOWN PACKAGING INTO FLAT SHEETS. BUNDLE
AND STORE IN A DRY LOCATION.
2. POLYSTYRENE PACKAGING: SEPARATE AND BAG MATERIALS.
3. PALLETS: AS MUCH AS POSSIBLE, REQUIRE DELIVERIES USING PALLETS TO REMOVE
PALLETS FROM PROJECT SITE. FOR PALLETS THAT REMAIN ON-SITE, BREAK DOWN
PALLETS INTO COMPONENT WOOD PIECES AND COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR
RECYCLING WOOD.
4. CRATES: BREAK DOWN CRATES INTO COMPONENT WOOD PIECES AND COMPLY WITH
REQUIREMENTS FOR RECYCLING WOOD.
3.4 DISPOSAL OF WASTE
A. GENERAL: EXCEPT FOR ITEMS OR MATERIALS TO BE RECYCLED, REMOVE WASTE
MATERIALS FROM PROJECT SITE AND LEGALLY DISPOSE OF THEM IN A LANDFILL OR
INCINERATOR ACCEPTABLE TO AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION.
1. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, DO NOT ALLOW WASTE MATERIALS THAT ARE TO
BE DISPOSED OF ACCUMULATE ON-SITE.
2. REMOVE AND TRANSPORT DEBRIS IN A MANNER THAT WILL PREVENT SPILLAGE ON
ADJACENT SURFACES AND AREAS.
B. GENERAL: EXCEPT FOR ITEMS OR MATERIALS TO BE SALVAGED OR RECYCLED,
REMOVE WASTE MATERIALS AND LEGALLY DISPOSE OF AT DESIGNATED SPOIL AREAS ON
OWNER'S PROPERTY.
C. BURNING: DO NOT BURN WASTE MATERIALS.
BARR
ETT C
CROO
K
Digitally
signed by
BARRETT C
CROOK
Date:
2025.04.08
12:33:06
-04'00'
18"CL 18"
COUNTER
GP-5
9
4
6
PAPE
R
T
O
W
E
L
DISP
E
N
S
E
R
18"CL18"
COUNTER
GP-5
9
4
6
PAP
E
R
T
O
W
E
L
DISP
E
N
S
E
R
2025 LC DESIGNS INTELLECTUAL
PROPERTY NOTICE:
This drawing is the sole property of LC Designs. It
is loaned to the recipient for his/her confidential use
only; and in consideration of the loan of this
drawing, the recipient agrees that this drawing shall
not be reproduced, copied, loaned, nor used for any
purpose other than for which it is specifically
intended without the express consent of
LC Designs.
LC Designs, 2205 E Dory St, Goddard, KS 67052
316-816-0771
Structure Type:
EVERCHARGE LC LAYOUT
Project:
LC Designs
Drawn By:Client:
IDBA
R
MEMBER
AMERICAN INSTITUTE of
BUILDING DESIGN
KITTY HAWK ENGINEERING
BARRETT CROOK, PE, LEED AP
5306 MULHOLLAND DRIVE
SUMMERVILLE, SC 29485
252-655-1056
EXISTING CONDITIONS
SCALE: 116"=1'-0"
G1.2AMZL ENERGY EV
KEY NOTES:
A EXISTING ASPHALT/CONCRETE PAVING
B NOT USED
C BOLT DOWN BOLLARD TYP. (SEE DT1.1)
D NOT USED
E LIMITS OF DISTURBANCE
F
G
H
J
K
L
M
N
NOT USED
NOT USED
EXISTING WHEEL STOPS TO BE REMOVED
NEW EV CHARGING STATION - (4) LVL 2 CHARGERS
NEW EV CHARGING STATION - (2) LVL 2 CHARGERS
NEW EV CHARGING STATION - (1) LVL 3 CHARGER
PNL-1 AND XFRAM WITH BOLLARDS (SEE DT1.0)
NEW EV CHARGING STATION - (1) LVL 2 CHARGER
GENERAL NOTES:
1. ELECTRICAL ENGINEER TO DETERMINE CONDUIT SIZING AND SPACING.
2. BOLLARD PLACEMENT SHALL BE DETERMINED BY CONTRACTOR TO
PROTECTS EV CHARGING EQUIPMENT. REFER TO DETAIL ON DT1.0 FOR
SIZE AND DEPTH.
3. EXISTING ADA CURBS AND RAMPS TO REMAIN AND BE PROTECTED.
4. EXISTING SIGNS, LIGHT POLES, BOLLARDS TO REMAIN AND BE
PROTECTED.
5. CONTRACTOR TO RETURN ALL AREAS OF DISTURBANCE BACK TO
ORIGINAL OR BETTER CONDITIONS.
6. ADDITIONAL BOLLARDS TBD ALONG RACEWAY TO PROTECT CONDUIT.
BARR
ETT C
CROO
K
Digitally
signed by
BARRETT C
CROOK
Date:
2025.04.08
12:33:37
-04'00'
18"CL 18"
COUNTER
GP-
5
9
4
6
PAP
E
R
T
O
W
E
L
DIS
P
E
N
S
E
R
18"CL18"
COUNTER
GP-5
9
4
6
PA
P
E
R
T
O
W
E
L
DIS
P
E
N
S
E
R
2025 LC DESIGNS INTELLECTUAL
PROPERTY NOTICE:
This drawing is the sole property of LC Designs. It
is loaned to the recipient for his/her confidential use
only; and in consideration of the loan of this
drawing, the recipient agrees that this drawing shall
not be reproduced, copied, loaned, nor used for any
purpose other than for which it is specifically
intended without the express consent of
LC Designs.
LC Designs, 2205 E Dory St, Goddard, KS 67052
316-816-0771
Structure Type:
EVERCHARGE LC LAYOUT
Project:
LC Designs
Drawn By:Client:
IDBA
R
MEMBER
AMERICAN INSTITUTE of
BUILDING DESIGN
KITTY HAWK ENGINEERING
BARRETT CROOK, PE, LEED AP
5306 MULHOLLAND DRIVE
SUMMERVILLE, SC 29485
252-655-1056
DEMO PLAN (INSIDE)
SCALE: 116"=1'-0"
D1.0AMZL ENERGY EV
KEY NOTES:
A EXISTING ASPHALT/CONCRETE PAVING
B EXCAVATE FOR CONCRETE PAD
C NOT USED
D NOT USED
E LIMITS OF DISTURBANCE
F
G
H
J
K
L
M
N
NOT USED
NOT USED
EXISTING WHEEL STOPS TO BE REMOVED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
GENERAL NOTES:
1. ELECTRICAL ENGINEER TO DETERMINE CONDUIT SIZING AND SPACING.
2. BOLLARD PLACEMENT SHALL BE DETERMINED BY CONTRACTOR TO
PROTECTS EV CHARGING EQUIPMENT. REFER TO DETAIL ON DT1.0 FOR
SIZE AND DEPTH.
3. EXISTING ADA CURBS AND RAMPS TO REMAIN AND BE PROTECTED.
4. EXISTING SIGNS, LIGHT POLES, BOLLARDS TO REMAIN AND BE
PROTECTED.
5. CONTRACTOR TO RETURN ALL AREAS OF DISTURBANCE BACK TO
ORIGINAL OR BETTER CONDITIONS.
6. ADDITIONAL BOLLARDS TBD ALONG RACEWAY TO PROTECT CONDUIT.
A
A
A
E
H H
H H
B
CLEAN AIR
VANPOOL
CLEAN AIR
VANPOOL
CLEAN AIR
VANPOOL
CLEAN AIR
VANPOOL
CLEAN AIR
VANPOOL
CLEAN AIR
VANPOOL
CLEAN AIR
VANPOOL
CLEAN AIR
VANPOOL
EV
CHARGING ONLY
EV
CHARGING ONLY
EV
CHARGING ONLY
EV
CHARGING ONLY
EV
CHARGING ONLY
EV
CHARGING ONLY
EV
CHARGING ONLY
EV
CHARGING ONLY
EV
CHARGING ONLY
EV
CHARGING ONLY
EV
CHARGING ONLY
EV
CHARGING ONLY
e ee
e ee
2025 LC DESIGNS INTELLECTUAL
PROPERTY NOTICE:
This drawing is the sole property of LC Designs. It
is loaned to the recipient for his/her confidential use
only; and in consideration of the loan of this
drawing, the recipient agrees that this drawing shall
not be reproduced, copied, loaned, nor used for any
purpose other than for which it is specifically
intended without the express consent of
LC Designs.
LC Designs, 2205 E Dory St, Goddard, KS 67052
316-816-0771
Structure Type:
EVERCHARGE LC LAYOUT
Project:
LC Designs
Drawn By:Client:
IDBA
R
MEMBER
AMERICAN INSTITUTE of
BUILDING DESIGN
KITTY HAWK ENGINEERING
BARRETT CROOK, PE, LEED AP
5306 MULHOLLAND DRIVE
SUMMERVILLE, SC 29485
252-655-1056
DEMO PLAN (OUTSIDE)
SCALE: 116"=1'-0"
D1.1AMZL ENERGY EV
KEY NOTES:
A EXISTING ASPHALT/CONCRETE PAVING
B 4FT WIDE TRENCH / SAW CUT AND REMOVE EXISTING CONCRETE/ASPHALT (CV5.1)
C EXCAVATE FOR CONCRETE PAD (DT1.2)
D LANDSCAPE SCREENING PER SAMC SEC 41-622
E LIMITS OF DISTURBANCE
F
G
H
J
K
L
M
N
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
GENERAL NOTES:
1. ELECTRICAL ENGINEER TO DETERMINE CONDUIT SIZING AND SPACING.
2. BOLLARD PLACEMENT SHALL BE DETERMINED BY CONTRACTOR TO
PROTECTS EV CHARGING EQUIPMENT. REFER TO DETAIL ON DT1.0 FOR
SIZE AND DEPTH.
3. EXISTING ADA CURBS AND RAMPS TO REMAIN AND BE PROTECTED.
4. EXISTING SIGNS, LIGHT POLES, BOLLARDS TO REMAIN AND BE
PROTECTED.
5. CONTRACTOR TO RETURN ALL AREAS OF DISTURBANCE BACK TO
ORIGINAL OR BETTER CONDITIONS.
6. ADDITIONAL BOLLARDS TBD ALONG RACEWAY TO PROTECT CONDUIT.
B
E
C
SCREENING PLAN (OUTSIDE)
SCALE: 116"=1'-0"
EXISTING BLOCK WALL
EXTEND SCREEN WALL
EXISTING BLOCK WALL
EXISTING CMU SCREEN WALL
EXISTING CMU SCREEN WALL
EXTEND SCREEN WALL, MATCH EXISTING
SCREENING PROFILE (OUTSIDE)
SCALE: NTS
18"CL 18"
COUNTER
G
P
-
5
9
4
6
PDS
I
A
E
P
E
P
N
T
O
R
E
S
R
W
L
E
18" CL 18"
COUNTER
G
P
-
5
9
4
6
PDS
I
A
E
P
E
P
N
T
O
R
E
S
R
W
L
E
XFMR
PWR PNL
PW
R
P
N
L
2L3
XFMR
PWR PNL
XFMR
PWR PNL
XFMR
PWR PNL
XFMR
PWR PNL PWR PNL PWR PNL
XFMR XFMR
2L2 1L2 2L2 2L2 1L2 2L2 2L2 2L2 2L3
2L2
2L2
2L2
2L2
2L2
2L2
2L2
2L2
1L2
1L2
2L2
2L2
2L2
2L2
1L2
1L2
2L2
2L2
2L2
2L2
1L2
1L2
2L2
2L2
2L2
2L2
2L2
2L2
2L2
2L2
2L2
2L2
2L2
2L2
1L2
1L2
2L2
2L2
2L2
2L2
1L2
1L2
2L2
2L2
2L2
2L2
1L2
1L2
2L2
2L2
2L2
2L2
PWR PNL
XFMR
2L2 2L2 2L2 2L2 2L2 2L2 2L2
e ee
2025 LC DESIGNS INTELLECTUAL
PROPERTY NOTICE:
This drawing is the sole property of LC Designs. It
is loaned to the recipient for his/her confidential use
only; and in consideration of the loan of this
drawing, the recipient agrees that this drawing shall
not be reproduced, copied, loaned, nor used for any
purpose other than for which it is specifically
intended without the express consent of
LC Designs.
LC Designs, 2205 E Dory St, Goddard, KS 67052
316-816-0771
Structure Type:
EVERCHARGE LC LAYOUT
Project:
LC Designs
Drawn By:Client:
IDBA
R
MEMBER
AMERICAN INSTITUTE of
BUILDING DESIGN
KITTY HAWK ENGINEERING
BARRETT CROOK, PE, LEED AP
5306 MULHOLLAND DRIVE
SUMMERVILLE, SC 29485
252-655-1056
PLAN VIEW
SCALE: 116"=1'-0"
C1.0AMZL ENERGY EV
KEY NOTES:
A EXISTING ASPHALT/CONCRETE PAVING
B NOT USED
C BOLT DOWN BOLLARD TYP. (SEE DT1.1) (TYPICAL)
D NOT USED
E LIMITS OF DISTURBANCE
F
G
H
J
K
L
M
N
O
TRANSFORMER W/ PAD
SWITCHGEAR
EXISTING WHEEL STOPS TO REMAIN
NEW EV CHARGING STATION - (4) LVL 2 CHARGERS
NEW EV CHARGING STATION - (2) LVL 2 CHARGERS
NEW EV CHARGING STATION - (2) LVL 3 CHARGER
PNL AND XFRAM WITH BOLLARDS (SEE DT1.0)
NEW EV CHARGING STATION - (1) LVL 2 CHARGER
POWER PANEL
GENERAL NOTES:
1. ELECTRICAL ENGINEER TO DETERMINE CONDUIT SIZING AND SPACING.
2. BOLLARD PLACEMENT SHALL BE DETERMINED BY CONTRACTOR TO
PROTECTS EV CHARGING EQUIPMENT. REFER TO DETAIL ON DT1.0 FOR
SIZE AND DEPTH.
3. EXISTING ADA CURBS AND RAMPS TO REMAIN AND BE PROTECTED.
4. EXISTING SIGNS, LIGHT POLES, BOLLARDS TO REMAIN AND BE
PROTECTED.
5. CONTRACTOR TO RETURN ALL AREAS OF DISTURBANCE BACK TO
ORIGINAL OR BETTER CONDITIONS.
6. ADDITIONAL BOLLARDS TBD ALONG RACEWAY TO PROTECT CONDUIT.
A
A
C
E
H
HHHHHHHHHH
H H H H
H H
H H
K
J J J J J J JJJJ
J J JJ J J JJJJ
K K
K K K
K K K K K K K
K K K K K KNN L LM
M M M
M M M
M
O
G
A1 A2
A3 A3A4
A5
A2
A6
A7
F
N.T.S.
SCALETYPICAL PARKING STRIPING 13
90° STALL
24
.
0
'
M
I
N
.
11.0' (MIN.)
4" DOUBLE SOLID WHITE
LINE (SSWL) (TYP.)
℄
4" SPACING
4" DOUBLE SOLID WHITE
LINE (SSWL) (TYP.)
N.T.S.
SCALETYPICAL STRIPING 14
6" WHITE STRIPES @ 24" CENTERS TYPICAL CURB
6" WHITE STRIPES
@ 36" CENTERS
VARIES - SEE SITE PLAN
VA
R
I
E
S
SE
E
S
I
T
E
P
L
A
N
VARIES - SEE SITE PLAN
VA
R
I
E
S
(
6
'
M
I
N
)
SE
E
S
I
T
E
P
L
A
N
TYPICAL PEDESTRIAN CROSSWALK STRIPING
TYPICAL STRIPED ISLAND
N.T.S.
SCALEBOLLARD - POST INSTALLED 18
NOTES:
1. CONTRACTOR SHALL X-RAY CONCRETE SLAB TO FIELD VERIFY EXISTING REINFORCEMENT LOCATIONS PRIOR TO DRILLING.
CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE GREAT CARE TO ENSURE AT LEAST 3" GAP BETWEEN ANCHORS AND EXISTING REINFORCEMENT AND
STRESSING TENDONS.
2. CONTRACTOR TO ENSURE BOLLARD PLACEMENT DOES NOT OBSTRUCT 3' DOOR SWING ON BOTH SIDES OF MEDIA STATION.
3.THIS BOLLARD IS NOT RATED FOR VEHICULAR IMPACT.
4. IMPACT-RATED BOLT DOWN BOLLARDS TO BE USED FOR PROTECTION FOR CHARGERS AND ABOVEGROUND SOLUTIONS ONLY.
℄
36
"
THREADED BOLT DOWN BASE OR BASE PLATE PER
MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS. PROVIDE
SHIM/GROUT AS REQUIRED FOR LEVELING
EXISTING CONCRETE AREA
Ø6" BOLLARD
CONTRACTOR TO USE OWNER APPROVED BOLLARD
MODEL (McCUE FLEX CORE, A-SAFE i-FLEX HEAVY DUTY,
OR BOPLAN BO SUPER)
NOT TO SCALE4L2/L3 CHARGING ANCHORAGE
℄
L2 ANCHORAGE L3 ANCHORAGE
BP EDGE DIST.
PLATE WIDTH
POST
6-
3
/
4
"
M
I
N
.
6-
3
/
4
"
M
I
N
.
L3 CHARGING STATION,
BY OTHERS
L2 ANCHORAGE:
(4) - HILTI KH-EZ
SS316 1 4"x3" (MIN.
EMBED 3-1/2")
L2 BASEPLATE
L2 CHARGING STATION
POST, BY OTHERS
1" MAX GROUT PAD
BASEPLATE BY
MANUFACTURER
L3 ANCHORAGE:
(4) - HILTI KH-EZ SS316
3/8"x2-1/2" (MIN. EMBED 3-1/2")
2025 LC DESIGNS INTELLECTUAL
PROPERTY NOTICE:
This drawing is the sole property of LC Designs. It
is loaned to the recipient for his/her confidential use
only; and in consideration of the loan of this
drawing, the recipient agrees that this drawing shall
not be reproduced, copied, loaned, nor used for any
purpose other than for which it is specifically
intended without the express consent of
LC Designs.
LC Designs, 2205 E Dory St, Goddard, KS 67052
316-816-0771
LC Designs
IDBA
R
MEMBER
AMERICAN INSTITUTE of
BUILDING DESIGN
KITTY HAWK ENGINEERING
BARRETT CROOK, PE, LEED AP
5306 MULHOLLAND DRIVE
SUMMERVILLE, SC 29485
252-655-1056
C5.0
N.T.S.
SCALE
N.T.S.
SCALE
NOTES:
1.DETAIL SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY. FIELD CONSTRUCTION SHALL MATCH EXISTING CURB TYPE, INCLUDING DIMENSIONS AND
REINFORCEMENT, AS WELL AS ELEVATION, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFICALLY SHOWN ON PLANS.
2. VERTICAL SAWCUT SHALL BE MADE AT ALL LIMITS OF REMOVAL TO CREATE A CLEAN EDGE.
3.GRADING, ADDITIONAL AGGREGATE/CONCRETE REQUIRED TO MATCH EXISTING CROSS SECTION GRADES, AND SEEDING OF
ADJACENT LANDSCAPE AREA SHALL BE INCIDENTAL TO, AND BID AS PART OF, CURB CONSTRUCTION.
20"
6"
7"
6" CURB HEIGHT UNLESS OTHERWISE
SHOWN ON PLANS. SEE PLANS FOR FINAL
PROPOSED ELEVATIONS. MATCH EXISTING
ADJACENT CURB PROFILE UNLESS
OTHERWISE SHOWN ON PLANS.
4"
4"
SAWCUT, REMOVE, AND REPLACE 2' X TOTAL
LENGTH OF CURB REMOVAL SECTION AND
PROVIDE REPLACEMENT ASPHALT TO MATCH
EXISTING PAVEMENT SECTION IN TWO LIFT
COURSES AS NEEDED. THIS SHALL BE INCIDENTAL
TO, AND BID AS PART OF, CURB CONSTRUCTION.
EPOXY COATED
#4 REBAR
EXISTING SUBGRADE
TO REMAIN
EXISTING BASE
CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER REMOVE & REPLACE VERTICAL CURB 1110
NOTES:
1.DETAIL SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY. FIELD CONSTRUCTION SHALL MATCH EXISTING CURB TYPE, INCLUDING DIMENSIONS AND
REINFORCEMENT, AS WELL AS ELEVATION, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFICALLY SHOWN ON PLANS.
2. VERTICAL SAWCUT SHALL BE MADE AT ALL LIMITS OF REMOVAL TO CREATE A CLEAN EDGE.
3.GRADING, ADDITIONAL AGGREGATE/CONCRETE REQUIRED TO MATCH EXISTING CROSS SECTION GRADES, AND SEEDING OF
ADJACENT LANDSCAPE AREA SHALL BE INCIDENTAL TO, AND BID AS PART OF, CURB CONSTRUCTION.
N.T.S.
SCALE
N.T.S.
SCALE TYPICAL CONCRETE JOINTS DETAIL
1/4 OF SLAB THICKNESS
NOTES:
1. INSTALL SAWCUT JOINTS WITHIN 24 HOURS OF FINISHING CONCRETE.
2.INSTALL CONSTRUCTION JOINTS WHEN CONTINUOUS POUR OPERATIONS ARE SUSPENDED FOR MORE THAN 30 MINUTES.
3.INSTALL EXPANSION JOINTS @ 15' O.C. (225 S.F.) IN EACH DIRECTION AND AGAINST ASPHALT PAVEMENT AND STRUCTURES.
CONTROL JOINT
EXPANSION JOINT
2CONCRETE SIDEWALK 1
NOTES:
1.ALL SIDEWALK SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED WITH CONCRETE WITH A MINIMUM COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF 4,500 PSI AT 28 DAYS.
2.PROVIDE 1/2" EXPANSION JOINTS AT 20', MAXIMUM, SPACING AND FILLED WITH PREMOLDED BITUMINOUS EXPANSION JOINT FILLER
MATERIAL OR REDWOOD. EXPANSION JOINTS SHALL HAVE #4 DOWELS, LUBRICATED, 18" LONG, AT 12" CENTERS, 6" FROM EDGE.
3.PROVIDE 3/8" GROOVED CONTROL JOINTS AT 5' CENTERS.
4.WELDED WIRE FABRIC (6X6-6X6) SHALL BE INSTALLED THROUGH DRIVEWAYS AT 2" ABOVE SLAB BOTTOM.
5.PROVIDE 1/2" BITUMINOUS EXPANSION JOINT FILLER MATERIAL WHERE WALK ABUTS EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS AND AT ALL
CHANGES IN GRADE
6.USE 2-#4 REINFORCING BARS, 10' LONG OVER ALL UTILITY TRENCHES FOR NEW SIDEWALK AND CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING
SIDEWALK.
7.AT DRIVE APPROACHES, SIDEWALK PCC AND BASE THICKNESS SHALL MATCH THAT OF THE DRIVE.
SECTION VIEW
JOINT SEALANT (3/4" DEEP MIN.)
1/2" BACKER ROD
CONCRETE PAVEMENT
(PER STANDARD SECTION)
COMPACTED
SUB-GRADE
MINERAL
AGGREGATE BASE
4"
5"
CONTROL JOINT 5'
(MAX.) SPACING
CONCRETE SIDEWALK WITH
LIGHT BROOM FINISH
(SEE PLANS FOR WIDTH)
INSTALL EXPANSION JOINT
(SEE DETAIL 19 THIS SHEET)
COMPACTED SUBGRADE
4" (MIN.) COMPACTED FREE-DRAINING
COARSE AGGREGATE
CONTINUOUS 6"x6" - W1.4xW1.4
W.W.F. WITH 8" LAP AT EDGES
2" CLEARANCE
CONCRETE POLYURETHANE SEALANT
BROOM FINISH BROOM FINISH
3" SMOOTH TROWEL FINISH ON
EACH SIDE OF JOINT AND
ALONG PERIMETER EDGE OF
WALKWAY PANELS WHERE
SHOWN ON DETAILED PLAN1/2" EXP. JOINT
PREMOLDED EXPANSION
JOINT MATERIAL
2025 LC DESIGNS INTELLECTUAL
PROPERTY NOTICE:
This drawing is the sole property of LC Designs. It
is loaned to the recipient for his/her confidential use
only; and in consideration of the loan of this
drawing, the recipient agrees that this drawing shall
not be reproduced, copied, loaned, nor used for any
purpose other than for which it is specifically
intended without the express consent of
LC Designs.
LC Designs, 2205 E Dory St, Goddard, KS 67052
316-816-0771
LC Designs
IDBA
R
MEMBER
AMERICAN INSTITUTE of
BUILDING DESIGN
KITTY HAWK ENGINEERING
BARRETT CROOK, PE, LEED AP
5306 MULHOLLAND DRIVE
SUMMERVILLE, SC 29485
252-655-1056
C5.1
2025 LC DESIGNS INTELLECTUAL
PROPERTY NOTICE:
This drawing is the sole property of LC Designs. It
is loaned to the recipient for his/her confidential use
only; and in consideration of the loan of this
drawing, the recipient agrees that this drawing shall
not be reproduced, copied, loaned, nor used for any
purpose other than for which it is specifically
intended without the express consent of
LC Designs.
LC Designs, 2205 E Dory St, Goddard, KS 67052
316-816-0771
BARR
ETT C
CROO
K
Digitally
signed by
BARRETT C
CROOK
Date:
2025.04.08
12:35:33
-04'00'
2L3
1L2
1L2
1L2
1L2
2L3
XFMR
PWR PNL
XFMR
PWR PNL
2L2
2L2
XFMR
PWR PNL1L2
XFMR
PWR PNL1L2 2L2
2L2
2L2
2L2
2L2
2025 LC DESIGNS INTELLECTUAL
PROPERTY NOTICE:
This drawing is the sole property of LC Designs. It
is loaned to the recipient for his/her confidential use
only; and in consideration of the loan of this
drawing, the recipient agrees that this drawing shall
not be reproduced, copied, loaned, nor used for any
purpose other than for which it is specifically
intended without the express consent of
LC Designs.
LC Designs, 2205 E Dory St, Goddard, KS 67052
316-816-0771
LC Designs
IDBA
R
MEMBER
AMERICAN INSTITUTE of
BUILDING DESIGN
KITTY HAWK ENGINEERING
BARRETT CROOK, PE, LEED AP
5306 MULHOLLAND DRIVE
SUMMERVILLE, SC 29485
252-655-1056
DT1.0
EVSA INSTALLATION @ SINGLE PARKING & 2
LVL 3 CHARGER
SCALE: NTS
EVSA INSTALLATION @ DUAL PARKING &
(1) LVL 2 CHARGER EACH SIDE
SCALE: NTS
6" BOLT DOWN
BOLLARD
(SEE DTL 18 CV5.0)
(2) LVL 3 CHARGER ON
(1) PEDESTAL
6" BOLT DOWN
BOLLARD
(SEE DTL 18 CV5.0)
(2) LVL 2 CHARGERS ON
(1) PEDESTAL
PNL 1 & XFRAM INSTALLATION IN PARKING AREA
SCALE: NTS
6" BOLT DOWN
BOLLARD
(SEE DTL 18 CV5.0)
EVSA INSTALLATION @ SINGLE PARKING &
(2) LVL 2 CHARGERS @ CURB
SCALE: NTS
(2) LVL 2 CHARGERS ON
(1) PEDESTAL
6" BOLT DOWN
BOLLARD
(SEE DTL 18 CV5.0)
PNL 1 & XFRAM INSTALLATION
@ CURB AREA A6
SCALE: NTS
6" BOLT DOWN
BOLLARD
(SEE DTL 18 CV5.0)
PARKING
STALL
PARKING
STALL
PARKING
STALL PARKING
STALL
EVSA INSTALLATION @ DUAL PARKING &
(4) LVL 2 CHARGERS
SCALE: NTS
6" BOLT DOWN
BOLLARD
(SEE DTL 18 CV5.0)
PARKING
STALL
11'X27'(TYP)
(2) LVL 2 CHARGERS ON
(1) PEDESTAL
GENERAL NOTES:
1. ELECTRICAL ENGINEER TO DETERMINE CONDUIT SIZING AND SPACING.
2. BOLLARD PLACEMENT SHALL BE DETERMINED BY CONTRACTOR TO
PROTECTS EV CHARGING EQUIPMENT. REFER TO DETAIL ON DT1.0 FOR
SIZE AND DEPTH.
3. EXISTING ADA CURBS AND RAMPS TO REMAIN AND BE PROTECTED.
4. EXISTING SIGNS, LIGHT POLES, BOLLARDS TO REMAIN AND BE
PROTECTED.
5. CONTRACTOR TO RETURN ALL AREAS OF DISTURBANCE BACK TO
ORIGINAL OR BETTER CONDITIONS.
6. PARKING STALLS ARE 11FT WIDE BY 27FT LONG UNLESS NOTED
OTHERWISE.
PARKING
STALL
11'X27'(TYP)
PARKING
STALL
11'X27'(TYP)
PARKING
STALL
11'X27'(TYP)
PARKING
STALL
11'X27'(TYP)
PARKING
STALL
11'X27'(TYP)
PARKING
STALL
11'X27'(TYP)
PARKING
STALL
11'X27'(TYP)
PARKING
STALL
11'X27'(TYP)
PARKING
STALL
11'X27'(TYP)
PARKING
STALL
11'X27'(TYP)
PARKING
STALL
11'X27'(TYP)
PARKING
STALL
11'X27'(TYP)
PARKING
STALL
11'X27'(TYP)
PARKING
STALL
11'X27'(TYP)
PARKING
STALL
11'X27'(TYP)
PARKING
STALL
11'X27'(TYP)
PARKING
STALL
11'X27'(TYP)
PARKING
STALL
11'X27'(TYP)
PARKING
STALL
11'X27'(TYP)
PARKING
STALL
11'X27'(TYP)
PARKING
STALL
11'X27'(TYP)
PARKING
STALL
11'X27'(TYP)
PARKING
STALL
11'X27'(TYP)
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT BY OTHERS
5'-2"12
"
9"
PARKING
STALL
11'X27'(TYP)
PARKING
STALL
11'X27'(TYP)
3'-4"
12
"
9"
PARKING
STALL
11'X27'(TYP)
PARKING
STALL
11'X27'(TYP)
8'
6"
6"
3'
-
9
"
3'-4"
3'
-
9
"
9"
6"
PARKING
STALL
11'X27'(TYP)
PARKING
STALL
11'X27'(TYP)
PARKING
STALL
11'X27'(TYP)
PARKING
STALL
11'X27'(TYP)
TRANSFORMER
PANEL
6'-4"
8'
-
8
"
1'
-
6
"
2'
1'
-
9
"
1'-9"
TRANSFORMER
PANEL
5'
-
1
0
"
5'
-
1
0
"
5'
-
1
0
"
5'
-
1
0
"
5'
-
1
0
"
5'
-
1
0
"
5'
-
1
0
"
1'-9"
7"
10
"
2'-11"2'-11"
XFMR
PWR PNL
2L2
2L2
2L2
2L2
XFMR
PWR PNL
XFMR
PWR PNL
XFMR
PWR PNL
2L2
2L2
2L2
2L2
PWR PNL
XFMR
2L2
2L2
2L2
2L2
PWR PNL
XFMR
XFMR
PWR PNL
XFMR
PWR PNL
2L2
2L2
2L2
2L2
2025 LC DESIGNS INTELLECTUAL
PROPERTY NOTICE:
This drawing is the sole property of LC Designs. It
is loaned to the recipient for his/her confidential use
only; and in consideration of the loan of this
drawing, the recipient agrees that this drawing shall
not be reproduced, copied, loaned, nor used for any
purpose other than for which it is specifically
intended without the express consent of
LC Designs.
LC Designs, 2205 E Dory St, Goddard, KS 67052
316-816-0771
LC Designs
IDBA
R
MEMBER
AMERICAN INSTITUTE of
BUILDING DESIGN
KITTY HAWK ENGINEERING
BARRETT CROOK, PE, LEED AP
5306 MULHOLLAND DRIVE
SUMMERVILLE, SC 29485
252-655-1056
DT1.1
TRANSFORMER AND PANEL LAYOUT A1
SCALE: NTS
TRANSFORMER AND PANEL LAYOUT A2
SCALE: NTS
TRANSFORMER AND PANEL LAYOUT A3
SCALE: NTS
TRANSFORMER AND PANEL LAYOUT A4
SCALE: NTS
6" BOLT DOWN BOLLARD
DTL 18/C5.0
POWER PANEL
TRANSFORMER
6'-4"
8'
-
8
"
8'
-
8
"
6'
-
2
"
5'
-
8
"
5'
-
8
1 8"
5'
-
8
"
3'-6"1'-5"
1'-10"1'-10"
2'-1'
-
6
"
6" BOLT DOWN BOLLARD
DTL 18/C5.0
POWER PANEL
TRANSFORMER
10'-7"
3'
-
9
"
3'
-
9
"
3'-9"
1'-6"
6'
-
8
"
3'-5"3'-5"
4'4'
6'
-
2
"
6" BOLT DOWN BOLLARD
DTL 18/C5.0
POWER PANEL
TRANSFORMER
6" BOLT DOWN BOLLARD
DTL 18/C5.0
POWER PANEL
TRANSFORMER
3'3'-10"3'-10"
3'
-
9
"
3'
-
9
"
4'4'
3'-9"
1'
8
"
1'
3'
-
7
"
3'-11"
6'4"
8'
-
8
"
8'
-
8
"
1'-6"
2'
4'-10"
PWR PNL
XFMR
2L2 2L2
PWR PNL
XFMR
PW
R
P
N
L
PW
R
P
N
L
2L3
e ee
e ee
2025 LC DESIGNS INTELLECTUAL
PROPERTY NOTICE:
This drawing is the sole property of LC Designs. It
is loaned to the recipient for his/her confidential use
only; and in consideration of the loan of this
drawing, the recipient agrees that this drawing shall
not be reproduced, copied, loaned, nor used for any
purpose other than for which it is specifically
intended without the express consent of
LC Designs.
LC Designs, 2205 E Dory St, Goddard, KS 67052
316-816-0771
LC Designs
IDBA
R
MEMBER
AMERICAN INSTITUTE of
BUILDING DESIGN
KITTY HAWK ENGINEERING
BARRETT CROOK, PE, LEED AP
5306 MULHOLLAND DRIVE
SUMMERVILLE, SC 29485
252-655-1056
DT1.2
TRANSFORMER AND PANEL LAYOUT A5
SCALE: NTS
TRANSFORMER AND PANEL LAYOUT A7
SCALE: NTS
6" BOLT DOWN BOLLARD
DTL 18/C5.0
POWER PANEL
TRANSFORMER
10'-7"
4'-3"
3'
-
9
"
4'
-
8
"
1'-10"
3'
-
9
"
2'5"
3'
4'
-
7
"
2'
6" BOLT DOWN BOLLARD
DTL 18/C5.0
POWER PANEL
3'
-
1
0
"
5'
-
1
0
"
5'
-
1
0
"
5'
-
1
0
"
5'
-
1
0
"
3'-7"
5'
-
1
0
"
5'
-
1
0
"
1'-11"
2'
1'-4"
TRANSFORMER
OUTSIDE)
SCALE: NTS
6" EMBEDDED BOLLARD
DTL 17/C5.0
TRANSFORMER
6'
-
3
"
7'-1"
6'
-
1
0
"
3'-61
2"3'-61
2"
GENERAL NOTES - ELECTRICAL
AMAZON APPLICABLE STANDARDS
THESE PLANS HAVE BEEN DESIGNED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH THE FOLLOWING:
1.AMZL EV CHARGING ELECTRICAL DESIGN
STANDARDS - REV3.0 ISSUED:05.28.2024
2.AMZL SITE DESIGN GUIDELINES
V8, ISSUED:12.29.2023
3.AMZL DESIGN DELIVERABLES REQUIREMENTS
V4, ISSUED: 06.02.2023
E0.2 260513 MEDIUM-VOLTAGE CABLES
E.02 260519 LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
E0.2 260526 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
E0.2 260529 HANGARS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
E0.2 260533 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
E0.2/E0.3 260548.16 SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
E0.3 260553 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
E0.3 261231 LIQUID-FILLED, MEDIUM VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS
E0.3/E0.4 261323 MEDIUM-VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS
E0.4 262413 SWITCHBOARDS
E0.4 262416 PANEL BOARDS
E0.4 262743 ELECTRIC-VEHICLE SERVICE EQUIPMENT
E0.4 262816 ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS
SHEET SECTION NAME
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. PROVIDE ALL MATERIALS AND LABOR AS REQUIRED TO ACHIEVE A COMPLETE AND
OPERATING SYSTEM.
2. COORDINATE AND OBTAIN APPROVALS FROM ALL RESPECTIVE UTILITY
COMPANIES AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE AND OPERATING INSTALLATION.
3. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE LIGHTING FIXTURE MOUNTING KITS AS REQUIRED
TO SUIT THE EXACT TYPE OF CEILING TO WHICH THEY ARE MOUNTED.
4. THESE DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND REPRESENT THE INTENT OF
EQUIPMENT, DEVICES, ETC... TO BE CONNECTED AND THE CIRCUITS TO WHICH
THEY ARE TO BE CONNECTED. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL ALL CONDUIT,
J-BOXES, ETC... AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE AND OPERATING SYSTEM.
5. ALL EXTERIOR EQUIPMENT SHALL BE WEATHERPROOF.
6. ALL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH THE 2022 CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE AND
THE 2022 CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE.
7. ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE NEW AND BEAR A "UL" LABEL - U.O.N.
8. CONTRACTOR SHALL SECURE AND PAY FOR ALL NECESSARY BUILDING PERMITS.
9. COMPLETE ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION SHALL BE GUARANTEED IN WRITING FOR A
PERIOD OF (1) YEAR - U.O.N.
10. CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT SITE PRIOR TO BID DATE, TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING
CONDITIONS TO BE ENCOUNTERED IN THE INSTALLATION OF ALL NEW EQUIPMENT,
FIXTURE DEVICES, FEEDERS, ETC... EXACT INSTALLATION METHOD AND
REQUIREMENTS SHALL BE VERIFIED AND DETERMINED PRIOR TO BID DATE.
CONTRACTOR SHALL IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY ELECTRICAL ENGINEER OF ANY
REQUIRED MODIFICATIONS WHICH ARE NOT SHOWN ON THESE DRAWINGS.
SUBMITTAL OF BID INDICATES CONTRACTOR IS COGNIZANT OF ALL JOBSITE
CONDITIONS AND WORK TO BE PERFORMED.
11. ALL EQUIPMENT ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS, NEMA CONFIGURATION,
LOCATIONS, AND CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS SHALL BE VERIFIED PRIOR TO ANY
ROUGH-IN WORK.
12. CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH THE FOLLOWING SHOP DRAWINGS FOR PRIOR
APPROVAL:
12.1. ALL ELECTRICAL SERVICE EQUIPMENT, DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT AND
PANELBOARDS.
12.2. OTHER ITEMS AS SPECIFICALLY INDICATED.
13. COMPLETE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM SHALL BE GROUNDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
PRESENTLY ADOPTED EDITION OF THE CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE (CEC).
14. THE EXISTING CONDITIONS SHOWN ARE FROM AVAILABLE RECORD DRAWINGS
AND SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ACTUAL
EXISTING CONDITIONS AT SITE PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID. ALL DEMOLITION,
ALTERATION, EXTENSION, RELOCATION, REHABILITATION WORK SHALL BE
INCLUDED IN CONTRACT. NO ADDITIONAL ALLOWANCE OR CHANGE ORDERS WILL
BE ACCEPTED.
15. PANELBOARDS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH TYPEWRITTEN PANEL SCHEDULE
MOUNTED INSIDE EACH PANEL AND ENGRAVED PRIMARY/SECONDARY PANEL
LABELS FROM SWITCHBOARD.
16. A SEPARATE GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SHALL BE RUN IN ALL NON-METALLIC
CONDUIT RUNS.
17. THE UNGROUNDED AND GROUNDED CONDUCTORS OF EACH MULTI-WIRE BRANCH
CIRCUIT SHALL BE GROUPED BY WIRE TIES OR SIMILAR MEANS IN AT LEAST ONE
LOCATION WITHIN THE PANELBOARD OR OTHER POINT OF ORIGINATION. PROVIDE
APPROVED HANDLE TIE AT CIRCUIT BREAKER AS REQUIRED.
18. PROVIDE GROUND CONDUCTOR IN ALL FEEDER AND BRANCH CIRCUITS, SIZED PER
CODE, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.
19. ALL PANELS, SWITCHES, ETC. SHALL HAVE SUFFICIENT GUTTER SPACE AND LUGS
TO ACCOMMODATE CONDUCTORS SHOWN. ALL PANELBOARDS SHALL BE
EQUIPPED WITH BOLT-ON CIRCUIT BREAKERS PER PANEL SCHEDULE.
20. ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS SHALL BE FASTENED TO STRUCTURE SO
AS TO RESIST MOVEMENT DUE TO SEISMIC FORCES. REQUIREMENTS SHALL BE AS
SPECIFIED BY THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES.
21. THE FEEDER LENGTHS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS ARE AN APPROXIMATE FOR
VOLTAGE DROP CALCULATIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD-VERIFY THE EXTENT
OF THE WORK UNDER WHICH HE WILL BE OBLIGATED TO OPERATE IN PERFORMING
HIS CONTRACT.
ABBREVIATIONS
AFCI AVAILABLE FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER
AHJ AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION
AIC AMPERE INTERRUPTING CAPACITY
AL ALUMINUM
AMP / A AMPERE
APPROX APPROXIMATE
AT AMP TRIP
AWG AMERICAN WIRE GAUGE
BLDG BUILDING
C CONDUIT
CAB CABINET
CB CIRCUIT BREAKER
CKT CIRCUIT
CL CENTER LINE
CONST CONSTRUCTION
CONT CONTINUOUS
CTR CENTER
CU COPPER
DEG DEGREES
DIA DIAMETER
DIM DIMENSION
EC ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR
ELEC ELECTRICAL
EMT ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING
EQUIP EQUIPMENT
EXIST OR (E) EXISTING
FT FOOT OR FEET
GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR
GFCI GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER
GND GROUND
HZ HERTZ
ID INSIDE DIAMETER
JB JUNCTION BOX
KCMIL THOUSAND CIRCULAR MILS
KVA KILOVOLT AMPERE
KW KILOWATT
LSI LONG TIME, SHORT TIME, INSTANTANEOUS
LSIG LONG TIME, SHORT TIME, INSTANTANEOUS, GROUND
LV LOW VOLTAGE
MAX MAXIMUM
MCA MINIMUM CIRCUIT AMPS
MCB MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER
MIN MINIMUM
MOCP MAXIMUM OVERCURRENT PROTECTION
MLO MAIN LUGS ONLY
MSB MAIN SERVICE BOARD
NC NORMALLY CLOSED
NEC NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE
NO NORMALLY OPEN
NTS NOT TO SCALE
REQ REQUIRED
REV REVISION
SC SOLID CORE
SCCR SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT RATING
SEC SECONDARY
SF SQUARE FEET
SPEC SPECIFICATION
SWBD SWITCHBOARD
TEMP TEMPORARY
TYP TYPICAL
UON UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED
UG UNDERGROUND
V VOLT
VIF VERIFY IN FIELD
W WATT
WP WEATHER PROOF
PH:
RE
V
I
S
I
O
N
DA
T
E
2/
1
9
/
2
5
Ci
t
y
o
f
C
a
r
l
s
b
a
d
C
o
m
m
e
n
t
s
A
45
0
L
A
M
B
E
R
T
A
V
E
,
P
A
L
O
A
L
T
O
,
C
A
9
4
3
0
6
(8
8
8
)
3
4
2
-
7
3
8
3
ORIGINAL SIZE 24"X36"
REV:
PROJ:
DL
X
8
E
L
E
C
T
R
I
C
V
E
H
I
C
L
E
C
H
A
R
G
I
N
G
S
T
A
T
I
O
N
S
51
5
E
A
S
T
D
Y
E
R
R
O
A
D
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
7
BSE14-2
DLX8_EV_OSP
ALEXANDER SHORTS
PROFESSIONA L ENGINEER
ELECTRICALSTATE OF CALIFORNIA
E 21782
7/
1
4
/
2
5
Ut
i
l
i
t
y
t
r
e
n
c
h
p
a
t
h
B
9/22/25
SS
B
J
U
p
s
i
z
e
,
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r
s
e
c
t
i
o
n
C
9/
2
2
/
2
5
PROJECT NOTES
E0.1
IFP C
MASTER SPECIFICATIONS - ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 260513 - MEDIUM-VOLTAGE CABLES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1. SUMMARY
A. SECTION INCLUDES CABLES AND RELATED CABLE SPLICES, TERMINATIONS, AND ACCESSORIES FOR MEDIUM-VOLTAGE (2001 TO 35,000 V) ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS.
2. SUBMITTALS
B. PRODUCT DATA: FOR EACH TYPE OF CABLE. INCLUDE SPLICES AND TERMINATIONS FOR CABLES AND CABLE ACCESSORIES.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS, DEVICES, AND ACCESSORIES: LISTED AND LABELED AS DEFINED IN NFPA 70, BY A CERTIFIED NETA TESTING AGENCY, AND MARKED FOR INTENDED LOCATION AND APPLICATION.
B. COMPLY WITH IEEE C2 AND NFPA 70.
C. SOURCE LIMITATIONS: OBTAIN CABLES AND ACCESSORIES FROM SINGLE SOURCE FROM SINGLE MANUFACTURER.
D. MANUFACTURERS
1. GENERAL CABLE
2. KERNITE POWER CABLE
3. OKONITE COMPANY
4. SOUTHWIRE COMPANY
2.2 CABLES
A. CABLE TYPE: TYPE MV 105.
B. CONDUCTOR INSULATION: ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE RUBBER.
1. VOLTAGE RATING: 15 KV.
2. INSULATION THICKNESS: 133 PERCENT INSULATION LEVEL.
C. CONDUCTOR: ALUMINUM.
D. COMPLY WITH UL 1072, AEIC CS8, ICEA S-93-639/NEMA WC 74, AND ICEA S-97-682.
E. CONDUCTOR STRANDING: COMPACT ROUND, CONCENTRIC LAY, CLASS B.
F. STRAND FILLING: CONDUCTOR INTERSTICES ARE FILLED WITH IMPERMEABLE COMPOUND.
G. SHIELDING: COPPER TAPE, HELICALLY APPLIED OVER SEMICONDUCTING INSULATION SHIELD.
H. CABLE JACKET: SUNLIGHT-RESISTANT PVC.
2.3 CONNECTORS
A. COMPLY WITH ANSI C119.4 FOR CONNECTORS BETWEEN ALUMINUM CONDUCTORS OR FOR CONNECTIONS BETWEEN ALUMINUM TO COPPER CONDUCTORS.
2.4 SOLID TERMINATIONS
A. SHIELDED-CABLE TERMINATIONS: COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING CLASSES OF IEEE 48. INSULATION CLASS SHALL BE EQUIVALENT TO THAT OF CABLE. INCLUDE SHIELD GROUND STRAP FOR SHIELDED
CABLE TERMINATIONS.
1. CLASS 1 TERMINATIONS: MODULAR TYPE, FURNISHED AS A KIT, WITH STRESS-RELIEF TUBE; MULTIPLE, MOLDED-SILICONE-RUBBER, INSULATOR MODULES; SHIELD GROUND STRAP; AND
COMPRESSION-TYPE CONNECTOR.
2.5 SEPARABLE INSULATED CONNECTORS
A. DESCRIPTION: MODULAR SYSTEM WITH DISCONNECTING, SINGLE-POLE, CABLE TERMINATORS AND WITH MATCHING, STATIONARY, PLUG-IN, DEAD-FRONT TERMINALS DESIGNED FOR CABLE VOLTAGE AND
FOR SEALING AGAINST MOISTURE.
B. STANDARD: COMPLY WITH IEEE 386.
C. TERMINATIONS AT DISTRIBUTION POINTS: MODULAR TYPE, CONSISTING OF TERMINATORS INSTALLED ON CABLES AND MODULAR, DEAD-FRONT, TERMINAL JUNCTIONS FOR INTERCONNECTING CABLES.
D. LOAD-BREAK CABLE TERMINATORS: ELBOW-TYPE UNITS WITH 200-A-LOAD MAKE/BREAK AND CONTINUOUS-CURRENT RATING; COORDINATED WITH INSULATION DIAMETER, CONDUCTOR SIZE, AND
MATERIAL OF CABLE BEING TERMINATED. INCLUDE TEST POINT ON TERMINATOR BODY THAT IS CAPACITANCE COUPLED.
E. DEAD-BREAK CABLE TERMINATORS: ELBOW-TYPE UNIT WITH 600-A CONTINUOUS-CURRENT RATING; DESIGNED FOR DE-ENERGIZED DISCONNECTING AND CONNECTING; COORDINATED WITH INSULATION
DIAMETER, CONDUCTOR SIZE, AND MATERIAL OF CABLE BEING TERMINATED. INCLUDE TEST POINT ON TERMINATOR BODY THAT IS CAPACITANCE COUPLED.
F. DEAD-FRONT TERMINAL JUNCTIONS: MODULAR BRACKET-MOUNTED GROUPS OF DEAD-FRONT STATIONARY TERMINALS THAT MATE AND MATCH WITH ABOVE CABLE TERMINATORS. TWO-, THREE-, OR
FOUR-TERMINAL UNITS AS INDICATED, WITH FULLY RATED, INSULATED, WATERTIGHT CONDUCTOR CONNECTION BETWEEN TERMINALS AND COMPLETE WITH GROUNDING LUG, MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD
ACCESSORY STANDS, STAINLESS-STEEL MOUNTING BRACKETS, AND ATTACHING HARDWARE.
1. PROTECTIVE CAP: INSULATING, ELECTROSTATIC-SHIELDING, WATER-SEALING CAP WITH DRAIN WIRE.
2. PORTABLE FEED-THROUGH ACCESSORY: TWO-TERMINAL, DEAD-FRONT JUNCTION ARRANGED FOR REMOVABLE MOUNTING ON ACCESSORY STAND OF STATIONARY TERMINAL JUNCTION.
3. GROUNDING KIT: JUMPERED ELBOWS, PORTABLE FEED-THROUGH ACCESSORY UNITS, PROTECTIVE CAPS, TEST RODS SUITABLE FOR CONCURRENTLY GROUNDING THREE PHASES OF FEEDERS,
AND CARRYING CASE.
4. STANDOFF INSULATOR: PORTABLE, SINGLE DEAD-FRONT TERMINAL FOR REMOVABLE MOUNTING ON ACCESSORY STAND OF STATIONARY TERMINAL JUNCTION. INSULATORS SUITABLE FOR
FULLY INSULATED ISOLATION OF ENERGIZED CABLE-ELBOW TERMINATOR.
2.6 SPLICE KITS
A. DESCRIPTION: FOR SPLICING MEDIUM VOLTAGE CABLES; TYPE AS RECOMMENDED BY CABLE OR SPLICING KIT MANUFACTURER FOR THE APPLICATION.
B. STANDARD: COMPLY WITH IEEE 404.
C. SPLICING PRODUCTS: AS RECOMMENDED, IN WRITING, BY SPLICING KIT MANUFACTURER FOR SPECIFIC SIZES, MATERIALS, RATINGS, AND CONFIGURATIONS OF CABLE CONDUCTORS. INCLUDE ALL
COMPONENTS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE SPLICE, WITH DETAILED INSTRUCTIONS.
2.7 MEDIUM-VOLTAGE TAPES
A. DESCRIPTION: ELECTRICAL GRADE, INSULATING TAPE FOR MEDIUM VOLTAGE APPLICATION.
B. ETHYLENE/PROPYLENE RUBBER-BASED, 30-MIL (0.76-MM) SPLICING TAPE, RATED FOR 130 DEG C OPERATION. MINIMUM 3/4 INCH (20 MM) WIDE.
C. INSULATING-PUTTY, 125-MIL (3.175-MM) ELASTIC FILLER TAPE. MINIMUM 1-1/2 INCHES (38 MM) WIDE.
2.8 ARC-PROOFING MATERIALS
A. TAPE FOR FIRST COURSE ON METAL OBJECTS: 10-MIL- (250-MICROMETER-) THICK, CORROSION-PROTECTIVE, MOISTURE-RESISTANT, PVC PIPE-WRAPPING TAPE.
B. ARC-PROOFING TAPE: FIREPROOF TAPE, FLEXIBLE, CONFORMABLE, INTUMESCENT TO 0.3 INCH (8 MM) THICK, AND COMPATIBLE WITH CABLE JACKET.
2.9 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. TEST AND INSPECT CABLES ACCORDING TO ICEA S-97-682 BEFORE SHIPPING.
B. TEST STRAND-FILLED CABLES FOR WATER-PENETRATION RESISTANCE ACCORDING TO ICEA T-31-610, USING A TEST PRESSURE OF 5 PSIG (35 KPA).
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. INSTALL CABLES ACCORDING TO IEEE 576.
B. PROOF CONDUITS PRIOR TO CONDUCTOR INSTALLATION BY PASSING A WIRE BRUSH MANDREL AND THEN A RUBBER DUCT SWAB THROUGH THE CONDUIT. SEPARATE THE WIRE BRUSH AND THE RUBBER
SWAB BY 48 TO 72 INCHES (1200 TO 1800 MM) ON THE PULL ROPE.
1. WIRE BRUSH MANDREL: CONSISTS OF A LENGTH OF BRUSH APPROXIMATELY THE SIZE OF THE CONDUIT INNER DIAMETER WITH STIFF STEEL BRISTLES AND AN EYE ON EACH END FOR
ATTACHING THE PULL ROPES. IF AN OBSTRUCTION IS FELT, PULL THE BRUSH BACK AND FORTH REPEATEDLY TO BREAK UP THE OBSTRUCTION.
2. RUBBER DUCT SWAB: CONSISTS OF A SERIES OF RUBBER DISCS APPROXIMATELY THE SIZE OF THE CONDUIT INNER DIAMETER ON A LENGTH OF STEEL CABLE WITH AN EYE ON EACH END FOR
ATTACHING THE PULL ROPES. PULL THE RUBBER DUCT SWAB THROUGH THE DUCT TO EXTRACT LOOSE DEBRIS FROM THE DUCT.
C. PULL CONDUCTORS: DO NOT EXCEED MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED MAXIMUM PULLING TENSIONS AND SIDEWALL PRESSURE VALUES.
1. WHERE NECESSARY, USE MANUFACTURER-APPROVED PULLING COMPOUND OR LUBRICANT THAT DOES NOT DETERIORATE CONDUCTOR OR INSULATION.
2. USE PULLING MEANS, INCLUDING FISH TAPE, CABLE, ROPE, AND BASKET-WEAVE CABLE GRIPS, THAT DO NOT DAMAGE CABLES AND RACEWAYS. DO NOT USE ROPE HITCHES FOR PULLING
ATTACHMENT TO CABLE.
3. USE PULL-IN GUIDES, CABLE FEEDERS, AND DRAW-IN PROTECTORS AS REQUIRED TO PROTECT CABLES DURING INSTALLATION.
4. DO NOT PULL CABLES WITH ENDS UNSEALED. SEAL CABLE ENDS WITH RUBBER TAPE.
D. IN MANHOLES, HANDHOLES, PULL BOXES, JUNCTION BOXES, AND CABLE VAULTS, TRAIN CABLES AROUND WALLS BY THE LONGEST ROUTE FROM ENTRY TO EXIT; SUPPORT CABLES AT INTERVALS
ADEQUATE TO PREVENT SAG.
E. INSTALL SUFFICIENT CABLE LENGTH TO REMOVE CABLE ENDS UNDER PULLING GRIPS. REMOVE LENGTH OF CONDUCTOR DAMAGED DURING PULLING.
F. INSTALL CABLE SPLICES AT PULL POINTS AND ELSEWHERE AS INDICATED; USE STANDARD KITS. USE DEAD-FRONT SEPARABLE WATERTIGHT CONNECTORS IN MANHOLES AND OTHER LOCATIONS SUBJECT
TO WATER INFILTRATION.
G. INSTALL SEPARABLE INSULATED-CONNECTOR COMPONENTS AS FOLLOWS:
1. PROTECTIVE CAP: AT EACH TERMINAL JUNCTION, WITH ONE ON EACH TERMINAL TO WHICH NO FEEDER IS INDICATED TO BE CONNECTED.
2. PORTABLE FEED-THROUGH ACCESSORY: AT EACH TERMINAL JUNCTION, WITH ONE ON EACH TERMINAL.
3. STANDOFF INSULATOR: AT EACH TERMINAL JUNCTION, WITH ONE ON EACH TERMINAL.
H. ARC PROOFING: UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, ARC PROOF MEDIUM-VOLTAGE CABLE AT LOCATIONS NOT PROTECTED BY CONDUIT, CABLE TRAY, DIRECT BURIAL, OR TERMINATION MATERIALS. IN
ADDITION TO ARC-PROOFING TAPE MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS, APPLY ARC PROOFING AS FOLLOWS:
1. CLEAN CABLE SHEATH.
2. WRAP METALLIC CABLE COMPONENTS WITH 10-MIL (250-MICROMETER) PIPE-WRAPPING TAPE.
3. SMOOTH SURFACE CONTOURS WITH ELECTRICAL INSULATION PUTTY.
4. APPLY ARC-PROOFING TAPE IN ONE HALF-LAPPED LAYER WITH COATED SIDE TOWARD CABLE.
5. BAND ARC-PROOFING TAPE WITH TWO LAYERS OF 1-INCH- (25-MM-) WIDE HALF-LAPPED, ADHESIVE, GLASS-CLOTH TAPE AT EACH END OF THE ARC-PROOF TAPE.
I. GROUND SHIELDS OF SHIELDED CABLE AT TERMINATIONS, SPLICES, AND SEPARABLE INSULATED CONNECTORS. GROUND METAL BODIES OF TERMINATORS, SPLICES, CABLE AND SEPARABLE INSULATED-
CONNECTOR FITTINGS, AND HARDWARE.
J. GROUND SHIELDS OF SHIELDED CABLE AT ONE POINT ONLY. MAINTAIN SHIELD CONTINUITY AND CONNECTIONS TO METAL CONNECTION HARDWARE AT ALL CONNECTION POINTS.
K. IDENTIFY CABLES ACCORDING TO SECTION 260553 "IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS." IDENTIFY PHASE AND CIRCUIT NUMBER OF EACH CONDUCTOR AT EACH SPLICE, TERMINATION, PULL POINT,
AND JUNCTION BOX. ARRANGE IDENTIFICATION SO THAT IT IS UNNECESSARY TO MOVE THE CABLE OR CONDUCTOR TO READ THE IDENTIFICATION.
3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.THE FOLLOWING TESTS AND INSPECTIONS SHALL BE PREFORMED BY A NETA CERTIFIED TESTING AGENCY:
1. PERFORM EACH VISUAL AND MECHANICAL INSPECTION AND ELECTRICAL TEST STATED IN NETA ATS. CERTIFY COMPLIANCE WITH TEST PARAMETERS.
2. AFTER INSTALLING MEDIUM-VOLTAGE CABLES AND BEFORE ELECTRICAL CIRCUITRY HAS BEEN ENERGIZED, TEST FOR COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS.
3. PERFORM PARTIAL DISCHARGE TEST OF EACH NEW CONDUCTOR ACCORDING TO NETA ATS, CH. 7.3.3 AND TO TEST EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS.
4. PERFORM TAN DELTA AND WITHSTAND TEST OF EACH NEW CONDUCTOR ACCORDING TO NETA ATS, CH. 7.3.3 AND IEEE 400.2 TO TEST EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS.
B. PREPARE TEST AND INSPECTION REPORTS.
END OF SECTION 260513
SECTION 260519 - LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. SECTION INCLUDES:
1. COPPER BUILDING WIRE RATED 600 V OR LESS.
2. ALUMINUM BUILDING WIRE RATED 600 V OR LESS.
3. CONNECTORS, SPLICES, AND TERMINATIONS RATED 600 V AND LESS.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. PRODUCT DATA: FOR EACH TYPE OF PRODUCT.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. BELDEN INC.
B. GENERAL CABLE
C. OKONITE COMPANY
D. SERVICE WIRE COMPANY
E. SOUTHWIRE COMPANY
2.2 COPPER BUILDING WIRE
A. DESCRIPTION: FLEXIBLE, INSULATED AND UNINSULATED, DRAWN COPPER CURRENT-CARRYING CONDUCTOR WITH AN OVERALL INSULATION LAYER OR JACKET, OR BOTH, RATED 600 V OR LESS.
B. STANDARDS:
1. LISTED AND LABELED AS DEFINED IN NFPA 70, BY A QUALIFIED TESTING AGENCY, AND MARKED FOR INTENDED LOCATION AND USE.
2. ROHS COMPLIANT.
3. CONDUCTOR AND CABLE MARKING: COMPLY WITH WIRE AND CABLE MARKING ACCORDING TO UL'S "WIRE AND CABLE MARKING AND APPLICATION GUIDE."
C. CONDUCTORS: COPPER, COMPLYING WITH ASTM B3 FOR BARE ANNEALED COPPER AND WITH ASTM B496 FOR STRANDED CONDUCTORS.
D. CONDUCTOR INSULATION:
1. TYPE NM: COMPLY WITH UL 83 AND UL 719.
2. TYPE THHN AND TYPE THWN-2: COMPLY WITH UL 83.
3. TYPE XHHW-2: COMPLY WITH UL 44.
2.3 ALUMINUM BUILDING WIRE
A. DESCRIPTION: FLEXIBLE, INSULATED AND UNINSULATED, DRAWN ALUMINUM CURRENT-CARRYING CONDUCTOR WITH AN OVERALL INSULATION LAYER OR JACKET, OR BOTH, RATED 600 V OR LESS.
B. STANDARDS:
1. LISTED AND LABELED AS DEFINED IN NFPA 70, BY A QUALIFIED TESTING AGENCY, AND MARKED FOR INTENDED LOCATION AND USE.
2. ROHS COMPLIANT.
3. CONDUCTOR AND CABLE MARKING: COMPLY WITH WIRE AND CABLE MARKING ACCORDING TO UL'S "WIRE AND CABLE MARKING AND APPLICATION GUIDE."
C. CONDUCTORS: ALUMINUM, COMPLYING WITH ASTM B800 AND ASTM B801.
D. CONDUCTOR INSULATION:
1. TYPE NM: COMPLY WITH UL 83 AND UL 719.
2. TYPE THHN AND TYPE THWN-2: COMPLY WITH UL 83.
3. TYPE XHHW-2: COMPLY WITH UL 44.
2.4 CONNECTORS AND SPLICES
A. DESCRIPTION: FACTORY-FABRICATED CONNECTORS, SPLICES, AND LUGS OF SIZE, AMPACITY RATING, MATERIAL, TYPE, AND CLASS FOR APPLICATION AND SERVICE INDICATED; LISTED AND LABELED AS
DEFINED IN NFPA 70, BY A QUALIFIED TESTING AGENCY, AND MARKED FOR INTENDED LOCATION AND USE.
B. JACKETED CABLE CONNECTORS: FOR STEEL JACKETED CABLES, ZINC DIE-CAST WITH SET SCREWS, DESIGNED TO CONNECT CONDUCTORS SPECIFIED.
C. LUGS: ONE PIECE, SEAMLESS, DESIGNED TO TERMINATE CONDUCTORS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION.
1. MATERIAL: COPPER OR ALUMINUM.
2. TYPE: TWO HOLE WITH STANDARD BARRELS.
3. TERMINATION: COMPRESSION.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 CONDUCTOR MATERIAL APPLICATIONS
A. FEEDERS: COPPER; SOLID FOR NO. 10 AWG AND SMALLER; STRANDED FOR NO. 8 AWG AND LARGER.
B. FEEDERS: COPPER FOR FEEDERS SMALLER THAN NO. 4 AWG; COPPER OR ALUMINUM FOR FEEDERS NO. 4 AWG AND LARGER. CONDUCTORS SHALL BE SOLID FOR NO. 10 AWG AND SMALLER; STRANDED
FOR NO. 8 AWG AND LARGER.
C. BRANCH CIRCUITS: COPPER. SOLID FOR NO. 10 AWG AND SMALLER; STRANDED FOR NO. 8 AWG AND LARGER.
3.2 CONDUCTOR INSULATION AND MULTICONDUCTOR CABLE APPLICATIONS AND WIRING METHODS
A. SERVICE ENTRANCE: TYPE XHHW-2, SINGLE CONDUCTORS IN RACEWAY.
B. EXPOSED FEEDERS: TYPE XHHW-2, SINGLE CONDUCTORS IN RACEWAY.
C. FEEDERS CONCEALED IN CONCRETE, BELOW SLABS-ON-GRADE, AND UNDERGROUND: TYPE THHN/THWN-2, SINGLE CONDUCTORS IN RACEWAY.
D. EXPOSED BRANCH CIRCUITS: TYPE THHN/THWN-2, SINGLE CONDUCTORS IN RACEWAY.
E. BRANCH CIRCUITS CONCEALED IN CONCRETE, BELOW SLABS-ON-GRADE, AND UNDERGROUND: TYPE THHN/THWN-2, SINGLE CONDUCTORS IN RACEWAY.
3.3 INSTALLATION OF CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
A. COMPLETE RACEWAY INSTALLATION BETWEEN CONDUCTOR AND CABLE TERMINATION POINTS ACCORDING TO SECTION 260533 "RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS" PRIOR TO PULLING
CONDUCTORS AND CABLES.
B. USE MANUFACTURER-APPROVED PULLING COMPOUND OR LUBRICANT WHERE NECESSARY; COMPOUND USED MUST NOT DETERIORATE CONDUCTOR OR INSULATION. DO NOT EXCEED MANUFACTURER'S
RECOMMENDED MAXIMUM PULLING TENSIONS AND SIDEWALL PRESSURE VALUES.
C. USE PULLING MEANS, INCLUDING FISH TAPE, CABLE, ROPE, AND BASKET-WEAVE WIRE/CABLE GRIPS, THAT WILL NOT DAMAGE CABLES OR RACEWAY.
SECTION 260519 - LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES (CONTINUED)
3.4 CONNECTIONS
A. TIGHTEN ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS AND TERMINALS ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED TORQUE-TIGHTENING VALUES. IF MANUFACTURER'S TORQUE VALUES ARE NOT INDICATED, USE THOSE
SPECIFIED IN UL 486A-486B.
B. MAKE SPLICES, TERMINATIONS, AND TAPS THAT ARE COMPATIBLE WITH CONDUCTOR MATERIAL AND THAT POSSESS EQUIVALENT OR BETTER MECHANICAL STRENGTH AND INSULATION RATINGS THAN
UNSPLICED CONDUCTORS.
1. USE OXIDE INHIBITOR IN EACH SPLICE, TERMINATION, AND TAP FOR ALUMINUM CONDUCTORS.
3.5 IDENTIFICATION
A. IDENTIFY AND COLOR-CODE CONDUCTORS AND CABLES ACCORDING TO SECTION 260553 "IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS."
B. IDENTIFY EACH SPARE CONDUCTOR AT EACH END WITH IDENTITY NUMBER AND LOCATION OF OTHER END OF CONDUCTOR AND IDENTIFY AS SPARE CONDUCTOR.
3.6 FIRESTOPPING
A. APPLY FIRESTOPPING TO ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS OF FIRE-RATED FLOOR AND WALL ASSEMBLIES TO RESTORE ORIGINAL FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING OF ASSEMBLY.
END OF SECTION 260519
SECTION 260526 - GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. SECTION INCLUDES GROUNDING AND BONDING SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT.
B. SECTION INCLUDES GROUNDING AND BONDING SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT, PLUS THE FOLLOWING SPECIAL APPLICATIONS:
1. UNDERGROUND DISTRIBUTION GROUNDING.
2. GROUND BONDING COMMON WITH LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM.
3. FOUNDATION STEEL ELECTRODES.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. PRODUCT DATA: FOR EACH TYPE OF PRODUCT.
B. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA.
1. PLANS SHOWING AS-BUILT, DIMENSIONED LOCATIONS OF SYSTEM DESCRIBED IN "FIELD QUALITY CONTROL" ARTICLE, INCLUDING THE FOLLOWING:
1.1 GROUND RODS.
1.2 GROUND RINGS.
1.3 GROUNDING ARRANGEMENTS AND CONNECTIONS FOR SEPARATELY DERIVED SYSTEMS.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS, DEVICES, AND ACCESSORIES: LISTED AND LABELED AS DEFINED IN NFPA 70, BY A QUALIFIED TESTING AGENCY, AND MARKED FOR INTENDED LOCATION AND APPLICATION.
B. COMPLY WITH UL 467 FOR GROUNDING AND BONDING MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT.
2.2 CONDUCTORS
A. INSULATED CONDUCTORS: COPPER OR ALUMINUM WIRE OR CABLE INSULATED FOR 600 V UNLESS OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE CODE OR AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION.
B. BARE COPPER CONDUCTORS:
1. SOLID COPPER CONDUCTORS: ASTM B3.
2. STRANDED COPPER CONDUCTORS: ASTM B496.
3. ALUMINUM CONDUCTORS: ASTM B800 AND ASTM B801.
4. THWN-2 INSULATION COMPLYING WITH UL 83 OR XHHW-2 INSULATION COMPLYING WITH UL 44.
5. GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR OR BONDING JUMPER: SIZED PER NFPA 70 TABLE 250.66.
6. SUPPLY-SIDE BONDING JUMPER: SIZED PER NFPA 70 TABLE 250.102(C)(1).
7. EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR: SIZED PER NFPA 70 TABLE 250.122.
2.3 CONNECTORS
A. LISTED AND LABELED BY AN NRTL ACCEPTABLE TO AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION FOR APPLICATIONS IN WHICH USED AND FOR SPECIFIC TYPES, SIZES, AND COMBINATIONS OF CONDUCTORS AND
B. OTHER ITEMS CONNECTED.
C. WELDED CONNECTORS: EXOTHERMIC-WELDING KITS OF TYPES RECOMMENDED BY KIT MANUFACTURER FOR MATERIALS BEING JOINED AND INSTALLATION CONDITIONS.
D. BUS-BAR CONNECTORS: MECHANICAL TYPE, CAST SILICON BRONZE, SOLDERLESS COMPRESSION-TYPE WIRE TERMINALS, AND LONG-BARREL, TWO-BOLT CONNECTION TO GROUND BUS BAR.
E. CABLE-TO-CABLE CONNECTORS: COMPRESSION TYPE, COPPER OR COPPER ALLOY.
F. CONDUIT HUBS: MECHANICAL TYPE, TERMINAL WITH THREADED HUB.
G. GROUND ROD CLAMPS: MECHANICAL TYPE, COPPER OR COPPER ALLOY, TERMINAL WITH HEX HEAD BOLT.
2.4 GROUNDING ELECTRODES
A. GROUND RODS: COPPER-CLAD STEEL, SECTIONAL TYPE; 5/8 BY 96 INCHES (16 BY 2400 MM).
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 APPLICATIONS
A. CONDUCTORS: INSTALL SOLID CONDUCTOR FOR NO. 8 AWG AND SMALLER, AND STRANDED CONDUCTORS FOR NO. 6 AWG AND LARGER UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.
B. UNDERGROUND GROUNDING CONDUCTORS: INSTALL BARE COPPER CONDUCTOR, NO. 2/0 AWG MINIMUM. BURY AT LEAST 30 INCHES (750 MM) BELOW GRADE.
C. CONDUCTOR TERMINATIONS AND CONNECTIONS:
1. GROUNDING CONDUCTOR TERMINATIONS: BOLTED CONNECTORS.
2. UNDERGROUND CONNECTIONS: WELDED CONNECTORS EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE INDICATED.
3.2 GROUNDING AT THE SERVICE
A. EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTORS AND GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTORS SHALL BE CONNECTED TO THE GROUND BUS. INSTALL A MAIN BONDING JUMPER BETWEEN THE NEUTRAL AND
GROUND BUSES.
B. PAD-MOUNTED SWITCHES AND SWITCHGEAR: INSTALL TWO GROUND RODS AND GROUND RING AROUND THE PAD. GROUND PAD-MOUNTED EQUIPMENT AND NONCURRENT-CARRYING METAL ITEMS BY
CONNECTING THEM TO UNDERGROUND CABLE AND GROUNDING ELECTRODES. INSTALL TINNED-COPPER CONDUCTOR NOT LESS THAN NO. 2 AWG FOR GROUND RING AND FOR TAPS TO EQUIPMENT
GROUNDING TERMINALS. BURY GROUND RING NOT LESS THAN 6 INCHES (150 MM) FROM THE FOUNDATION.
3.3 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING
A. INSTALL INSULATED EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTORS OR SUPPLY-SIDE BONDING JUMPERS WITH ALL FEEDERS AND BRANCH CIRCUITS.
B. INSTALL GROUNDING ELECTRODE(S) AT SWITCHBOARD AND PANEL LOCATIONS INDICATED. EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTORS AND GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTORS SHALL BE CONNECTED TO
THE GROUND BUS. INSTALL A MAIN BONDING JUMPER BETWEEN THE NEUTRAL AND GROUND BUSES AT SERVICE AND SEPARATELY DERIVED SYSTEMS WHERE INDICATED.
3.4 INSTALLATION
A. GROUNDING CONDUCTORS: ROUTE ALONG SHORTEST AND STRAIGHTEST PATHS POSSIBLE UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED OR REQUIRED BY CODE. AVOID OBSTRUCTING ACCESS OR PLACING
CONDUCTORS WHERE THEY MAY BE SUBJECTED TO STRAIN, IMPACT, OR DAMAGE.
B. GROUND RODS: DRIVE RODS UNTIL TOPS ARE 2 INCHES (50 MM) BELOW FINISHED FLOOR OR FINAL GRADE UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. INTERCONNECT GROUND RODS WITH GROUNDING ELECTRODE
CONDUCTOR BELOW GRADE. MAKE CONNECTIONS WITHOUT EXPOSING STEEL OR DAMAGING COATING IF ANY.
3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. TESTS AND INSPECTIONS:
1. AFTER INSTALLING GROUNDING SYSTEM BUT BEFORE PERMANENT ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS HAVE BEEN ENERGIZED, TEST FOR COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS.
2. INSPECT PHYSICAL AND MECHANICAL CONDITION. VERIFY TIGHTNESS OF ACCESSIBLE, BOLTED, ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS WITH A CALIBRATED TORQUE WRENCH ACCORDING TO
MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS.
3. TEST COMPLETED GROUNDING SYSTEM AT EACH GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONNECTION POINT AND INDIVIDUAL GROUND RODS. MAKE TESTS AT GROUND RODS BEFORE ANY CONDUCTORS
ARE CONNECTED.
a. MEASURE GROUND RESISTANCE NO FEWER THAN TWO FULL DAYS AFTER LAST TRACE OF PRECIPITATION AND WITHOUT SOIL BEING MOISTENED BY ANY MEANS OTHER THAN
NATURAL DRAINAGE OR SEEPAGE AND WITHOUT CHEMICAL TREATMENT OR OTHER ARTIFICIAL MEANS OF REDUCING NATURAL GROUND RESISTANCE.
b. PERFORM TESTS BY FALL-OF-POTENTIAL METHOD ACCORDING TO IEEE 81.
B. PREPARE TEST AND INSPECTION REPORTS.
C. REPORT MEASURED GROUND RESISTANCES THAT EXCEED THE FOLLOWING VALUES:
1. POWER EQUIPMENT OR SYSTEM WITH CAPACITY OF 500 KVA AND LESS: 10 OHMS.
2. POWER EQUIPMENT OR SYSTEM WITH CAPACITY OF 500 TO 1000 KVA: 5 OHMS.
3. POWER EQUIPMENT OR SYSTEM WITH CAPACITY MORE THAN 1000 KVA: 3 OHMS.
D. EXCESSIVE GROUND RESISTANCE: IF RESISTANCE TO GROUND EXCEEDS SPECIFIED VALUES, NOTIFY ENGINEER PROMPTLY AND INCLUDE RECOMMENDATIONS TO REDUCE GROUND RESISTANCE.
END OF SECTION 260526
SECTION 260529 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1,1 SUMMARY
A. SECTION INCLUDES:
1. STEEL SLOTTED SUPPORT SYSTEMS.
2. CONDUIT AND CABLE SUPPORT DEVICES.
3. SUPPORT FOR CONDUCTORS IN VERTICAL CONDUIT.
4. STRUCTURAL STEEL FOR FABRICATED SUPPORTS AND RESTRAINTS.
5. MOUNTING, ANCHORING, AND ATTACHMENT COMPONENTS, INCLUDING POWDER-ACTUATED FASTENERS, MECHANICAL EXPANSION ANCHORS, CONCRETE INSERTS, CLAMPS, THROUGH BOLTS,
TOGGLE BOLTS, AND HANGER RODS.
B. RELATED REQUIREMENTS:
1. SECTION 260548.16 "SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS" FOR PRODUCTS AND INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS NECESSARY FOR COMPLIANCE WITH SEISMIC CRITERIA.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. PRODUCT DATA: FOR EACH TYPE OF PRODUCT.
B. SHOP DRAWINGS: FOR FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION DETAILS FOR ELECTRICAL SUPPORT SYSTEMS.
1. SLOTTED SUPPORT SYSTEMS.
2. EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS.
3. VIBRATION ISOLATION BASE DETAILS: DETAIL FABRICATION INCLUDING ANCHORAGES AND ATTACHMENTS TO STRUCTURE AND TO SUPPORTED EQUIPMENT. INCLUDE ADJUSTABLE MOTOR
BASES, RAILS, AND FRAMES FOR EQUIPMENT MOUNTING.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. WELDING QUALIFICATIONS: QUALIFY PROCEDURES AND PERSONNEL ACCORDING TO THE FOLLOWING:
1. AWS D1.1/D1.1M.
2. AWS D1.2/D1.2M.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. SEISMIC PERFORMANCE: HANGERS AND SUPPORTS SHALL WITHSTAND THE EFFECTS OF EARTHQUAKE MOTIONS DETERMINED ACCORDING TO ASCE/SEI 7. THE TERM "WITHSTAND" MEANS "THE
SUPPORTED EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS WILL REMAIN IN PLACE WITHOUT SEPARATION OF ANY PARTS WHEN SUBJECTED TO THE SEISMIC FORCES SPECIFIED.
2.2 SUPPORT, ANCHORAGE, AND ATTACHMENT COMPONENTS
A. STEEL SLOTTED SUPPORT SYSTEMS: PREFORMED STEEL CHANNELS AND ANGLES WITH MINIMUM 13/32-INCH- (10-MM-) DIAMETER HOLES AT A MAXIMUM OF 8 INCHES (200 MM) O.C. IN AT LEAST ONE
SURFACE.
1. STANDARD: COMPLY WITH MFMA-4 FACTORY-FABRICATED COMPONENTS FOR FIELD ASSEMBLY.
2. MATERIAL FOR CHANNEL, FITTINGS, AND ACCESSORIES: GALVANIZED STEEL.
3. CHANNEL WIDTH: SELECTED FOR APPLICABLE LOAD CRITERIA.
4. METALLIC COATINGS: HOT-DIP GALVANIZED AFTER FABRICATION AND APPLIED ACCORDING TO MFMA-4.
5. PROTECT FINISHES ON EXPOSED SURFACES FROM DAMAGE BY APPLYING A STRIPPABLE, TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE COVERING BEFORE SHIPPING.
B. CONDUIT AND CABLE SUPPORT DEVICES: STEEL AND MALLEABLE-IRON HANGERS, CLAMPS, AND ASSOCIATED FITTINGS, DESIGNED FOR TYPES AND SIZES OF RACEWAY OR CABLE TO BE SUPPORTED.
C. SUPPORT FOR CONDUCTORS IN VERTICAL CONDUIT: FACTORY-FABRICATED ASSEMBLY CONSISTING OF THREADED BODY AND INSULATING WEDGING PLUG OR PLUGS FOR NONARMORED ELECTRICAL
CONDUCTORS OR CABLES IN RISER CONDUITS. PLUGS SHALL HAVE NUMBER, SIZE, AND SHAPE OF CONDUCTOR GRIPPING PIECES AS REQUIRED TO SUIT INDIVIDUAL CONDUCTORS OR CABLES SUPPORTED.
BODY SHALL BE MADE OF MALLEABLE IRON.
D. STRUCTURAL STEEL FOR FABRICATED SUPPORTS AND RESTRAINTS: ASTM A36/A36M STEEL PLATES, SHAPES, AND BARS; BLACK AND GALVANIZED.
E. MOUNTING, ANCHORING, AND ATTACHMENT COMPONENTS: ITEMS FOR FASTENING ELECTRICAL ITEMS OR THEIR SUPPORTS TO BUILDING SURFACES INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING:
1. POWDER-ACTUATED FASTENERS: THREADED-STEEL STUD, FOR USE IN HARDENED PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE, STEEL, OR WOOD, WITH TENSION, SHEAR, AND PULLOUT CAPACITIES
APPROPRIATE FOR SUPPORTED LOADS AND BUILDING MATERIALS WHERE USED.
2. MECHANICAL-EXPANSION ANCHORS: INSERT-WEDGE-TYPE, ZINC-COATED STEEL, FOR USE IN HARDENED PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE, WITH TENSION, SHEAR, AND PULLOUT CAPACITIES
APPROPRIATE FOR SUPPORTED LOADS AND BUILDING MATERIALS WHERE USED.
3. CONCRETE INSERTS: STEEL OR MALLEABLE-IRON, SLOTTED SUPPORT SYSTEM UNITS ARE SIMILAR TO MSS TYPE 18 UNITS AND COMPLY WITH MFMA-4 OR MSS SP-58.
4. THROUGH BOLTS: STRUCTURAL TYPE, HEX HEAD, AND HIGH STRENGTH. COMPLY WITH ASTM F3125/F3125M, GRADE A325 (GRADE A325M).
5. TOGGLE BOLTS: ALL-STEEL SPRINGHEAD TYPE.
6. HANGER RODS: THREADED STEEL.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 APPLICATION
A. COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING STANDARDS FOR APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS OF HANGERS AND SUPPORTS, EXCEPT WHERE REQUIREMENTS ON DRAWINGS OR IN THIS SECTION ARE
STRICTER:
1 NECA 1.
2. NECA 101.
3. NECA 102.
4. NECA 105.
5. NECA 111.
B. COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR RACEWAYS AND BOXES SPECIFIED IN SECTION 260533 "RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS."
C. MAXIMUM SUPPORT SPACING AND MINIMUM HANGER ROD SIZE FOR RACEWAYS: SPACE SUPPORTS FOR EMT, IMC, AND RMC AS REQUIRED BY NFPA 70. MINIMUM ROD SIZE SHALL BE 1/4 INCH (6 MM) IN
DIAMETER.
D. MULTIPLE RACEWAYS OR CABLES: INSTALL SUPPORTS FABRICATED WITH STEEL SLOTTED OR OTHER SUPPORT SYSTEM, SIZED SO CAPACITY CAN BE INCREASED BY AT LEAST 25 PERCENT AT A LATER
DATE WITHOUT EXCEEDING SPECIFIED DESIGN LOAD LIMITS.
1. SECURE RACEWAYS AND CABLES TO THESE SUPPORTS WITH TWO-BOLT CONDUIT CLAMPS.
E. SPRING-STEEL CLAMPS DESIGNED FOR SUPPORTING SINGLE CONDUITS WITHOUT BOLTS MAY BE USED FOR 1-1/2-INCH (38-MM) AND SMALLER RACEWAYS SERVING BRANCH CIRCUITS, AND FOR
FASTENING RACEWAYS TO TRAPEZE SUPPORTS.
3.2 SUPPORT INSTALLATION
A. COMPLY WITH NECA 1 AND NECA 101 FOR INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS EXCEPT AS SPECIFIED IN THIS ARTICLE.
B. RACEWAY SUPPORT METHODS: IN ADDITION TO METHODS DESCRIBED IN NECA 1, EMT, IMC, AND RMC MAY BE SUPPORTED BY OPENINGS THROUGH STRUCTURE MEMBERS, ACCORDING TO NFPA 70.
C. STRENGTH OF SUPPORT ASSEMBLIES: WHERE NOT INDICATED, SELECT SIZES OF COMPONENTS SO STRENGTH WILL BE ADEQUATE TO CARRY PRESENT AND AT A LATER DATE STATIC LOADS WITHIN
SPECIFIED LOADING LIMITS. MINIMUM STATIC DESIGN LOAD USED FOR STRENGTH DETERMINATION SHALL BE WEIGHT OF SUPPORTED COMPONENTS PLUS 200 LB (90 KG).
D. MOUNTING AND ANCHORAGE OF SURFACE-MOUNTED EQUIPMENT AND COMPONENTS: ANCHOR AND FASTEN ELECTRICAL ITEMS AND THEIR SUPPORTS TO BUILDING STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS BY THE
FOLLOWING METHODS UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED BY CODE:
1. TO NEW CONCRETE: BOLT TO CONCRETE INSERTS.
2. TO MASONRY: APPROVED TOGGLE-TYPE BOLTS ON HOLLOW MASONRY UNITS AND EXPANSION ANCHOR FASTENERS ON SOLID MASONRY UNITS.
3. TO EXISTING CONCRETE: EXPANSION ANCHOR FASTENERS.
4. INSTEAD OF EXPANSION ANCHORS, POWDER-ACTUATED DRIVEN THREADED STUDS PROVIDED WITH LOCK WASHERS AND NUTS MAY BE USED IN EXISTING STANDARD-WEIGHT CONCRETE 4
INCHES (100 MM) THICK OR GREATER. DO NOT USE FOR ANCHORAGE TO LIGHTWEIGHT-AGGREGATE CONCRETE OR FOR SLABS LESS THAN 4 INCHES (100 MM) THICK.
5. TO STEEL: WELDED THREADED STUDS COMPLYING WITH AWS D1.1/D1.1M, WITH LOCK WASHERS AND NUTS.
6. TO LIGHT STEEL: SHEET METAL SCREWS.
7. ITEMS MOUNTED ON HOLLOW WALLS AND NONSTRUCTURAL BUILDING SURFACES: MOUNT CABINETS, PANELBOARDS, DISCONNECT SWITCHES, CONTROL ENCLOSURES, PULL AND JUNCTION
BOXES, TRANSFORMERS, AND OTHER DEVICES ON SLOTTED-CHANNEL RACKS ATTACHED TO SUBSTRATE BY MEANS THAT COMPLY WITH SEISMIC-RESTRAINT STRENGTH AND ANCHORAGE
REQUIREMENTS.
E. DRILL HOLES FOR EXPANSION ANCHORS IN CONCRETE AT LOCATIONS AND TO DEPTHS THAT AVOID THE NEED FOR REINFORCING BARS.
END OF SECTION 260569
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
1.
2.
3.
4.
a.
b.
5.
1.
1.
2.
3.
1.
2.
1.
A.
1.
2.
B.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
1.
2.
3.
a.
b.
c.
4.
5.
6.
7.
1.
2.
3.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
1.
2.
3.
4.
1.
a.
b.
1.
2.
a.
3.
a.
b.
c.
d.
A.
B.
C.
D.
SECTION 260533 - RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. SECTION INCLUDES:
1. METAL CONDUITS AND FITTINGS.
2. NON-METALLIC CONDUITS AND FITTINGS.
3. BOXES AND ENCLOSURES.
4. HANDHOLES AND BOXES FOR EXTERIOR UNDERGROUND CABLING.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. PRODUCT DATA: FOR EACH TYPE OF PRODUCT.
B. SEISMIC QUALIFICATION DATA: CERTIFICATES, FOR ENCLOSURES, CABINETS, AND CONDUIT RACKS AND THEIR MOUNTING PROVISIONS, INCLUDING THOSE FOR INTERNAL COMPONENTS, FROM
MANUFACTURER.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 METAL CONDUITS AND FITTINGS
A. METAL CONDUIT:
LISTING AND LABELING: METAL CONDUITS, TUBING, AND FITTINGS SHALL BE LISTED AND LABELED AS DEFINED IN NFPA 70, BY A QUALIFIED TESTING AGENCY, AND MARKED
FOR INTENDED LOCATION AND APPLICATION.
GRC: COMPLY WITH ANSI C80.1 AND UL 6.
IMC: COMPLY WITH ANSI C80.6 AND UL 1242.
EMT: COMPLY WITH ANSI C80.3 AND UL 797.
LFMC: FLEXIBLE STEEL CONDUIT WITH PVC JACKET AND COMPLYING WITH UL 360.
B .METAL FITTINGS: COMPLY WITH NEMA FB 1 AND UL 514B.
LISTING AND LABELING: LISTED AND LABELED AS DEFINED IN NFPA 70, BY A QUALIFIED TESTING AGENCY, AND MARKED FOR INTENDED LOCATION AND APPLICATION.
FITTINGS, GENERAL: LISTED AND LABELED FOR TYPE OF CONDUIT, LOCATION, AND USE.
CONDUIT FITTINGS FOR HAZARDOUS (CLASSIFIED) LOCATIONS: COMPLY WITH UL 1203 AND NFPA 70.
FITTINGS FOR EMT:
MATERIAL: STEEL OR DIE CAST.
TYPE: SETSCREW.
EXPANSION FITTINGS: PVC OR STEEL TO MATCH CONDUIT TYPE, COMPLYING WITH UL 651, RATED FOR ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS WHERE INSTALLED, AND INCLUDING
FLEXIBLE EXTERNAL BONDING JUMPER.
C. JOINT COMPOUND FOR IMC OR GRC: APPROVED, AS DEFINED IN NFPA 70, BY AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION FOR USE IN CONDUIT ASSEMBLIES, AND COMPOUNDED FOR USE TO LUBRICATE AND
PROTECT THREADED CONDUIT JOINTS FROM CORROSION AND TO ENHANCE THEIR CONDUCTIVITY.
2.2 NONMETALLIC CONDUITS AND FITTINGS
A. LISTING AND LABELING: LISTED AND LABELED AS DEFINED IN NFPA 70, BY A QUALIFIED TESTING AGENCY, AND MARKED FOR INTENDED LOCATION AND APPLICATION.
RNC: TYPE EPC-40-PVC, COMPLYING WITH NEMA TC 2 AND UL 651 UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.
B. NONMETALLIC FITTINGS:
FITTINGS, GENERAL: LISTED AND LABELED FOR TYPE OF CONDUIT, LOCATION, AND USE.
FITTINGS FOR RNC: COMPLY WITH NEMA TC 3; MATCH TO CONDUIT OR TUBING TYPE AND MATERIAL.
SOLVENTS AND ADHESIVES: AS RECOMMENDED BY CONDUIT MANUFACTURER.
2.3 BOXES AND ENCLOSURES
A. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR BOXES AND ENCLOSURES: BOXES, ENCLOSURES, AND CABINETS INSTALLED IN WET LOCATIONS SHALL BE LISTED FOR USE IN WET LOCATIONS.
B. CAST-METAL OUTLET AND DEVICE BOXES: COMPLY WITH NEMA FB 1, FERROUS ALLOY, TYPE FD, WITH GASKETED COVER.
C. SMALL SHEET METAL PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES: NEMA OS 1.
D. CAST-METAL ACCESS, PULL, AND JUNCTION BOXES: COMPLY WITH NEMA FB 1 AND UL 1773, GALVANIZED, CAST IRON WITH GASKETED COVER.
E. DEVICE BOX DIMENSIONS: 4 INCHES SQUARE BY 2-1/8 INCHES DEEP (100 MM SQUARE BY 60 MM DEEP).
F. HINGED-COVER ENCLOSURES: COMPLY WITH UL 50 AND NEMA 250, TYPE 4 WITH CONTINUOUS-HINGE COVER WITH FLUSH LATCH UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.
METAL ENCLOSURES: STEEL, FINISHED INSIDE AND OUT WITH MANUFACTURER''S STANDARD ENAMEL.
INTERIOR PANELS: STEEL; ALL SIDES FINISHED WITH MANUFACTURER''S STANDARD ENAMEL.
HANDHOLES AND BOXES FOR EXTERIOR UNDERGROUND WIRING
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR HANDHOLES AND BOXES:
BOXES AND HANDHOLES FOR USE IN UNDERGROUND SYSTEMS SHALL BE DESIGNED AND IDENTIFIED AS DEFINED IN NFPA 70, FOR INTENDED LOCATION AND APPLICATION.
BOXES INSTALLED IN WET AREAS SHALL BE LISTED AND LABELED AS DEFINED IN NFPA 70, BY A QUALIFIED TESTING AGENCY, AND MARKED FOR INTENDED LOCATION AND
APPLICATION.
POLYMER-CONCRETE HANDHOLES AND BOXES WITH POLYMER-CONCRETE COVER: MOLDED OF SAND AND AGGREGATE, BOUND TOGETHER WITH POLYMER RESIN, AND REINFORCED
WITH STEEL, FIBERGLASS, OR A COMBINATION OF THE TWO.
STANDARD: COMPLY WITH SCTE 77.
CONFIGURATION: DESIGNED FOR FLUSH BURIAL WITH INTEGRAL CLOSED BOTTOM UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.
COVER: WEATHERPROOF, SECURED BY TAMPER-RESISTANT LOCKING DEVICES AND HAVING STRUCTURAL LOAD RATING CONSISTENT WITH ENCLOSURE AND HANDHOLE
LOCATION.
COVER FINISH: NONSKID FINISH SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM COEFFICIENT OF FRICTION OF 0.50.
COVER LEGEND: MOLDED LETTERING, "ELECTRIC.".
TRAFFIC RATED FOR AREA OF INSTALLATION.
CONDUIT ENTRANCE PROVISIONS: CONDUIT-TERMINATING FITTINGS SHALL MATE WITH ENTERING DUCTS FOR SECURE, FIXED INSTALLATION IN ENCLOSURE WALL.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 RACEWAY APPLICATION
A. OUTDOORS: APPLY RACEWAY PRODUCTS AS SPECIFIED BELOW UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED:
EXPOSED CONDUIT: GRC.
CONCEALED CONDUIT, ABOVEGROUND: IMC.
UNDERGROUND CONDUIT: TYPE EPC-40-PVC, DIRECT BURIED.
CONNECTION TO VIBRATING EQUIPMENT (INCLUDING TRANSFORMERS AND HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRIC SOLENOID, OR MOTOR-DRIVEN EQUIPMENT): LFMC.
BOXES AND ENCLOSURES, ABOVEGROUND: NEMA 250, TYPE 4.
B. INDOORS: APPLY RACEWAY PRODUCTS AS SPECIFIED BELOW UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.
EXPOSED, NOT SUBJECT TO PHYSICAL DAMAGE: EMT.
EXPOSED, NOT SUBJECT TO SEVERE PHYSICAL DAMAGE: EMT.
EXPOSED AND SUBJECT TO SEVERE PHYSICAL DAMAGE: GRC. RACEWAY LOCATIONS INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING:
LOADING DOCK.
CORRIDORS USED FOR TRAFFIC OF MECHANIZED CARTS, FORKLIFTS, AND PALLET-HANDLING UNITS.
MECHANICAL ROOMS.
CONCEALED IN CEILINGS AND INTERIOR WALLS AND PARTITIONS: EMT.
CONNECTION TO VIBRATING EQUIPMENT (INCLUDING TRANSFORMERS AND HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRIC SOLENOID, OR MOTOR-DRIVEN EQUIPMENT): LFMC.
DAMP OR WET LOCATIONS: IMC.
BOXES AND ENCLOSURES: NEMA 250, TYPE 12.
C. MINIMUM RACEWAY SIZE: 3/4-INCH (21-MM) TRADE SIZE.
D. RACEWAY FITTINGS: COMPATIBLE WITH RACEWAYS AND SUITABLE FOR USE AND LOCATION.
RIGID AND INTERMEDIATE STEEL CONDUIT: USE THREADED RIGID STEEL CONDUIT FITTINGS UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. COMPLY WITH NEMA FB 2.10.
EMT: USE SETSCREW, CAST-METAL FITTINGS. COMPLY WITH NEMA FB 2.10.
FLEXIBLE CONDUIT: USE ONLY FITTINGS LISTED FOR USE WITH FLEXIBLE CONDUIT. COMPLY WITH NEMA FB 2.20.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. COMPLY WITH NECA 1 AND NECA 101 FOR INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS EXCEPT WHERE REQUIREMENTS ON DRAWINGS OR IN THIS ARTICLE ARE STRICTER. COMPLY WITH NFPA 70 LIMITATIONS FOR
TYPES OF RACEWAYS ALLOWED IN SPECIFIC OCCUPANCIES AND NUMBER OF FLOORS.
B. DO NOT INSTALL RACEWAYS OR ELECTRICAL ITEMS ON ANY "EXPLOSION-RELIEF" WALLS OR ROTATING EQUIPMENT.
C. DO NOT FASTEN CONDUITS ONTO THE BOTTOM SIDE OF A METAL DECK ROOF.
D. KEEP RACEWAYS AT LEAST 6 INCHES (150 MM) AWAY FROM PARALLEL RUNS OF FLUES AND STEAM OR HOT-WATER PIPES. INSTALL HORIZONTAL RACEWAY RUNS ABOVE WATER AND STEAM PIPING.
E. COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS IN SECTION 260529 "HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS" FOR HANGERS AND SUPPORTS.
F. ARRANGE STUB-UPS SO CURVED PORTIONS OF BENDS ARE NOT VISIBLE ABOVE GRADE.
G. INSTALL NO MORE THAN THE EQUIVALENT OF THREE 90-DEGREE BENDS IN ANY CONDUIT RUN EXCEPT FOR CONTROL WIRING CONDUITS, FOR WHICH FEWER BENDS ARE ALLOWED. SUPPORT WITHIN 12 I
INCHES (300 MM) OF CHANGES IN DIRECTION.
H. MAKE BENDS IN RACEWAY USING LARGE-RADIUS PREFORMED ELLS. FIELD BENDING SHALL BE ACCORDING TO NFPA 70 MINIMUM RADII REQUIREMENTS. USE ONLY EQUIPMENT SPECIFICALLY DESIGNED
FOR MATERIAL AND SIZE INVOLVED.
I. INSTALL CONDUITS PARALLEL OR PERPENDICULAR TO BUILDING LINES.
J. SUPPORT CONDUIT WITHIN 12 INCHES (300 MM) OF ENCLOSURES TO WHICH ATTACHED.
K. THREADED CONDUIT JOINTS, EXPOSED TO WET, DAMP, CORROSIVE, OR OUTDOOR CONDITIONS: APPLY LISTED COMPOUND TO THREADS OF RACEWAY AND FITTINGS BEFORE MAKING UP JOINTS. FOLLOW
COMPOUND MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS.
L. RACEWAY TERMINATIONS AT LOCATIONS SUBJECT TO MOISTURE OR VIBRATION: USE INSULATING BUSHINGS TO PROTECT CONDUCTORS INCLUDING CONDUCTORS SMALLER THAN NO. 4 AWG.
M. TERMINATE THREADED CONDUITS INTO THREADED HUBS OR WITH LOCKNUTS ON INSIDE AND OUTSIDE OF BOXES OR CABINETS. INSTALL BUSHINGS ON CONDUITS UP TO 1-1/4-INCH (35-MM) TRADE SIZE
AND INSULATED THROAT METAL BUSHINGS ON 1-1/2-INCH (41-MM) TRADE SIZE AND LARGER CONDUITS TERMINATED WITH LOCKNUTS. INSTALL INSULATED THROAT METAL GROUNDING BUSHINGS ON
SERVICE CONDUITS.
N. INSTALL PULL WIRES IN EMPTY RACEWAYS. USE POLYPROPYLENE OR MONOFILAMENT PLASTIC LINE WITH NOT LESS THAN 200-LB (90-KG) TENSILE STRENGTH. LEAVE AT LEAST 12 INCHES (300 MM) OF
SLACK AT EACH END OF PULL WIRE. CAP UNDERGROUND RACEWAYS DESIGNATED AS SPARE ABOVE GRADE ALONGSIDE RACEWAYS IN USE.
O. INSTALL DEVICES TO SEAL RACEWAY INTERIORS AT ACCESSIBLE LOCATIONS. LOCATE SEALS SO NO FITTINGS OR BOXES ARE BETWEEN THE SEAL AND THE FOLLOWING CHANGES OF ENVIRONMENTS.
SEAL THE INTERIOR OF ALL RACEWAYS AT THE FOLLOWING POINTS:
1. CONDUIT EXTENDING FROM INTERIOR TO EXTERIOR OF BUILDING.
2. WHERE OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY NFPA 70.
P. FLEXIBLE CONDUIT CONNECTIONS: COMPLY WITH NEMA RV 3. USE A MAXIMUM OF 36 INCHES (915 MM) OF FLEXIBLE CONDUIT FOR EQUIPMENT SUBJECT TO VIBRATION, NOISE TRANSMISSION, OR
MOVEMENT; AND FOR TRANSFORMERS AND MOTORS.
Q. MOUNT BOXES AT HEIGHTS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. INSTALL BOXES WITH HEIGHT MEASURED TO TOP OF BOX UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.
R. FASTEN JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES TO OR SUPPORT FROM BUILDING STRUCTURE. DO NOT SUPPORT BOXES BY CONDUITS.
3.3 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND CONDUIT
A. DIRECT-BURIED CONDUIT:
EXCAVATE TRENCH BOTTOM TO PROVIDE FIRM AND UNIFORM SUPPORT FOR CONDUIT. PREPARE TRENCH BOTTOM AS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 312000 "EARTH MOVING" FOR
PIPE LESS THAN 6 INCHES (150 MM) IN NOMINAL DIAMETER.
INSTALL BACKFILL AS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 312000 "EARTH MOVING."
AFTER INSTALLING CONDUIT, BACKFILL AND COMPACT. START AT TIE-IN POINT, AND WORK TOWARD END OF CONDUIT RUN, LEAVING CONDUIT AT END OF RUN FREE TO
MOVE WITH EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION AS TEMPERATURE CHANGES DURING THIS PROCESS. FIRMLY HAND TAMP BACKFILL AROUND CONDUIT TO PROVIDE MAXIMUM
SUPPORTING STRENGTH. AFTER PLACING CONTROLLED BACKFILL TO WITHIN 12 INCHES (300 MM) OF FINISHED GRADE, MAKE FINAL CONDUIT CONNECTION AT END OF RUN
AND COMPLETE BACKFILLING WITH NORMAL COMPACTION AS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 312000 "EARTH MOVING."
INSTALL MANUFACTURED RIGID STEEL CONDUIT ELBOWS FOR STUB-UPS AT EQUIPMENT.
UNDERGROUND WARNING TAPE: COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS IN SECTION 260553 "IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS."
3.4 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND HANDHOLES AND BOXES
A. INSTALL HANDHOLES AND BOXES LEVEL AND PLUMB AND WITH ORIENTATION AND DEPTH COORDINATED WITH CONNECTING CONDUITS TO MINIMIZE BENDS AND DEFLECTIONS REQUIRED FOR PROPER
ENTRANCES.
B. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, SUPPORT UNITS ON A LEVEL BED OF CRUSHED STONE OR GRAVEL, GRADED FROM 1/2-INCH (12.5-MM) SIEVE TO NO. 4 (4.75-MM) SIEVE AND COMPACTED TO SAME DENSITY
AS ADJACENT UNDISTURBED EARTH.
C. ELEVATION: IN PAVED AREAS, SET SO COVER SURFACE WILL BE FLUSH WITH FINISHED GRADE. SET COVERS OF OTHER ENCLOSURES 1 INCH (25 MM) ABOVE FINISHED GRADE.
D. INSTALL HANDHOLES WITH BOTTOM BELOW FROST LINE.
E. FIELD-CUT OPENINGS FOR CONDUITS ACCORDING TO ENCLOSURE MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. CUT WALL OF ENCLOSURE WITH A TOOL DESIGNED FOR MATERIAL TO BE CUT. SIZE HOLES
FOR TERMINATING FITTINGS TO BE USED, AND SEAL AROUND PENETRATIONS AFTER FITTINGS ARE INSTALLED.
3.5 PROTECTION
A. PROTECT COATINGS, FINISHES, AND CABINETS FROM DAMAGE AND DETERIORATION.
1. REPAIR DAMAGE TO GALVANIZED FINISHES WITH ZINC-RICH PAINT RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER.
END OF SECTION 260533
SECTION 260548.16 - SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. SECTION INCLUDES:
RESTRAINT CHANNEL BRACINGS.
RESTRAINT CABLES.
SEISMIC-RESTRAINT ACCESSORIES.
MECHANICAL ANCHOR BOLTS.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. PRODUCT DATA: FOR EACH TYPE OF PRODUCT.
ILLUSTRATE AND INDICATE STYLE, MATERIAL, STRENGTH, FASTENING PROVISION, AND FINISH FOR EACH TYPE AND SIZE OF SEISMIC-RESTRAINT COMPONENT USED.
TABULATE TYPES AND SIZES OF SEISMIC RESTRAINTS, COMPLETE WITH REPORT NUMBERS AND RATED STRENGTH IN TENSION AND SHEAR AS EVALUATED BY AN
AGENCY ACCEPTABLE TO AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION.
ANNOTATE TO INDICATE APPLICATION OF EACH PRODUCT SUBMITTED AND COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS.
B. DELEGATED-DESIGN SUBMITTAL: FOR EACH SEISMIC-RESTRAINT DEVICE.
INCLUDE DESIGN CALCULATIONS AND DETAILS FOR SELECTING SEISMIC RESTRAINTS COMPLYING WITH PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS, DESIGN CRITERIA, AND ANALYSIS
DATA SIGNED AND SEALED BY THE QUALIFIED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER RESPONSIBLE FOR THEIR PREPARATION.
DESIGN CALCULATIONS: CALCULATE STATIC AND DYNAMIC LOADING CAUSED BY EQUIPMENT WEIGHT, OPERATION, AND SEISMIC FORCES REQUIRED TO SELECT SEISMIC
RESTRAINTS AND FOR DESIGNING VIBRATION ISOLATION BASES.
COORDINATE DESIGN CALCULATIONS WITH WIND LOAD CALCULATIONS REQUIRED FOR EQUIPMENT MOUNTED OUTDOORS. COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS IN
OTHER SECTIONS FOR EQUIPMENT MOUNTED OUTDOORS.
SEISMIC-RESTRAINT DETAILS:
DESIGN ANALYSIS: TO SUPPORT SELECTION AND ARRANGEMENT OF SEISMIC RESTRAINTS. INCLUDE CALCULATIONS OF COMBINED TENSILE AND SHEAR LOADS.
DETAILS: INDICATE FABRICATION AND ARRANGEMENT. DETAIL ATTACHMENTS OF RESTRAINTS TO THE RESTRAINED ITEMS AND TO THE STRUCTURE. SHOW
ATTACHMENT LOCATIONS, METHODS, AND SPACINGS. IDENTIFY COMPONENTS, LIST THEIR STRENGTHS, AND INDICATE DIRECTIONS AND VALUES OF FORCES
TRANSMITTED TO THE STRUCTURE DURING SEISMIC EVENTS. INDICATE ASSOCIATION WITH VIBRATION ISOLATION DEVICES.
COORDINATE SEISMIC-RESTRAINT AND VIBRATION ISOLATION DETAILS WITH WIND-RESTRAINT DETAILS REQUIRED FOR EQUIPMENT MOUNTED OUTDOORS.
COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS IN OTHER SECTIONS FOR EQUIPMENT MOUNTED OUTDOORS.
PREAPPROVAL AND EVALUATION DOCUMENTATION: BY AN AGENCY ACCEPTABLE TO AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION, SHOWING MAXIMUM RATINGS OF
RESTRAINT ITEMS AND THE BASIS FOR APPROVAL (TESTS OR CALCULATIONS).
C. QUALIFICATION DATA: FOR PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER AND TESTING AGENCY.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
COMPLY WITH SEISMIC-RESTRAINT REQUIREMENTS IN THE IBC UNLESS REQUIREMENTS IN THIS SECTION ARE MORE STRINGENT.
WELDING QUALIFICATIONS: QUALIFY PROCEDURES AND PERSONNEL ACCORDING TO AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "STRUCTURAL WELDING CODE - STEEL."
SEISMIC-RESTRAINT DEVICES SHALL HAVE HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL LOAD TESTING AND ANALYSIS. THEY SHALL BEAR ANCHORAGE PREAPPROVAL FROM OSHPD IN ADDITION TO
PREAPPROVAL, SHOWING MAXIMUM SEISMIC-RESTRAINT RATINGS, BY ICC-ES OR ANOTHER AGENCY ACCEPTABLE TO AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. RATINGS BASED ON
INDEPENDENT TESTING ARE PREFERRED TO RATINGS BASED ON CALCULATIONS. IF PREAPPROVED RATINGS ARE NOT AVAILABLE, SUBMITTALS BASED ON INDEPENDENT TESTING ARE
PREFERRED. CALCULATIONS (INCLUDING COMBINING SHEAR AND TENSILE LOADS) THAT SUPPORT SEISMIC-RESTRAINT DESIGNS MUST BE SIGNED AND SEALED BY A QUALIFIED
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER.
COMPLY WITH NFPA 70.
PH:
RE
V
I
S
I
O
N
DA
T
E
2/
1
9
/
2
5
Ci
t
y
o
f
C
a
r
l
s
b
a
d
C
o
m
m
e
n
t
s
A
45
0
L
A
M
B
E
R
T
A
V
E
,
P
A
L
O
A
L
T
O
,
C
A
9
4
3
0
6
(8
8
8
)
3
4
2
-
7
3
8
3
ORIGINAL SIZE 24"X36"
REV:
PROJ:
DL
X
8
E
L
E
C
T
R
I
C
V
E
H
I
C
L
E
C
H
A
R
G
I
N
G
S
T
A
T
I
O
N
S
51
5
E
A
S
T
D
Y
E
R
R
O
A
D
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
7
BSE14-2
DLX8_EV_OSP
ALEXANDER SHORTS
PROFESSIONA L ENGINEER
ELECTRICALSTATE OF CALIFORNIA
E 21782
7/
1
4
/
2
5
Ut
i
l
i
t
y
t
r
e
n
c
h
p
a
t
h
B
9/22/25
SS
B
J
U
p
s
i
z
e
,
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r
s
e
c
t
i
o
n
C
9/
2
2
/
2
5
ELECTRICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
E0.2
IFP C
a.
b.
c.
A.
1.
2.
3.
B.
C.
A.
B.
a.
b.
c.
a.
b.
c.
a.
b.
c.
a.
b.
c.
a.
b.
c.
a.
b.
a.
b.
c.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
1.
2.
3.
4.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
MASTER SPECIFICATIONS - ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS (CONTINUED)
SECTION 260548.16 - SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS (CONTINUED)
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
RETAIN "WIND-RESTRAINT LOADING" PARAGRAPH BELOW FOR OUTDOOR EQUIPMENT.
A. SEISMIC-RESTRAINT LOADING:
1. SITE CLASS AS DEFINED IN THE IBC: D.
2. ASSIGNED SEISMIC USE GROUP OR BUILDING CATEGORY AS DEFINED IN THE IBC: II.
COMPONENT IMPORTANCE FACTOR: 1.0.
COMPONENT RESPONSE MODIFICATION FACTOR: 3.0.
COMPONENT AMPLIFICATION FACTOR: 1.0.
3. DESIGN SPECTRAL RESPONSE ACCELERATION AT SHORT PERIODS (0.2 SECOND): 0.354.
4. DESIGN SPECTRAL RESPONSE ACCELERATION AT 1.0-SECOND PERIOD: N/A.
2.2 RESTRAINT CHANNEL BRACINGS
A. DESCRIPTION: MFMA-4, SHOP- OR FIELD-FABRICATED BRACING ASSEMBLY MADE OF SLOTTED STEEL CHANNELS WITH ACCESSORIES FOR ATTACHMENT TO BRACED COMPONENT AT ONE END AND TO
BUILDING STRUCTURE AT THE OTHER END, WITH OTHER MATCHING COMPONENTS, AND WITH CORROSION-RESISTANT COATING; RATED IN TENSION, COMPRESSION, AND TORSION FORCES.
2.3 RESTRAINT CABLES
A. RESTRAINT CABLES: ASTM A603 GALVANIZED-STEEL CABLES. END CONNECTIONS MADE OF STEEL ASSEMBLIES WITH THIMBLES, BRACKETS, SWIVEL, AND BOLTS DESIGNED FOR RESTRAINING CABLE
SERVICE; WITH A MINIMUM OF TWO CLAMPING BOLTS FOR CABLE ENGAGEMENT.
2.4 SEISMIC-RESTRAINT ACCESSORIES
A. BUSHINGS FOR FLOOR-MOUNTED EQUIPMENT ANCHOR BOLTS: NEOPRENE BUSHINGS DESIGNED FOR RIGID EQUIPMENT MOUNTINGS AND MATCHED TO TYPE AND SIZE OF ANCHOR BOLTS AND STUDS.
B. RESILIENT ISOLATION WASHERS AND BUSHINGS: ONE-PIECE, MOLDED, OIL- AND WATER-RESISTANT NEOPRENE, WITH A FLAT WASHER FACE.
2.5 MECHANICAL ANCHOR BOLTS
A. MECHANICAL ANCHOR BOLTS: DRILLED-IN AND STUD-WEDGE OR FEMALE-WEDGE TYPE IN ZINC-COATED STEEL FOR INTERIOR APPLICATIONS AND STAINLESS STEEL FOR EXTERIOR APPLICATIONS. SELECT
ANCHOR BOLTS WITH STRENGTH REQUIRED FOR ANCHOR AND AS TESTED ACCORDING TO ASTM E488.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 APPLICATIONS
A. MULTIPLE RACEWAYS OR CABLES: SECURE RACEWAYS AND CABLES TO SUPPORT MEMBER WITH CLAMPS APPROVED FOR APPLICATION BY AN AGENCY ACCEPTABLE TO AUTHORITIES HAVING
JURISDICTION.
B. STRENGTH OF SUPPORT AND SEISMIC-RESTRAINT ASSEMBLIES: WHERE NOT INDICATED, SELECT SIZES OF COMPONENTS SO STRENGTH WILL BE ADEQUATE TO CARRY PRESENT AND AT A LATER DATE
STATIC AND SEISMIC LOADS WITHIN SPECIFIED LOADING LIMITS.
3.2 SEISMIC-RESTRAINT DEVICE INSTALLATION
A. COORDINATE THE LOCATION OF EMBEDDED CONNECTION HARDWARE WITH SUPPORTED EQUIPMENT ATTACHMENT AND MOUNTING POINTS AND WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT
AND FORMWORK SPECIFIED IN SECTION 033000 "CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE."
B. EQUIPMENT RESTRAINTS:
1. INSTALL RESILIENT, BOLT-ISOLATION WASHERS ON EQUIPMENT ANCHOR BOLTS WHERE CLEARANCE BETWEEN ANCHOR AND ADJACENT SURFACE EXCEEDS 0.125 INCH (3.2 MM).
2. INSTALL SEISMIC-RESTRAINT DEVICES USING METHODS APPROVED BY AN AGENCY ACCEPTABLE TO AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION PROVIDING REQUIRED SUBMITTALS FOR COMPONENT.
C. INSTALL CABLES SO THEY DO NOT BEND ACROSS EDGES OF ADJACENT EQUIPMENT OR BUILDING STRUCTURE.
D. INSTALL BUSHING ASSEMBLIES FOR MOUNTING BOLTS FOR WALL-MOUNTED EQUIPMENT, ARRANGED TO PROVIDE RESILIENT MEDIA WHERE EQUIPMENT OR EQUIPMENT-MOUNTING CHANNELS ARE
ATTACHED TO WALL.
E. DRILLED-IN ANCHORS:
1. IDENTIFY POSITION OF REINFORCING STEEL AND OTHER EMBEDDED ITEMS PRIOR TO DRILLING HOLES FOR ANCHORS. LOCATE AND AVOID PRESTRESSED TENDONS, ELECTRICAL AND
TELECOMMUNICATIONS CONDUIT, AND GAS LINES.
2. DO NOT DRILL HOLES IN CONCRETE OR MASONRY UNTIL CONCRETE, MORTAR, OR GROUT HAS ACHIEVED FULL DESIGN STRENGTH.
3. WEDGE ANCHORS: PROTECT THREADS FROM DAMAGE DURING ANCHOR INSTALLATION. HEAVY-DUTY SLEEVE ANCHORS SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH SLEEVE FULLY ENGAGED IN THE
STRUCTURAL ELEMENT TO WHICH ANCHOR IS TO BE FASTENED.
4. ADHESIVE ANCHORS: CLEAN HOLES TO REMOVE LOOSE MATERIAL AND DRILLING DUST PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ADHESIVE. PLACE ADHESIVE IN HOLES PROCEEDING FROM THE BOTTOM OF
THE HOLE AND PROGRESSING TOWARD THE SURFACE IN SUCH A MANNER AS TO AVOID INTRODUCTION OF AIR POCKETS IN THE ADHESIVE.
5. SET ANCHORS TO MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED TORQUE USING A TORQUE WRENCH.
6. INSTALL ZINC-COATED STEEL ANCHORS FOR INTERIOR AND STAINLESS-STEEL ANCHORS FOR EXTERIOR APPLICATIONS.
3.3 ACCOMMODATION OF DIFFERENTIAL SEISMIC MOTION
A. INSTALL FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS IN RUNS OF RACEWAYS, CABLES, WIREWAYS, CABLE TRAYS, AND BUSWAYS WHERE THEY CROSS SEISMIC JOINTS, WHERE ADJACENT SECTIONS OR BRANCHES ARE
SUPPORTED BY DIFFERENT STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS, AND WHERE CONNECTION IS TERMINATED TO EQUIPMENT THAT IS ANCHORED TO A DIFFERENT STRUCTURAL ELEMENT FROM THE ONE SUPPORTING
THEM AS THEY APPROACH EQUIPMENT.
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
PERFORM THE FOLLOWING TESTS AND INSPECTIONS:
OBTAIN ENGINEER'S APPROVAL BEFORE TRANSMITTING TEST LOADS TO STRUCTURE. PROVIDE TEMPORARY LOAD-SPREADING MEMBERS.
TEST AT LEAST FOUR OF EACH TYPE AND SIZE OF INSTALLED ANCHORS AND FASTENERS SELECTED BY ENGINEER.
TEST TO 90 PERCENT OF RATED PROOF LOAD OF DEVICE.
SEISMIC CONTROLS WILL BE CONSIDERED DEFECTIVE IF THEY DO NOT PASS TESTS AND INSPECTIONS.
PREPARE TEST AND INSPECTION REPORTS.
END OF SECTION 260538.16
SECTION 260553 - IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. SECTION INCLUDES:
1. COLOR AND LEGEND REQUIREMENTS FOR RACEWAYS, CONDUCTORS, AND WARNING LABELS AND SIGNS.
2. LABELS.
3. TAPES AND STENCILS.
4. TAGS.
5. SIGNS.
6. CABLE TIES.
7. FASTENERS FOR LABELS AND SIGNS.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
PRODUCT DATA: FOR EACH TYPE OF PRODUCT.
SAMPLES: FOR EACH TYPE OF LABEL AND SIGN TO ILLUSTRATE COMPOSITION, SIZE, COLORS, LETTERING STYLE, MOUNTING PROVISIONS, AND GRAPHIC FEATURES OF IDENTIFICATION
PRODUCTS.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. COMPLY WITH ASME A13.1 AND IEEE C2.
B. COMPLY WITH NFPA 70.
C. COMPLY WITH 29 CFR 1910.144 AND 29 CFR 1910.145.
D. COMPLY WITH ANSI Z535.4 FOR SAFETY SIGNS AND LABELS.
E. COMPLY WITH NFPA 70E REQUIREMENTS FOR ARC-FLASH WARNING LABELS.
F. ADHESIVE-ATTACHED LABELING MATERIALS, INCLUDING LABEL STOCKS, LAMINATING ADHESIVES, AND INKS USED BY LABEL PRINTERS, SHALL COMPLY WITH UL 969.
G.THERMAL MOVEMENTS: ALLOW FOR THERMAL MOVEMENTS FROM AMBIENT AND SURFACE TEMPERATURE CHANGES.
2.2 COLOR AND LEGEND REQUIREMENTS
A. COLOR-CODING FOR PHASE- AND VOLTAGE-LEVEL IDENTIFICATION, 600 V OR LESS: USE COLORS LISTED BELOW FOR UNGROUNDED FEEDER AND BRANCH-CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS.
1. COLOR SHALL BE FACTORY APPLIED OR FIELD APPLIED FOR SIZES LARGER THAN NO. 8 AWG IF AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION PERMIT.
2. COLORS FOR 208/120-V CIRCUITS:
PHASE A: BLACK.
PHASE B: RED.
PHASE C: BLUE.
3. COLORS FOR 480/277-V CIRCUITS:
PHASE A: BROWN.
PHASE B: ORANGE.
PHASE C: YELLOW.
4. COLOR FOR NEUTRAL: WHITE.
5. COLOR FOR EQUIPMENT GROUNDS: BARE COPPER OR GREEN.
6. COLORS FOR ISOLATED GROUNDS: GREEN WITH A YELLOW STRIPE.
B. COLOR-CODING FOR PHASE- AND VOLTAGE-LEVEL IDENTIFICATION, 15-35 KV: USE COLORS LISTED BELOW FOR UNGROUNDED FEEDER CONDUCTORS.
1. COLORS SHALL BE FIELD APPLIED.
PHASE A: BLACK.
PHASE B: RED.
PHASE C: BLUE.
2. COLOR FOR NEUTRAL: WHITE.
3. COLOR FOR EQUIPMENT GROUNDS: BARE COPPER OR GREEN.
C. WARNING LABELS AND SIGNS SHALL INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING LEGENDS:
1. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCE WARNING: "DANGER - ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD - EQUIPMENT HAS MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES."
2 WORKSPACE CLEARANCE WARNING: "WARNING - OSHA REGULATION - AREA IN FRONT OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT MUST BE KEPT CLEAR FOR 36 INCHES (915 MM)."
D. EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION LABELS:
1.BLACK LETTERS ON A WHITE FIELD.
2.3 LABELS
A. VINYL WRAPAROUND LABELS: PREPRINTED, FLEXIBLE LABELS LAMINATED WITH A CLEAR, WEATHER- AND CHEMICAL-RESISTANT COATING AND MATCHING WRAPAROUND CLEAR ADHESIVE TAPE FOR
SECURING LABEL ENDS.
B. SELF-ADHESIVE WRAPAROUND LABELS: PREPRINTED, 3-MIL- (0.08-MM-) THICK, VINYL FLEXIBLE LABEL WITH ACRYLIC PRESSURE-SENSITIVE ADHESIVE.
1. SELF-LAMINATION: CLEAR; UV-, WEATHER- AND CHEMICAL-RESISTANT; SELF-LAMINATING, PROTECTIVE SHIELD OVER THE LEGEND. LABELS SIZED SUCH THAT THE CLEAR SHIELD OVERLAPS THE
ENTIRE PRINTED LEGEND.
2. MARKER FOR LABELS: MACHINE-PRINTED, PERMANENT, WATERPROOF, BLACK INK RECOMMENDED BY PRINTER MANUFACTURER.
C. SELF-ADHESIVE LABELS: VINYL, THERMAL, TRANSFER-PRINTED, 3-MIL- (0.08-MM-) THICK, MULTICOLOR, WEATHER- AND UV-RESISTANT, PRESSURE-SENSITIVE ADHESIVE LABELS, CONFIGURED FOR
INTENDED USE AND LOCATION.
1. MINIMUM NOMINAL SIZE:
1-1/2 BY 6 INCHES (37 BY 150 MM) FOR RACEWAY AND CONDUCTORS.
3-1/2 BY 5 INCHES (76 BY 127 MM) FOR EQUIPMENT.
AS REQUIRED BY AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION.
2.4 TAPES AND STENCILS
A. MARKER TAPES: VINYL OR VINYL-CLOTH, SELF-ADHESIVE WRAPAROUND TYPE, WITH CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION LEGEND MACHINE PRINTED BY THERMAL TRANSFER OR EQUIVALENT PROCESS.
B. SELF-ADHESIVE VINYL TAPE: COLORED, HEAVY DUTY, WATERPROOF, FADE RESISTANT; NOT LESS THAN 3 MILS (0.08 MM) THICK BY 1 TO 2 INCHES (25 TO 50 MM) WIDE; COMPOUNDED FOR OUTDOOR USE.
C. UNDERGROUND-LINE WARNING TAPE:
1. TAPE:
RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR THE METHOD OF INSTALLATION AND SUITABLE TO IDENTIFY AND LOCATE UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL UTILITY LINES.
PRINTING ON TAPE SHALL BE PERMANENT AND SHALL NOT BE DAMAGED BY BURIAL OPERATIONS.
TAPE MATERIAL AND INK SHALL BE CHEMICALLY INERT AND NOT SUBJECT TO DEGRADATION WHEN EXPOSED TO ACIDS, ALKALIS, AND OTHER DESTRUCTIVE
SUBSTANCES COMMONLY FOUND IN SOILS.
2. COLOR AND PRINTING:
COMPLY WITH ANSI Z535.1, ANSI Z535.2, ANSI Z535.3, ANSI Z535.4, AND ANSI Z535.5.
INSCRIPTIONS FOR RED-COLORED TAPES: "ELECTRIC LINE, HIGH VOLTAGE".
3. TAG: TYPE I:
PIGMENTED POLYOLEFIN, BRIGHT COLORED, CONTINUOUS-PRINTED ON ONE SIDE WITH THE INSCRIPTION OF THE UTILITY, COMPOUNDED FOR DIRECT-BURIAL
SERVICE.
WIDTH: 3 INCHES (75 MM).
THICKNESS: 4 MILS (0.1 MM).
d. WEIGHT: 18.5 LB/1000 SQ. FT. (9.0 KG/100 SQ. M).
e. TENSILE ACCORDING TO ASTM D882: 30 LBF (133.4 N) AND 2500 PSI (17.2 MPA).
D. STENCILED LEGEND: IN NONFADING, WATERPROOF, BLACK INK OR PAINT. MINIMUM LETTER HEIGHT SHALL BE 1 INCH (25 MM).
2.5 SIGNS
A. BAKED-ENAMEL SIGNS:
1. PREPRINTED ALUMINUM SIGNS, HIGH-INTENSITY REFLECTIVE, PUNCHED OR DRILLED FOR FASTENERS, WITH COLORS, LEGEND, AND SIZE REQUIRED FOR APPLICATION.
2. 1/4-INCH (6.4-MM) GROMMETS IN CORNERS FOR MOUNTING.
3. NOMINAL SIZE: 7 BY 10 INCHES (180 BY 250 MM).
B. METAL-BACKED BUTYRATE SIGNS:
1. WEATHER-RESISTANT, NONFADING, PREPRINTED, CELLULOSE-ACETATE BUTYRATE SIGNS, WITH 0.0396-INCH (1-MM) GALVANIZED-STEEL BACKING, PUNCHED AND DRILLED FOR FASTENERS, AND
WITH COLORS, LEGEND, AND SIZE REQUIRED FOR APPLICATION.
2. 1/4-INCH (6.4-MM) GROMMETS IN CORNERS FOR MOUNTING.
3. NOMINAL SIZE: 10 BY 14 INCHES (250 BY 360 MM).
C. LAMINATED ACRYLIC OR MELAMINE PLASTIC SIGNS:
1. ENGRAVED LEGEND.
2. THICKNESS:
FOR SIGNS UP TO 20 SQ. IN. (129 SQ. CM), MINIMUM 1/16 INCH (1.6 MM) THICK.
FOR SIGNS LARGER THAN 20 SQ. IN. (129 SQ. CM), 1/8 INCH (3.2 MM) THICK.
ENGRAVED LEGEND WITH BLACK LETTERS ON WHITE FACE.
PUNCHED OR DRILLED FOR MECHANICAL FASTENERS WITH 1/4-INCH (6.4-MM) GROMMETS IN CORNERS FOR MOUNTING.
FRAMED WITH MITERED ACRYLIC MOLDING AND ARRANGED FOR ATTACHMENT AT APPLICABLE EQUIPMENT.
2.6 CABLE TIES
A. UV-STABILIZED CABLE TIES: FUNGUS INERT, DESIGNED FOR CONTINUOUS EXPOSURE TO EXTERIOR SUNLIGHT, SELF-EXTINGUISHING, ONE PIECE, SELF-LOCKING, AND TYPE 6/6 NYLON.
MINIMUM WIDTH: 3/16 INCH (5 MM).
TENSILE STRENGTH AT 73 DEG F (23 DEG C) ACCORDING TO ASTM D638: 12,000 PSI (82.7 MPA).
TEMPERATURE RANGE: MINUS 40 TO PLUS 185 DEG F (MINUS 40 TO PLUS 85 DEG C).
COLOR: BLACK.
B. PLENUM-RATED CABLE TIES: SELF-EXTINGUISHING, UV STABILIZED, ONE PIECE, AND SELF-LOCKING.
MINIMUM WIDTH: 3/16 INCH (5 MM).
TENSILE STRENGTH AT 73 DEG F (23 DEG C) ACCORDING TO ASTM D638: 7000 PSI (48.2 MPA).
UL 94 FLAME RATING: 94V-0.
TEMPERATURE RANGE: MINUS 50 TO PLUS 284 DEG F (MINUS 46 TO PLUS 140 DEG C).
COLOR: BLACK.
2.7 MISCELLANEOUS IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS
A. FASTENERS FOR LABELS AND SIGNS: SELF-TAPPING, STAINLESS-STEEL SCREWS OR STAINLESS-STEEL MACHINE SCREWS WITH NUTS AND FLAT AND LOCK WASHERS.
1.
2.
1.
2.
1.
2.
1.
2.
1.
2.
A.
B.
C.
1.
D.
1.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
J.
K.
L.
1.
2.
A.
A.
A.
B.
C.
A.
1.
A.
1.
2.
1.
2.
3.
1.
2.
1.
2.
1.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
1.
j.
1.
k.
1.
a.
1.
1.
SECTION 260553 - IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS (CONTINUED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. VERIFY AND COORDINATE IDENTIFICATION NAMES, ABBREVIATIONS, COLORS, AND OTHER FEATURES WITH REQUIREMENTS IN OTHER SECTIONS REQUIRING IDENTIFICATION APPLICATIONS, DRAWINGS,
SHOP DRAWINGS, MANUFACTURER'S WIRING DIAGRAMS, AND OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL. USE CONSISTENT DESIGNATIONS THROUGHOUT PROJECT.
B. VERIFY IDENTITY OF EACH ITEM BEFORE INSTALLING IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS.
C. COORDINATE IDENTIFICATION WITH PROJECT DRAWINGS, MANUFACTURER'S WIRING DIAGRAMS, AND OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL.
D. APPLY IDENTIFICATION DEVICES TO SURFACES THAT REQUIRE FINISH AFTER COMPLETING FINISH WORK.
E. INSTALL SIGNS WITH APPROVED LEGEND TO FACILITATE PROPER IDENTIFICATION, OPERATION, AND MAINTENANCE OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS AND CONNECTED ITEMS.
F. SELF-ADHESIVE IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS: BEFORE APPLYING ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS, CLEAN SUBSTRATES OF SUBSTANCES THAT COULD IMPAIR BOND, USING MATERIALS AND
METHODS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER OF IDENTIFICATION PRODUCT.
G. SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION FOR RACEWAYS AND CABLES UNDER 600 V: IDENTIFICATION SHALL COMPLETELY ENCIRCLE CABLE OR CONDUIT. PLACE IDENTIFICATION OF TWO-COLOR MARKINGS IN CONTACT,
SIDE BY SIDE.
1. SECURE TIGHT TO SURFACE OF CONDUCTOR, CABLE, OR RACEWAY.
H. SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION FOR RACEWAYS AND CABLES OVER 600 V: IDENTIFICATION SHALL COMPLETELY ENCIRCLE CABLE OR CONDUIT. PLACE ADJACENT IDENTIFICATION OF TWO-COLOR MARKINGS IN
CONTACT, SIDE BY SIDE.
1. SECURE TIGHT TO SURFACE OF CONDUCTOR, CABLE, OR RACEWAY.
I. AUXILIARY ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS CONDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION: IDENTIFY FIELD-INSTALLED ALARM, CONTROL, AND SIGNAL CONNECTIONS.
J. EMERGENCY OPERATING INSTRUCTION SIGNS: INSTALL INSTRUCTION SIGNS WITH WHITE LEGEND ON A RED BACKGROUND WITH MINIMUM 3/8-INCH- (10-MM-) HIGH LETTERS FOR EMERGENCY
INSTRUCTIONS AT EQUIPMENT USED FOR POWER TRANSFER OR EMERGENCY POWER DISCONNECTION.
K. VINYL WRAPAROUND LABELS:
1. SECURE TIGHT TO SURFACE AT A LOCATION WITH HIGH VISIBILITY AND ACCESSIBILITY.
2. ATTACH LABELS THAT ARE NOT SELF-ADHESIVE TYPE WITH CLEAR VINYL TAPE, WITH ADHESIVE APPROPRIATE TO THE LOCATION AND SUBSTRATE.
L. SELF-ADHESIVE WRAPAROUND LABELS: SECURE TIGHT TO SURFACE OF RACEWAY OR CABLE AT A LOCATION WITH HIGH VISIBILITY AND ACCESSIBILITY.
M. SELF-ADHESIVE LABELS:
1. ON EACH UNIT OF EQUIPMENT, INSTALL UNIQUE DESIGNATION LABEL THAT IS CONSISTENT WITH WIRING DIAGRAMS, SCHEDULES, AND OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL.
2. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, PROVIDE A SINGLE LINE OF TEXT WITH 1/2-INCH- (13-MM-) HIGH LETTERS ON 1-1/2-INCH- (38-MM-) HIGH LABEL; WHERE TWO LINES OF TEXT ARE REQUIRED, USE
LABELS 2 INCHES (50 MM) HIGH.
N. UNDERGROUND LINE WARNING TAPE:
DURING BACKFILLING OF TRENCHES, INSTALL CONTINUOUS UNDERGROUND-LINE WARNING TAPE DIRECTLY ABOVE CABLE OR RACEWAY AT 6 TO 8 INCHES (150 TO 200 MM)
BELOW FINISHED GRADE. USE MULTIPLE TAPES WHERE WIDTH OF MULTIPLE LINES INSTALLED IN A COMMON TRENCH EXCEEDS 16 INCHES (400 MM) OVERALL.
INSTALL UNDERGROUND-LINE WARNING TAPE FOR DIRECT-BURIED CABLES AND CABLES IN RACEWAYS.
O. BAKED-ENAMEL SIGNS:
ATTACH SIGNS THAT ARE NOT SELF-ADHESIVE TYPE WITH MECHANICAL FASTENERS APPROPRIATE TO THE LOCATION AND SUBSTRATE.
UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, PROVIDE A SINGLE LINE OF TEXT WITH 1/2-INCH- (13-MM-) HIGH LETTERS ON MINIMUM 1-1/2-INCH- (38-MM-) HIGH SIGN; WHERE TWO LINES
OF TEXT ARE REQUIRED, USE SIGNS MINIMUM 2 INCHES (50 MM) HIGH.
P. METAL-BACKED BUTYRATE SIGNS:
ATTACH SIGNS THAT ARE NOT SELF-ADHESIVE TYPE WITH MECHANICAL FASTENERS APPROPRIATE TO THE LOCATION AND SUBSTRATE.
UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, PROVIDE A SINGLE LINE OF TEXT WITH 1/2-INCH- (13-MM-) HIGH LETTERS ON MINIMUM 1-1/2-INCH- (38-MM-) HIGH SIGN; WHERE TWO LINES
OF TEXT ARE REQUIRED, USE SIGNS MINIMUM 2 INCHES (50 MM) HIGH.
Q. LAMINATED ACRYLIC OR MELAMINE PLASTIC SIGNS:
ATTACH SIGNS AND PLASTIC LABELS THAT ARE NOT SELF-ADHESIVE TYPE WITH MECHANICAL FASTENERS APPROPRIATE TO THE LOCATION AND SUBSTRATE.
UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, PROVIDE A SINGLE LINE OF TEXT WITH 1/2-INCH- (13-MM-) HIGH LETTERS ON MINIMUM 1-1/2-INCH- (38-MM-) HIGH SIGN; WHERE TWO LINES
OF TEXT ARE REQUIRED, USE SIGNS MINIMUM 2 INCHES (50 MM) HIGH.
R. CABLE TIES: GENERAL PURPOSE, FOR ATTACHING TAGS, EXCEPT AS LISTED BELOW:
OUTDOORS: UV-STABILIZED NYLON.
IN SPACES HANDLING ENVIRONMENTAL AIR: PLENUM RATED.
3.2 IDENTIFICATION SCHEDULE
INSTALL IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS AND DEVICES AT LOCATIONS FOR MOST CONVENIENT VIEWING WITHOUT INTERFERENCE WITH OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF EQUIPMENT.
INSTALL ACCESS DOORS OR PANELS TO PROVIDE VIEW OF IDENTIFYING DEVICES.
IDENTIFY CONDUCTORS, CABLES, AND TERMINALS IN ENCLOSURES AND AT JUNCTIONS, TERMINALS, PULL POINTS, AND LOCATIONS OF HIGH VISIBILITY. IDENTIFY BY SYSTEM AND
CIRCUIT DESIGNATION.
ACCESSIBLE RACEWAYS AND METAL-CLAD CABLES, 600 V OR LESS, FOR SERVICE, FEEDER, AND BRANCH CIRCUITS, MORE THAN 30 A AND 120 V TO GROUND: IDENTIFY WITH SELF-
ADHESIVE RACEWAY LABELS.
LOCATE IDENTIFICATION AT CHANGES IN DIRECTION, AT PENETRATIONS OF WALLS AND FLOORS, AT 50-FOOT (15-M) MAXIMUM INTERVALS IN STRAIGHT RUNS, AND AT 25-
FOOT (7.6-M) MAXIMUM INTERVALS IN CONGESTED AREAS.
POWER-CIRCUIT CONDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION, 600 V OR LESS: FOR CONDUCTORS IN PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES AND HANDHOLES, USE VINYL WRAPAROUND LABELS OR SELF-
ADHESIVE WRAPAROUND LABELS TO IDENTIFY THE PHASE.
LOCATE IDENTIFICATION AT CHANGES IN DIRECTION, AT PENETRATIONS OF WALLS AND FLOORS, AT 50-FOOT (15-M) MAXIMUM INTERVALS IN STRAIGHT RUNS, AND AT 25-
FOOT (7.6-M) MAXIMUM INTERVALS IN CONGESTED AREAS.
CONTROL-CIRCUIT CONDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION: FOR CONDUCTORS AND CABLES IN PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES, MANHOLES, AND HANDHOLES, USE SELF-ADHESIVE WRAPAROUND
LABELS WITH THE CONDUCTOR OR CABLE DESIGNATION, ORIGIN, AND DESTINATION.
CONTROL-CIRCUIT CONDUCTOR TERMINATION IDENTIFICATION: FOR IDENTIFICATION AT TERMINATIONS, PROVIDE SELF-ADHESIVE WRAPAROUND LABELS WITH THE CONDUCTOR
DESIGNATION.
LOCATIONS OF UNDERGROUND LINES: UNDERGROUND-LINE WARNING TAPE FOR POWER CONDUITS AND CABLES.
INSTRUCTIONAL SIGNS: SELF-ADHESIVE LABELS, INCLUDING THE COLOR CODE FOR GROUNDED AND UNGROUNDED CONDUCTORS.
WARNING LABELS FOR INDOOR CABINETS, BOXES, AND ENCLOSURES FOR POWER AND LIGHTING: BAKED-ENAMEL WARNING SIGNS. APPLY TO EXTERIOR OF DOOR, COVER, OR OTHER
ACCESS.
ARC FLASH WARNING LABELING: SELF-ADHESIVE LABELS.
OPERATING INSTRUCTION SIGNS: LAMINATED ACRYLIC OR MELAMINE PLASTIC SIGNS.
EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION LABELS:
INDOOR EQUIPMENT: BAKED-ENAMEL SIGNS
OUTDOOR EQUIPMENT: LAMINATED ACRYLIC OR MELAMINE SIGN.
END OF SECTION 260553
SECTION 261213 - LIQUID-FILLED, MEDIUM-VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
SECTION INCLUDES LIQUID-FILLED, MEDIUM-VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS, WITH PRIMARY AND SECONDARY BUSHINGS WITHIN OR WITHOUT AIR-TERMINAL ENCLOSURES.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
SHOP DRAWINGS: EQUIPMENT PROCURED BY OWNER. EQUIPMENT SUBMITTAL DRAWINGS PROVIDED FOR COORDINATION DURING CONSTRUCTION.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS, DEVICES, AND ACCESSORIES: LISTED AND LABELED AS DEFINED IN NFPA 70, BY A QUALIFIED TESTING AGENCY, AND MARKED FOR INTENDED LOCATION AND
APPLICATION.
COMPLY WITH IEEE C2.
COMPLY WITH IEEE C57.12.00.
2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
EQUIPMENT PROCURED AND PROVIDED BY OWNER.
WARNING LABELS AND SIGNS
COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR LABELS AND SIGNS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 260553 "IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS."
WARNING SIGNS SHALL BE MADE OF BAKED ENAMEL.
EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION LABELS: ENGRAVED, LAMINATED-ACRYLIC OR -MELAMINE LABEL SHALL BE LOCATED OUTSIDE OF EQUIPMENT DOORS.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. HANDLING:
HANDLE TRANSFORMERS CAREFULLY. DO NOT SUBJECT TRANSFORMERS TO IMPACT, JOLTING, JARRING, OR ROUGH HANDLING.
PROTECT TRANSFORMER TERMINATION COMPARTMENTS AGAINST ENTRANCE OF DUST, RAIN, AND SNOW.
TRANSPORT TRANSFORMERS UPRIGHT.
B. EXAMINE AREAS AND SPACE CONDITIONS FOR COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR LIQUID-FILLED, MEDIUM-VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS AND OTHER CONDITIONS AFFECTING PERFORMANCE OF THE
WORK.
C. EXAMINE ROUGHING-IN OF CONDUITS AND GROUNDING SYSTEMS TO VERIFY THE FOLLOWING:
WIRING ENTRIES COMPLY WITH LAYOUT REQUIREMENTS.
ENTRIES ARE WITHIN CONDUIT-ENTRY TOLERANCES SPECIFIED BY MANUFACTURER, AND NO FEEDERS WILL CROSS SECTION BARRIERS TO REACH LOAD OR LINE LUGS.
D. VERIFY THAT GROUND CONNECTIONS ARE IN PLACE AND THAT REQUIREMENTS IN SECTION 260526 "GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS" HAVE BEEN MET. MAXIMUM GROUND
RESISTANCE SHALL BE 5 OHMS AT TRANSFORMER LOCATION.
E. PROCEED WITH INSTALLATION ONLY AFTER UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN CORRECTED.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. INSTALL TRANSFORMERS ON CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE EQUIPMENT BASE(S). COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR EQUIPMENT BASES AND FOUNDATIONS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 033000 "CAST-IN-PLACE
CONCRETE."
B. TRANSFORMER SHALL BE INSTALLED LEVEL AND PLUMB AND SHALL TILT LESS THAN 1.5 DEGREES WHILE ENERGIZED.
C. COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR VIBRATION ISOLATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL DEVICES SPECIFIED IN SECTION 260529 "HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS" AND SECTION 260548.16
"SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS."
D. MAINTAIN MINIMUM CLEARANCES AND WORKSPACE AT EQUIPMENT ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS AND NFPA 70.
3.3 CONNECTIONS
A. GROUND EQUIPMENT ACCORDING TO SECTION 260526 "GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS."
TERMINATE ALL GROUNDING AND BONDING CONDUCTORS ON A COMMON EQUIPMENT GROUNDING TERMINAL ON TRANSFORMER ENCLOSURE. INSTALL SUPPLEMENTAL
TERMINAL BARS, LUGS, AND BONDING JUMPERS AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS FOR TERMINATION.
COMPLETE TRANSFORMER TANK GROUNDING AND LIGHTNING ARRESTER CONNECTIONS PRIOR TO MAKING ANY OTHER ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS.
B. TERMINATE MEDIUM-VOLTAGE CABLES IN INCOMING SECTION OF SUBSTATIONS ACCORDING TO SECTION 260513 "MEDIUM-VOLTAGE CABLES."
C. EXTEND OIL SAMPLING PORT FROM LOCATION ON TRANSFORMER TO LOCATION ACCESSIBLE AFTER CONDUCTOR INSTALLATION.
3.4 SIGNS AND LABELS
A.COMPLY WITH INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS FOR LABELS AND SIGNS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 260553 "IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS."
B. INSTALL WARNING SIGNS AS REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH 29 CFR 1910.269.
3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. CONTRACTOR WILL PERFORM THE FOLLOWING TESTS AND INSPECTIONS WITH A NETA CERTIFIED TESTING GROUP:
VISUAL AND MECHANICAL INSPECTION
COMPARE EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATE DATA WITH DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS.
INSPECT PHYSICAL AND MECHANICAL CONDITION.
INSPECT IMPACT RECORDER PRIOR TO UNLOADING.
INSPECT ANCHORAGE, ALIGNMENT, AND GROUNDING.
VERIFY THE PRESENCE OF PCB CONTENT LABELING.
VERIFY REMOVAL OF ANY SHIPPING BRACING AFTER PLACEMENT.
VERIFY THE BUSHINGS ARE CLEAN.
VERIFY THAT ALARM, CONTROL, AND TRIP SETTINGS ON TEMPERATURE AND LEVEL INDICATORS ARE AS SPECIFIED.
VERIFY OPERATION OF ALARM, CONTROL, AND TRIP CIRCUITS FROM TEMPERATURE AND LEVEL INDICATORS, PRESSURE RELIEF DEVICE, GAS ACCUMULATOR,
AND FAULT PRESSURE RELAY.
ACCEPTABLE TEST VALUE: ALARM, CONTROL, AND TRIP CIRCUITS FROM TEMPERATURE AND LEVEL INDICATORS AS WELL AS PRESSURE RELIEF
DEVICE AND FAULT PRESSURE RELAY SHALL OPERATE WITHIN MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS FOR THEIR SPECIFIED SETTINGS.
VERIFY THAT COOLING FANS AND PUMPS OPERATE CORRECTLY AND HAVE APPROPRIATE OVERCURRENT PROTECTION.
ACCEPTABLE TEST VALUE: COOLING FANS AND PUMPS SHALL OPERATE.
INSPECT BOLTED ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS FOR HIGH RESISTANCE USING ONE OR MORE OF THE FOLLOWING METHODS:
USE OF A LOW-RESISTANCE OHMMETER IN ACCORDANCE WITH NETA ATS SECTION 7.2.2.B.1.
ACCEPTABLE TEST VALUE: COMPARE BOLTED CONNECTION RESISTANCE VALUES TO VALUES OF SIMILAR CONNECTIONS. INVESTIGATE
VALUES WHICH DEVIATE FROM THOSE OF SIMILAR BOLTED CONNECTIONS BY MORE THAN 50 PERCENT OF THE LOWEST VALUE.
i. VERIFY TIGHTNESS OF ACCESSIBLE BOLTED ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS BY CALIBRATED TORQUE-WRENCH METHOD IN ACCORDANCE WITH
MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED DATA OR NETA ATS TABLE 100.12.
i. ACCEPTABLE TEST VALUE: BOLT-TORQUE LEVELS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED DATA. IN THE ABSENCE OF MANUFACTURER'S
DATA, USE NETA ATS TABLE 100.12.
i. PERFORM THERMOGRAPHIC SURVEY IN ACCORDANCE WITH NETA ATS SECTION 9.
ACCEPTABLE TEST VALUE: RESULTS OF THE THERMOGRAPHIC SURVEY SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH NETA ATS SECTION 9.
l.VERIFY CORRECT LIQUID LEVEL IN TANKS AND BUSHINGS.
ACCEPTABLE TEST VALUE: LIQUID LEVELS IN THE TRANSFORMER TANKS AND BUSHINGS SHALL BE WITHIN INDICATED TOLERANCES.
m. VERIFY VALVES ARE IN THE CORRECT OPERATING POSITION.
n. VERIFY THAT POSITIVE PRESSURE IS MAINTAINED ON GAS-BLANKETED TRANSFORMERS.
ACCEPTABLE TEST VALUE: POSITIVE PRESSURE SHALL BE INDICATED ON PRESSURE GAUGE FOR GAS-BLANKETED TRANSFORMERS.
o. PERFORM INSPECTIONS AND MECHANICAL TESTS AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER.
p. TEST LOAD TAP-CHANGER IN ACCORDANCE WITH NETA ATS SECTION 7.12.3.
q. VERIFY PRESENCE OF TRANSFORMER SURGE ARRESTERS.
r.VERIFY DE-ENERGIZED TAP-CHANGER POSITION IS LEFT AS SPECIFIED.
a.
1.
a.
1.
b.
1.
a.
1.
b.
1.
c.
1.
a.
1.
b.
1.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
1.
1.
a.
1.
A.
A.
1.
A.
A.
A.
1.
A.
B.
1.
2.
3.
A.
1.
2.
3.
A.
A.
B.
1.
1.
a.
1.
1.
SECTION 261213 - LIQUID-FILLED, MEDIUM-VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS
3.6 ELECTRICAL TESTS
PERFORM RESISTANCE MEASUREMENTS THROUGH BOLTED CONNECTIONS WITH A LOW-RESISTANCE OHMMETER IN ACCORDANCE WITH NETA SECTION
7.2.2.A.12.1.
ACCEPTABLE TEST VALUE: COMPARE BOLTED CONNECTION RESISTANCE VALUES TO VALUES OF SIMILAR CONNECTIONS. INVESTIGATE VALUES WHICH
DEVIATE FROM THOSE OF SIMILAR BOLTED CONNECTIONS BY MORE THAN 50 PERCENT OF THE LOWEST VALUE.
PERFORM INSULATION-RESISTANCE TESTS, WINDING-TO-WINDING AND EACH WINDING-TO-GROUND. APPLY VOLTAGE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S
PUBLISHED DATA. IN THE ABSENCE OF MANUFACTURER'S DATA, USE NETA ATS TABLE 100.5. CALCULATE DIELECTRIC ABSORPTION RATIO AND POLARIZATION
INDEX.
ACCEPTABLE TEST VALUE: MINIMUM INSULATION-RESISTANCE VALUES OF TRANSFORMER INSULATION SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH
MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED DATA. IN THE ABSENCE OF MANUFACTURER'S DATA, USE NETA ATS TABLE 100.5. VALUES OF INSULATION RESISTANCE
LESS THAN THIS TABLE OR MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS SHOULD BE INVESTIGATED. THE POLARIZATION INDEX SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN
1.0.
PERFORM TURNS-RATIO TESTS AT ALL TAP POSITIONS.
ACCEPTABLE TEST VALUE: TURNS-RATIO TEST RESULTS SHALL NOT DEVIATE BY MORE THAN ONE-HALF PERCENT FROM EITHER THE ADJACENT COILS
OR THE CALCULATED RATIO.
PERFORM INSULATION POWER-FACTOR OR DISSIPATION-FACTOR TESTS ON ALL WINDINGS IN ACCORDANCE WITH TEST EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER'S
PUBLISHED DATA.
ACCEPTABLE TEST VALUE: MAXIMUM INSULATION POWER-FACTOR/DISSIPATION-FACTOR VALUES OF LIQUID-FILLED TRANSFORMERS CORRECTED TO
20ºC SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED DATA. IN THE ABSENCE OF MANUFACTURER'S DATA, USE NETA ATS TABLE
100.3. DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMER POWER FACTOR RESULTS SHALL COMPARE TO PREVIOUSLY OBTAINED RESULTS.
PERFORM POWER-FACTOR OR DISSIPATION-FACTOR TESTS ON EACH BUSHING EQUIPPED WITH A POWER-FACTOR/CAPACITANCE TAP. IN THE ABSENCE OF A
POWER-FACTOR/CAPACITANCE TAP, PERFORM HOT-COLLAR TESTS. THESE TESTS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TEST EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER'S
PUBLISHED DATA.
ACCEPTABLE TEST VALUE: INVESTIGATE BUSHING POWER-FACTOR VALUES THAT VARY FROM NAMEPLATE VALUES BY MORE THAN 50 PERCENT.
INVESTIGATE BUSHING CAPACITANCE VALUES THAT VARY FROM NAMEPLATE VALUES BY MORE THAN FIVE PERCENT. INVESTIGATE BUSHING HOT-
COLLAR TEST VALUES THAT EXCEED 0.1 WATTS.
PERFORM EXCITATION-CURRENT TESTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH TEST EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED DATA.
ACCEPTABLE TEST VALUE: THE TYPICAL EXCITATION-CURRENT TEST DATA PATTERN FOR A THREE-LEGGED CORE TRANSFORMER IS TWO SIMILAR
CURRENT READINGS AND ONE LOWER CURRENT READING. THE TEST SHOULD PRODUCE A PATTERN TYPICAL FOR THE SPECIFIC TRANSFORMER TYPE
AND CONFIGURATION.
MEASURE THE RESISTANCE OF EACH WINDING AT EACH TAP CONNECTION. TEST CURRENT NOT TO EXCEED 10 PERCENT RATED CURRENT ACCORDING TO IEEE
C57.152.
ACCEPTABLE TEST VALUE: TEMPERATURE CORRECTED WINDING-RESISTANCE VALUES SHALL COMPARE WITHIN TWO PERCENT OF PREVIOUSLY
OBTAINED RESULTS OR BETWEEN ADJACENT PHASES.
REMOVE A SAMPLE OF INSULATING LIQUID IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM D923. SAMPLE SHALL BE TESTED FOR THE FOLLOWING.
TESTS:
DIELECTRIC BREAKDOWN VOLTAGE: ASTM D1816
ACID NEUTRALIZATION NUMBER: ASTM D974
INTERFACIAL TENSION: ASTM D971
COLOR: ASTM D1500
VISUAL CONDITION: ASTM D1524
WATER IN INSULATING LIQUIDS: ASTM D1533.
ii.ACCEPTABLE TEST VALUE: INSULATING LIQUID VALUES SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH NETA ATS TABLE 100.4.
REMOVE A SAMPLE OF INSULATING LIQUID IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM D923 AND PERFORM DISSOLVED-GAS ANALYSIS (DGA) IN ACCORDANCE WITH IEEE C57.104 OR ASTM D3612.
ACCEPTABLE TEST VALUE: EVALUATE RESULTS OF DISSOLVED-GAS ANALYSIS IN ACCORDANCE WITH IEEE C57.104.
TEST INSTRUMENT TRANSFORMERS IN ACCORDANCE WITH NETA ATS SECTION 7.10.
ACCEPTABLE TEST VALUE: RESULTS OF ELECTRICAL TESTS ON INSTRUMENT TRANSFORMERS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH NETA ATS SECTION 7.10.
END OF SECTION 261213
SECTION 261323 - MEDIUM-VOLTAGE, SWITCHGEAR
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
SECTION INCLUDES OUTDOOR METAL-ENCLOSED INTERRUPTER SWITCHGEAR AND OUTDOOR PAD-MOUNTED SWITCHGEAR.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
SHOP DRAWINGS: EQUIPMENT PROCURED BY OWNER. EQUIPMENT SUBMITTAL DRAWINGS PROVIDED FOR COORDINATION DURING CONSTRUCTION.
B. COORDINATION DRAWINGS.
OUTDOOR INSTALLATIONS: DIMENSIONED CONCRETE BASE, OUTLINE OF THE SWITCHGEAR, CONDUIT ENTRIES, AND GROUNDING EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
MANUFACTURED UNIT: METAL-ENCLOSED OR PAD-MOUNTED SWITCHGEAR, DESIGNED FOR APPLICATION IN SOLIDLY GROUNDED NEUTRAL SYSTEM.
B. SWITCHGEAR COMPONENTS, DEVICES, AND ACCESSORIES: LISTED AND LABELED AS DEFINED IN NFPA 70, BY A QUALIFIED TESTING AGENCY, AND MARKED FOR INTENDED LOCATION
AND APPLICATION.
C. COMPLY WITH IEEE C37.20.3.
2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
EQUIPMENT PROCURED AND PROVIDED BY OWNER.
2.3 WARNING LABELS AND SIGNS
COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR LABELS AND SIGNS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 260553 "IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS."
WARNING SIGNS SHALL BE BAKED ENAMEL SIGNS.
2. EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION LABELS: LAMINATED ACRYLIC OR MELAMINE LABEL.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 SWITCHGEAR INSTALLATION
UPON DELIVERY OF SWITCHGEAR AND PRIOR TO UNLOADING, INSPECT EQUIPMENT FOR DAMAGE. PROCEED WITH INSTALLATION ONLY AFTER UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS HAVE
BEEN CORRECTED.
EQUIPMENT MOUNTING:
INSTALL SWITCHGEAR ON CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE EQUIPMENT BASE(S). COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR EQUIPMENT BASES AND FOUNDATIONS SPECIFIED IN
SECTION 033000 "CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE."
COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR VIBRATION ISOLATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL DEVICES SPECIFIED IN SECTION 260548.16 "SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR ELECTRICAL
SYSTEMS."
COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR VIBRATION ISOLATION DEVICES SPECIFIED IN SECTION 260529 "HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS."
C. SWITCHGEAR SHALL BE INSTALLED LEVEL AND PLUMB. SWITCHGEAR SHALL TILT LESS THAN 1.5 DEGREES WHILE ENERGIZED.
D. MAINTAIN MINIMUM CLEARANCES AND WORKSPACE AT EQUIPMENT ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS AND NFPA 70.
E. COMPLY WITH NECA 1.
F.COMPLY WITH NECA 430.
3.2 CONNECTIONS
GROUND EQUIPMENT ACCORDING TO SECTION 260526 "GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS."
B. GROUNDING CONNECTIONS AT EXTERIOR LOCATIONS:
INSTALL TINNED BARE COPPER CABLE NOT SMALLER THAN NO. 4/0 AWG, FOR COUNTERPOISE BURIED NOT LESS THAN 30 INCHES (765 MM) BELOW GRADE
INTERCONNECTING THE GROUNDING ELECTRODES.
BOND SURGE ARRESTER AND NEUTRALS DIRECTLY TO THE SWITCHGEAR ENCLOSURE AND THEN TO THE GROUNDING ELECTRODE SYSTEM WITH BARE COPPER
CONDUCTORS, SIZED AS SHOWN.
KEEP LEAD LENGTHS AS SHORT AS PRACTICABLE WITH NO KINKS OR SHARP BENDS.
4. MAKE JOINTS IN GROUNDING CONDUCTORS AND LOOPS BY EXOTHERMIC WELD OR COMPRESSION CONNECTOR.
C. TERMINATE ALL GROUNDING AND BONDING CONDUCTORS ON A COMMON EQUIPMENT GROUNDING TERMINAL ON THE SWITCHGEAR ENCLOSURE. INSTALL SUPPLEMENTAL TERMINAL
BARS, LUGS, AND BONDING JUMPERS AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE THE NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS FOR TERMINATION.
D. COMPLETE SWITCHGEAR GROUNDING AND LIGHTNING ARRESTER CONNECTIONS PRIOR TO MAKING ANY OTHER ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS.
E. TERMINATE MEDIUM-VOLTAGE CABLES ACCORDING TO SECTION 260513 "MEDIUM-VOLTAGE CABLES."
3.3 SIGNS AND LABELS
COMPLY WITH THE INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS FOR LABELS AND SIGNS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 260553 "IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS."
B. INSTALL WARNING SIGNS AS REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH OSHA IN 29 CFR 1910.269.
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
TESTING AGENCY: OWNER WILL ENGAGE A NETA CERTIFIED THIRD PARTY TESTING AGENCY TO PERFORM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS IN ACCORDANCE TO LATEST NETA ATS.
CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ON SITE ASSISTANCE FOR ELECTRICAL DISCONNECTION AND SAFETY.
GENERAL FIELD TESTING REQUIREMENTS:
COMPLY WITH THE PROVISIONS OF NFPA 70B, "TESTING AND TEST METHODS."
2. AFTER INSTALLING SWITCHGEAR AND AFTER ELECTRICAL CIRCUITRY HAS BEEN ENERGIZED, TEST FOR COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS.
3. PERFORM EACH VISUAL AND MECHANICAL INSPECTION AND ELECTRICAL TEST. CERTIFY COMPLIANCE WITH LATEST NETA ATS.
C. MEDIUM-VOLTAGE SWITCHGEAR ASSEMBLY FIELD TESTS (COMPLETED BY THIRD PARTY TESTING AGENCY):
VISUAL AND MECHANICAL INSPECTION:
VERIFY THAT FUSE AND VACUUM FAULT INTERRUPTER SIZES AND TYPES CORRESPOND TO DRAWINGS AND COORDINATION STUDY.
b. VERIFY THAT CURRENT AND VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER RATIOS CORRESPOND TO DRAWINGS.
c. INSPECT BOLTED ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS USING CALIBRATED TORQUE-WRENCH METHOD ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED DATA OR NETA ATS,
TABLE 100.12. BOLT-TORQUE LEVELS SHALL BE ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED DATA. IN THE ABSENCE OF MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED DATA, USE NETA
ATS, TABLE 100.12. INVESTIGATE VALUES THAT DEVIATE FROM THOSE OF SIMILAR BOLTED CONNECTIONS BY MORE THAN 50 PERCENT OF THE LOWEST VALUE.
d. CONFIRM CORRECT OPERATION AND SEQUENCING OF ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL INTERLOCK SYSTEMS.
ATTEMPT CLOSURE ON LOCKED-OPEN DEVICES. ATTEMPT TO OPEN LOCKED-CLOSED DEVICES.
2) MAKE KEY EXCHANGE WITH DEVICES OPERATED IN OFF-NORMAL POSITIONS.
e. VERIFY APPROPRIATE LUBRICATION ON MOVING CURRENT-CARRYING PARTS AND ON MOVING AND SLIDING SURFACES.
f.INSPECT INSULATORS FOR EVIDENCE OF PHYSICAL DAMAGE OR CONTAMINATED SURFACES.
g. VERIFY CORRECT BARRIER AND SHUTTER INSTALLATION AND OPERATION.
h. EXERCISE ACTIVE COMPONENTS.
i.INSPECT MECHANICAL INDICATING DEVICES FOR CORRECT OPERATION.
j.VERIFY THAT FILTERS ARE IN PLACE AND VENTS ARE CLEAR.
k.PERFORM VISUAL AND MECHANICAL INSPECTION OF INSTRUMENT TRANSFORMERS ACCORDING TO ARTICLE "INSTRUMENT TRANSFORMER FIELD TESTS."
l.INSPECT CONTROL POWER TRANSFORMERS.
INSPECT FOR PHYSICAL DAMAGE, CRACKED INSULATION, BROKEN LEADS, TIGHTNESS OF CONNECTIONS, DEFECTIVE WIRING, AND OVERALL GENERAL
CONDITION.
2) VERIFY THAT PRIMARY AND SECONDARY FUSE OR CIRCUIT BREAKER RATINGS MATCH DRAWINGS.
3) VERIFY CORRECT FUNCTIONING OF DRAWOUT DISCONNECTING AND GROUNDING CONTACTS AND INTERLOCKS
PH:
RE
V
I
S
I
O
N
DA
T
E
2/
1
9
/
2
5
Ci
t
y
o
f
C
a
r
l
s
b
a
d
C
o
m
m
e
n
t
s
A
45
0
L
A
M
B
E
R
T
A
V
E
,
P
A
L
O
A
L
T
O
,
C
A
9
4
3
0
6
(8
8
8
)
3
4
2
-
7
3
8
3
ORIGINAL SIZE 24"X36"
REV:
PROJ:
DL
X
8
E
L
E
C
T
R
I
C
V
E
H
I
C
L
E
C
H
A
R
G
I
N
G
S
T
A
T
I
O
N
S
51
5
E
A
S
T
D
Y
E
R
R
O
A
D
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
7
BSE14-2
DLX8_EV_OSP
ALEXANDER SHORTS
PROFESSIONA L ENGINEER
ELECTRICALSTATE OF CALIFORNIA
E 21782
7/
1
4
/
2
5
Ut
i
l
i
t
y
t
r
e
n
c
h
p
a
t
h
B
9/22/25
SS
B
J
U
p
s
i
z
e
,
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r
s
e
c
t
i
o
n
C
9/
2
2
/
2
5
ELECTRICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
E0.3
IFP
2.1
3.1
C
1.
a.
a.
b.
c.
a.
b.
c.
d.
1.
a.
a.
b.
c.
1.
a.
a.
b.
1.
a.
a.
A.
1.
2.
MASTER SPECIFICATIONS - ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS (CONTINUED)
SECTION 261323 - MEDIUM-VOLTAGE, SWITCHGEAR
2. ELECTRICAL TESTS:
a. INSPECT BOLTED ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS USING A LOW RESISTANCE OHMMETER TO COMPARE BOLTED RESISTANCE VALUES TO VALUES OF SIMILAR CONNECTIONS. INVESTIGATE VALUES
THAT DEVIATE FROM THOSE OF SIMILAR BOLTED CONNECTIONS BY MORE THAN 50 PERCENT OF THE LOWEST VALUE.
b. PERFORM DC VOLTAGE INSULATION-RESISTANCE TESTS ON EACH BUS SECTION, PHASE TO PHASE AND PHASE TO GROUND, FOR ONE MINUTE. IF THE TEMPERATURE OF THE BUS IS OTHER
THAN PLUS OR MINUS 20 DEG C, ADJUST THE RESULTING RESISTANCE AS PROVIDED IN NETA ATS, TABLE 100.11.
1. INSULATION-RESISTANCE VALUES OF BUS INSULATION SHALL BE ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED DATA. IN THE ABSENCE OF MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED DATA,
COMPLY WITH NETA ATS, TABLE 100.1. INVESTIGATE AND CORRECT VALUES OF INSULATION RESISTANCE LESS THAN MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS OR NETA ATS, TABLE 100.1.
2. DO NOT PROCEED TO THE DIELECTRIC WITHSTAND VOLTAGE TESTS UNTIL INSULATION-RESISTANCE LEVELS ARE RAISED ABOVE MINIMUM VALUES.
c. PERFORM A DIELECTRIC WITHSTAND VOLTAGE TEST ON EACH BUS SECTION, EACH PHASE TO GROUND WITH PHASES NOT UNDER TEST GROUNDED, ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S
PUBLISHED DATA. IF MANUFACTURER HAS NO RECOMMENDATION FOR THIS TEST, IT SHALL BE CONDUCTED ACCORDING TO NETA ATS, TABLE
100.2. APPLY THE TEST VOLTAGE FOR ONE MINUTE.
1. IF NO EVIDENCE OF DISTRESS OR INSULATION FAILURE IS OBSERVED BY THE END OF THE TOTAL TIME OF VOLTAGE APPLICATION DURING THE DIELECTRIC WITHSTAND TEST, THE
TEST SPECIMEN IS CONSIDERED TO HAVE PASSED THE TEST.
d. PERFORM INSULATION-RESISTANCE TESTS ON CONTROL WIRING WITH RESPECT TO GROUND. APPLIED POTENTIAL SHALL BE 500 VOLTS DC FOR 300-VOLT RATED CABLE AND 1000 V DC FOR 600-
V RATED CABLE. TEST DURATION SHALL BE ONE MINUTE. FOR UNITS WITH SOLID-STATE COMPONENTS OR CONTROL DEVICES THAT CANNOT TOLERATE THE APPLIED VOLTAGE, FOLLOW THE
MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATION.
1. MINIMUM INSULATION-RESISTANCE VALUES OF CONTROL WIRING SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN TWO MEGOHMS.
e. CONTROL POWER TRANSFORMERS:
1. PERFORM INSULATION-RESISTANCE TESTS. PERFORM MEASUREMENTS FROM WINDING TO WINDING AND EACH WINDING TO GROUND. INSULATION-RESISTANCE VALUES OF WINDING
INSULATION SHALL BE ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED DATA. IN THE ABSENCE OF MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED DATA, COMPLY WITH NETA ATS, TABLE 100.1.
INVESTIGATE AND CORRECT VALUES OF INSULATION RESISTANCE LESS THAN MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS OR NETA ATS, TABLE 100.1.
2. PERFORM SECONDARY WIRING INTEGRITY TEST. DISCONNECT TRANSFORMER AT SECONDARY TERMINALS AND CONNECT SECONDARY WIRING TO A RATED SECONDARY VOLTAGE
SOURCE. VERIFY CORRECT POTENTIAL AT ALL DEVICES.
3. VERIFY CORRECT SECONDARY VOLTAGE BY ENERGIZING THE PRIMARY WINDING WITH SYSTEM VOLTAGE. MEASURE SECONDARY VOLTAGE WITH THE SECONDARY WIRING
DISCONNECTED.
4. VERIFY CORRECT FUNCTION OF CONTROL TRANSFER RELAYS LOCATED IN THE SWITCHGEAR WITH MULTIPLE CONTROL POWER SOURCES.
f. PERFORM SYSTEM FUNCTION TESTS ACCORDING TO "SYSTEM FUNCTION TESTS" ARTICLE.
g. VERIFY OPERATION OF SPACE HEATERS.
h. PERFORM PHASING CHECKS ON DOUBLE-ENDED OR DUAL-SOURCE SWITCHGEAR TO ENSURE CORRECT BUS PHASING FROM EACH SOURCE.
E. INSTRUMENT TRANSFORMER FIELD TESTS:
VISUAL AND MECHANICAL INSPECTION:
VERIFY THAT EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATE DATA COMPLIES WITH CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
b. INSPECT PHYSICAL AND MECHANICAL CONDITION.
c. VERIFY CORRECT CONNECTION OF TRANSFORMERS WITH SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS.
d. VERIFY THAT ADEQUATE CLEARANCES EXIST BETWEEN PRIMARY AND SECONDARY CIRCUIT WIRING.
e. VERIFY THE UNIT IS CLEAN.
f.INSPECT BOLTED ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS USING CALIBRATED TORQUE-WRENCH METHOD ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED DATA OR NETA ATS, TABLE 100.12. BOLT-
TORQUE LEVELS SHALL BE ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED DATA. IN THE ABSENCE OF MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED DATA, USE NETA ATS, TABLE 100.12. INVESTIGATE
VALUES THAT DEVIATE FROM THOSE OF SIMILAR BOLTED CONNECTIONS BY MORE THAN 50 PERCENT OF THE LOWEST VALUE.
g. VERIFY TIGHTNESS OF ACCESSIBLE BOLTED ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS BY CALIBRATED TORQUE-WRENCH METHOD ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED DATA OR NETA ATS,
TABLE 100.12. BOLT-TORQUE LEVELS SHALL BE ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED DATA. IN THE ABSENCE OF MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED DATA, USE NETA ATS, TABLE
100.12.
h. VERIFY THAT REQUIRED GROUNDING AND SHORTING CONNECTIONS PROVIDE CONTACT.
i.VERIFY CORRECT OPERATION OF TRANSFORMER WITHDRAWAL MECHANISM AND GROUNDING OPERATION.
j.VERIFY CORRECT PRIMARY AND SECONDARY FUSE SIZES FOR VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS.
k.VERIFY APPROPRIATE LUBRICATION ON MOVING CURRENT-CARRYING PARTS AND ON MOVING AND SLIDING SURFACES.
2. ELECTRICAL TESTS OF CURRENT TRANSFORMERS:
INSPECT BOLTED ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS USING A LOW RESISTANCE OHMMETER TO COMPARE BOLTED RESISTANCE VALUES TO VALUES OF SIMILAR CONNECTIONS. INVESTIGATE
VALUES THAT DEVIATE FROM THOSE OF SIMILAR BOLTED CONNECTIONS BY MORE THAN 50 PERCENT OF THE LOWEST VALUE.
PERFORM INSULATION-RESISTANCE TEST OF EACH CURRENT TRANSFORMER AND ITS SECONDARY WIRING WITH RESPECT TO GROUND AT 1000 V DC FOR ONE MINUTE. FOR UNITS
WITH SOLID-STATE COMPONENTS THAT CANNOT TOLERATE THE APPLIED VOLTAGE, FOLLOW MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN RECOMMENDATIONS. INVESTIGATE AND CORRECT VALUES OF
INSULATION RESISTANCE LESS THAN MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS OR NETA ATS, TABLE 100.5.
PERFORM A POLARITY TEST OF EACH CURRENT TRANSFORMER ACCORDING TO IEEE C57.13.1. POLARITY RESULTS SHALL AGREE WITH TRANSFORMER MARKINGS.
d. PERFORM A RATIO-VERIFICATION TEST USING THE VOLTAGE OR CURRENT METHOD ACCORDING TO IEEE C57.13.1. RATIO ERRORS SHALL BE ACCORDING TO IEEE C57.13.
e. PERFORM AN EXCITATION TEST ON TRANSFORMERS USED FOR RELAYING APPLICATIONS ACCORDING TO IEEE C57.13.1. EXCITATION RESULTS SHALL MATCH THE CURVE SUPPLIED BY
THE MANUFACTURER OR BE ACCORDING TO IEEE C57.13.1.
f.MEASURE CURRENT CIRCUIT BURDENS AT TRANSFORMER TERMINALS ACCORDING TO IEEE C57.13.1. MEASURED BURDENS SHALL BE COMPARED WITH AND SHALL MATCH INSTRUMENT
TRANSFORMER RATINGS.
g. PERFORM INSULATION-RESISTANCE TESTS ON THE PRIMARY WINDING WITH THE SECONDARY GROUNDED. TEST VOLTAGES SHALL BE ACCORDING TO TABLE 100.5.
h. PERFORM DIELECTRIC WITHSTAND TESTS ON THE PRIMARY WINDING WITH THE SECONDARY GROUNDED. TEST VOLTAGES SHALL BE ACCORDING TO TABLE 100.9.
i.PERFORM POWER-FACTOR OR DISSIPATION-FACTOR TESTS ACCORDING TO TEST EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED DATA.
j.VERIFY THAT CURRENT TRANSFORMER SECONDARY CIRCUITS ARE GROUNDED AND HAVE ONLY ONE GROUNDING POINT ACCORDING TO IEEE C57.13.3. THAT GROUNDING POINT
SHOULD BE LOCATED AS SPECIFIED BY THE ENGINEER IN THE PROJECT DRAWINGS.
3. ELECTRICAL TESTS OF VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS:
INSPECT BOLTED ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS USING A LOW RESISTANCE OHMMETER TO COMPARE BOLTED RESISTANCE VALUES TO VALUES OF SIMILAR CONNECTIONS. INVESTIGATE
VALUES THAT DEVIATE FROM THOSE OF SIMILAR BOLTED CONNECTIONS BY MORE THAN 50 PERCENT OF THE LOWEST VALUE.
PERFORM INSULATION-RESISTANCE TESTS WINDING-TO-WINDING AND EACH WINDING TO GROUND. TEST VOLTAGES SHALL BE APPLIED FOR ONE MINUTE ACCORDING TO TABLE 100.5.
FOR UNITS WITH SOLID-STATE COMPONENTS THAT CANNOT TOLERATE THE APPLIED VOLTAGE, FOLLOW MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. INVESTIGATE AND CORRECT VALUES
OF INSULATION RESISTANCE LESS THAN MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS OR NETA ATS, TABLE 100.5.
PERFORM A POLARITY TEST ON EACH TRANSFORMER TO VERIFY THE POLARITY MARKS OR H1- X1 RELATIONSHIP AS APPLICABLE. POLARITY RESULTS SHALL AGREE WITH
TRANSFORMER MARKINGS.
PERFORM A TURNS-RATIO TEST ON ALL TAP POSITIONS. RATIO ERRORS SHALL BE ACCORDING TO IEEE C57.13.
e. MEASURE VOLTAGE CIRCUIT BURDENS AT TRANSFORMER TERMINALS. MEASURED BURDENS SHALL BE COMPARED WITH AND SHALL MATCH INSTRUMENT TRANSFORMER RATINGS.
f.PERFORM A DIELECTRIC WITHSTAND TEST ON THE PRIMARY WINDINGS WITH THE SECONDARY WINDINGS CONNECTED TO GROUND. THE DIELECTRIC VOLTAGE SHALL BE ACCORDING
TO TABLE 100.9. THE TEST VOLTAGE SHALL BE APPLIED FOR ONE MINUTE. IF NO EVIDENCE OF DISTRESS OR INSULATION FAILURE IS OBSERVED BY THE END OF THE TOTAL TIME OF
VOLTAGE APPLICATION DURING THE DIELECTRIC WITHSTAND TEST, THE PRIMARY WINDINGS ARE CONSIDERED TO HAVE PASSED THE TEST.
g. PERFORM POWER-FACTOR OR DISSIPATION-FACTOR TESTS ACCORDING TO TEST EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED DATA. POWER-FACTOR OR DISSIPATION-FACTOR VALUES
SHALL BE ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED DATA. IN THE ABSENCE OF MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED DATA, USE TEST EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED DATA.
h. VERIFY THAT VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER SECONDARY CIRCUITS ARE GROUNDED AND HAVE ONLY ONE GROUNDING POINT ACCORDING TO IEEE C57.13.3. TEST RESULTS SHALL INDICATE
THAT THE CIRCUITS ARE GROUNDED AT ONLY ONE POINT.
F.GROUND RESISTANCE TEST:
VISUAL AND MECHANICAL INSPECTION:
VERIFY GROUND SYSTEM COMPLIES WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND NFPA 70 ARTICLE 250, "GROUNDING AND BONDING."
b. INSPECT PHYSICAL AND MECHANICAL CONDITION. GROUNDING SYSTEM ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL CONNECTIONS SHALL BE FREE OF CORROSION.
c. INSPECT BOLTED ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS USING A CALIBRATED TORQUE-WRENCH METHOD ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED DATA OR NETA ATS, TABLE 100.12. BOLT-
TORQUE LEVELS SHALL BE ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED DATA. IN THE ABSENCE OF MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED DATA, USE NETA ATS, TABLE 100.12. INVESTIGATE
VALUES THAT DEVIATE FROM THOSE OF SIMILAR BOLTED CONNECTIONS BY MORE THAN 50 PERCENT OF THE LOWEST VALUE.
d. INSPECT ANCHORAGE.
2. ELECTRICAL TESTS:
PERFORM FALL-OF-POTENTIAL OR ALTERNATIVE TEST ACCORDING TO IEEE 81 ON THE MAIN GROUNDING ELECTRODE OR SYSTEM. THE RESISTANCE BETWEEN THE MAIN GROUNDING
ELECTRODE AND GROUND SHALL BE NO MORE THAN [5 OHMS] [MAXIMUM GROUND RESISTANCE VALUE SPECIFIED IN "EXAMINATION" ARTICLE].
PERFORM POINT-TO-POINT TESTS TO DETERMINE THE RESISTANCE BETWEEN THE MAIN GROUNDING SYSTEM AND ALL MAJOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT FRAMES, SYSTEM NEUTRAL,
AND DERIVED NEUTRAL POINTS. INVESTIGATE POINT-TO-POINT RESISTANCE VALUES THAT EXCEED 0.5 OHMS. COMPARE EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATE DATA WITH CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
INSPECT PHYSICAL AND MECHANICAL CONDITION.
d. INSPECT BOLTED ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS FOR HIGH RESISTANCE USING A LOW-RESISTANCE OHMMETER TO COMPARE BOLTED CONNECTION RESISTANCE VALUES TO VALUES OF
SIMILAR CONNECTIONS. INVESTIGATE VALUES THAT DEVIATE FROM THOSE OF SIMILAR BOLTED CONNECTIONS BY MORE THAN 50 PERCENT OF THE LOWEST VALUE.
G. MEDIUM-VOLTAGE SURGE ARRESTER FIELD TESTS:
VISUAL AND MECHANICAL INSPECTION:
VERIFY THAT EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATE DATA COMPLIES WITH CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
b. INSPECT PHYSICAL AND MECHANICAL CONDITION.
c. INSPECT ANCHORAGE, ALIGNMENT, GROUNDING, AND CLEARANCES.
d. VERIFY THE ARRESTERS ARE CLEAN.
e. VERIFY THAT THE GROUND LEAD ON EACH DEVICE IS INDIVIDUALLY ATTACHED TO A GROUND BUS OR GROUND ELECTRODE.
f.VERIFY THAT THE STROKE COUNTER IS CORRECTLY MOUNTED AND ELECTRICALLY CONNECTED IF APPLICABLE. RECORD THE STROKE COUNTER READING.
2. ELECTRICAL TEST:
PERFORM AN INSULATION-RESISTANCE TEST ON EACH ARRESTER, PHASE TERMINAL TO GROUND. APPLY VOLTAGE ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED DATA. IN THE
ABSENCE OF MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED DATA, COMPLY WITH NETA ATS, TABLE 100.1. REPLACE UNITS THAT FAIL TO MEET RECOMMENDED MINIMUM INSULATION RESISTANCE
LISTED IN THE TABLE.
PERFORM A WATTS-LOSS TEST. EVALUATE WATTS-LOSS VALUES BY COMPARISON WITH SIMILAR UNITS AND TEST EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED DATA.
c. TEST GROUNDING CONNECTIONS. RESISTANCE BETWEEN THE ARRESTER GROUND TERMINAL AND THE GROUND SYSTEM SHALL BE LESS THAN 0.5 OHM.
H. MICROPROCESSOR-BASED PROTECTIVE RELAY FIELD TESTS:
VISUAL AND MECHANICAL INSPECTION:
RECORD MODEL NUMBER, STYLE NUMBER, SERIAL NUMBER, FIRMWARE REVISION, SOFTWARE REVISION, AND RATED CONTROL VOLTAGE.
b. VERIFY OPERATION OF LIGHT-EMITTING DIODES, DISPLAY, AND TARGETS.
c. RECORD PASSWORDS FOR EACH ACCESS LEVEL.
d. CLEAN THE FRONT PANEL AND REMOVE FOREIGN MATERIAL FROM THE CASE.
e. CHECK TIGHTNESS OF CONNECTIONS.
f.VERIFY THAT THE FRAME IS GROUNDED ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS.
g. SET THE RELAY ACCORDING TO RESULTS IN SECTION 260573.16 "COORDINATION STUDIES" AND IN SECTION 260573.19 "ARC-FLASH HAZARD ANALYSIS."
h. DOWNLOAD SETTINGS FROM THE RELAY. PRINT A COPY OF THE SETTINGS FOR THE REPORT AND COMPARE THE SETTINGS TO THOSE SPECIFIED IN THE COORDINATION STUDY.
2. ELECTRICAL TESTS:
PERFORM INSULATION-RESISTANCE TESTS FROM EACH CIRCUIT TO THE GROUNDED FRAME ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED DATA.
b. APPLY VOLTAGE OR CURRENT TO ANALOG INPUTS, AND VERIFY CORRECT REGISTRATION OF THE RELAY METER FUNCTIONS.
c. FUNCTIONAL OPERATION: CHECK FUNCTIONAL OPERATION OF EACH ELEMENT USED IN THE PROTECTION SCHEME.
I.SWITCHGEAR WILL BE CONSIDERED DEFECTIVE IF IT DOES NOT PASS TESTS AND INSPECTIONS.
J. REMOVE AND REPLACE DEFECTIVE UNITS AND RETEST.
K. PREPARE TEST AND INSPECTION REPORTS. RECORD AS-LEFT SET POINTS OF ADJUSTABLE DEVICES.
3.5 SYSTEM FUNCTION TESTS
SYSTEM FUNCTION TESTS SHALL PROVE THE CORRECT INTERACTION OF SENSING, PROCESSING, AND ACTION DEVICES. PERFORM SYSTEM FUNCTION TESTS AFTER FIELD QUALITY
CONTROL TESTS HAVE BEEN COMPLETED AND ALL COMPONENTS HAVE PASSED SPECIFIED TESTS.
DEVELOP TEST PARAMETERS AND PERFORM TESTS FOR THE PURPOSE OF EVALUATING PERFORMANCE OF INTEGRAL COMPONENTS AND THEIR FUNCTIONING AS A
COMPLETE UNIT WITHIN DESIGN REQUIREMENTS AND MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED DATA.
VERIFY THE CORRECT OPERATION OF INTERLOCK SAFETY DEVICES FOR FAIL-SAFE FUNCTIONS IN ADDITION TO DESIGN FUNCTION.
3. VERIFY THE CORRECT OPERATION OF SENSING DEVICES, ALARMS, AND INDICATING DEVICES.
END OF SECTION 261323
1.
1.
2.
3.
4.
1.
A.
B.
C.
1.
A.
1.
a.
b.
A.
1.
A.
A.
A.
B.
A.
1.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
A.
1.
1.
2.
A.
A.
A.
1.
A.
1.
A.
SECTION 262413 - SWITCHBOARDS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. SECTION INCLUDES:
DISTRIBUTION SWITCHBOARDS RATED 600 V AND LESS.
2. SURGE PROTECTION DEVICES.
3. DISCONNECTING AND OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES.
4. INSTRUMENTATION.
5. CONTROL POWER.
6. ACCESSORY COMPONENTS AND FEATURES.
7. IDENTIFICATION.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. SHOP DRAWINGS: EQUIPMENT PROCURED BY OWNER. EQUIPMENT SUBMITTAL DRAWINGS PROVIDED FOR COORDINATION DURING CONSTRUCTION.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. EQUIPMENT PROCURED AND PROVIDED BY OWNER.
2.2 IDENTIFICATION
A. SERVICE EQUIPMENT LABEL: NRTL LABELED FOR USE AS SERVICE EQUIPMENT FOR SWITCHBOARDS WITH ONE OR MORE SERVICE DISCONNECTING AND OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. RECEIVE, INSPECT, HANDLE, AND STORE SWITCHBOARDS ACCORDING TO NEMA PB 2.1.
B. INSTALL SWITCHBOARDS AND ACCESSORIES ACCORDING TO NEMA PB 2.1.
C. EQUIPMENT MOUNTING: INSTALL SWITCHBOARDS ON CONCRETE BASE, 4-INCH (100-MM) NOMINAL THICKNESS. COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR CONCRETE BASE SPECIFIED IN SECTION 033000 "CAST-IN-
PLACE CONCRETE."
INSTALL CONDUITS ENTERING UNDERNEATH THE SWITCHBOARD, ENTERING UNDER THE VERTICAL SECTION WHERE THE CONDUCTORS WILL TERMINATE. INSTALL WITH
COUPLINGS FLUSH WITH THE CONCRETE BASE. EXTEND 2 INCHES (50-MM) ABOVE CONCRETE BASE AFTER SWITCHBOARD IS ANCHORED IN PLACE.
FOR SUPPORTED EQUIPMENT, INSTALL EPOXY-COATED ANCHOR BOLTS THAT EXTEND THROUGH CONCRETE BASE AND ANCHOR INTO STRUCTURAL CONCRETE FLOOR.
PLACE AND SECURE ANCHORAGE DEVICES. USE SETTING DRAWINGS, TEMPLATES, DIAGRAMS, INSTRUCTIONS, AND DIRECTIONS FURNISHED WITH ITEMS TO BE EMBEDDED.
INSTALL ANCHOR BOLTS TO ELEVATIONS REQUIRED FOR PROPER ATTACHMENT TO SWITCHBOARDS.
D. TEMPORARY LIFTING PROVISIONS: REMOVE TEMPORARY LIFTING EYES, CHANNELS, STRAPS AND BRACKETS, AND TEMPORARY BLOCKING OF MOVING PARTS FROM SWITCHBOARD UNITS AND
COMPONENTS.
E. COMPLY WITH MOUNTING AND ANCHORING REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 260548.16 "SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS."
F. OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS: FRAME AND MOUNT THE PRINTED BASIC OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS FOR SWITCHBOARDS, INCLUDING CONTROL AND KEY INTERLOCKING SEQUENCES AND EMERGENCY
PROCEDURES. FABRICATE FRAME OF FINISHED WOOD OR METAL AND COVER INSTRUCTIONS WITH CLEAR ACRYLIC PLASTIC. MOUNT ON FRONT OF SWITCHBOARDS.
G. INSTALL FILLER PLATES IN UNUSED SPACES OF PANEL-MOUNTED SECTIONS.
H. INSTALL OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES, SURGE PROTECTION DEVICES, AND INSTRUMENTATION.
SET FIELD-ADJUSTABLE SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT-BREAKER TRIP RANGES.
I. COMPLY WITH NECA 1.
3.2 IDENTIFICATION
IDENTIFY FIELD-INSTALLED CONDUCTORS, INTERCONNECTING WIRING, AND COMPONENTS; PROVIDE WARNING SIGNS COMPLYING WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR IDENTIFICATION
SPECIFIED IN SECTION 260553 "IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS."
SWITCHBOARD NAMEPLATES: LABEL EACH SWITCHBOARD COMPARTMENT WITH A NAMEPLATE COMPLYING WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR IDENTIFICATION SPECIFIED IN SECTION 260553
"IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS."
DEVICE NAMEPLATES: LABEL EACH DISCONNECTING AND OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICE AND EACH METER AND CONTROL DEVICE MOUNTED IN COMPARTMENT DOORS WITH A
NAMEPLATE COMPLYING WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR IDENTIFICATION SPECIFIED IN SECTION 260553 "IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS."
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
PERFORM THE FOLLOWING TESTS AND INSPECTIONS WITH THE ASSISTANCE OF A FACTORY-AUTHORIZED SERVICE REPRESENTATIVE:
ACCEPTANCE TESTING:
TEST INSULATION RESISTANCE FOR EACH SWITCHBOARD BUS, COMPONENT, CONNECTING SUPPLY, FEEDER, AND CONTROL CIRCUIT. OPEN CONTROL AND
METERING CIRCUITS WITHIN THE SWITCHBOARD, AND REMOVE NEUTRAL CONNECTION TO SURGE PROTECTION AND OTHER ELECTRONIC DEVICES PRIOR TO
INSULATION TEST. RECONNECT AFTER TEST.
TEST CONTINUITY OF EACH CIRCUIT.
2. TEST GROUND-FAULT PROTECTION OF EQUIPMENT FOR SERVICE EQUIPMENT PER NFPA 70.
3. PERFORM EACH VISUAL AND MECHANICAL INSPECTION AND ELECTRICAL TEST STATED IN NETA ACCEPTANCE TESTING SPECIFICATION. CERTIFY COMPLIANCE WITH TEST
PARAMETERS.
4. CORRECT MALFUNCTIONING UNITS ON-SITE WHERE POSSIBLE, AND RETEST TO DEMONSTRATE COMPLIANCE; OTHERWISE, REPLACE WITH NEW UNITS AND RETEST.
5. TEST AND ADJUST CONTROLS, REMOTE MONITORING, AND SAFETIES. REPLACE DAMAGED AND MALFUNCTIONING CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT.
B. SWITCHBOARD WILL BE CONSIDERED DEFECTIVE IF IT DOES NOT PASS TESTS AND INSPECTIONS.
C. PREPARE TEST AND INSPECTION REPORTS, INCLUDING A CERTIFIED REPORT THAT IDENTIFIES SWITCHBOARDS INCLUDED AND THAT DESCRIBES SCANNING RESULTS. INCLUDE
NOTATION OF DEFICIENCIES DETECTED, REMEDIAL ACTION TAKEN, AND OBSERVATIONS AFTER REMEDIAL ACTION.
SECTION 262416 - PANELBOARDS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
SECTION INCLUDES:
DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
SHOP DRAWINGS: EQUIPMENT PROCURED BY OWNER. EQUIPMENT SUBMITTAL DRAWINGS PROVIDED FOR COORDINATION DURING CONSTRUCTION.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
EQUIPMENT PROCURED AND PROVIDED BY OWNER.
2.2 IDENTIFICATION
PANELBOARD LABEL: MANUFACTURER'S NAME AND TRADEMARK, VOLTAGE, AMPERAGE, NUMBER OF PHASES, AND NUMBER OF POLES SHALL BE LOCATED ON THE INTERIOR OF THE
PANELBOARD DOOR.
BREAKER LABELS: FACEPLATE SHALL LIST CURRENT RATING, UL AND IEC CERTIFICATION STANDARDS, AND AIC RATING.
C. CIRCUIT DIRECTORY: DIRECTORY CARD INSIDE PANELBOARD DOOR, MOUNTED IN METAL FRAME WITH TRANSPARENT PROTECTIVE COVER.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
COMPLY WITH NECA 1.
B. INSTALL PANELBOARDS AND ACCESSORIES ACCORDING TO NEMA PB 1.1.
C. COMPLY WITH MOUNTING AND ANCHORING REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 260548.16 "SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS."
D. MOUNT TOP OF TRIM 90 INCHES (2286 MM) ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR OR FINISHED GRADE UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.
E. MOUNT PANELBOARD CABINET PLUMB AND RIGID WITHOUT DISTORTION OF BOX.
F. INSTALL OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES AND CONTROLLERS NOT ALREADY FACTORY INSTALLED.
SET FIELD-ADJUSTABLE, CIRCUIT-BREAKER TRIP RANGES.
G. MAKE GROUNDING CONNECTIONS AND BOND NEUTRAL FOR SERVICES AND SEPARATELY DERIVED SYSTEMS TO GROUND. MAKE CONNECTIONS TO GROUNDING ELECTRODES,
SEPARATE GROUNDS FOR ISOLATED GROUND BARS, AND CONNECTIONS TO SEPARATE GROUND BARS.
H. INSTALL FILLER PLATES IN UNUSED SPACES.
I.STUB FOUR 1-INCH (27-EMT) EMPTY CONDUITS FROM PANELBOARD INTO ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE OR SPACE DESIGNATED TO BE CEILING SPACE AT A LATER DATE FOR INTERIOR
MOUNTED PANELBOARDS.
J.ARRANGE CONDUCTORS IN GUTTERS INTO GROUPS AND BUNDLE AND WRAP WITH WIRE TIES.
3.2 IDENTIFICATION
IDENTIFY FIELD-INSTALLED CONDUCTORS, INTERCONNECTING WIRING, AND COMPONENTS; INSTALL WARNING SIGNS COMPLYING WITH REQUIREMENTS IN SECTION 260553
"IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS."
CREATE A DIRECTORY TO INDICATE INSTALLED CIRCUIT LOADS; INCORPORATE OWNER'S FINAL DESIGNATIONS. OBTAIN APPROVAL BEFORE INSTALLING. HANDWRITTEN DIRECTORIES
ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. INSTALL DIRECTORY INSIDE PANELBOARD DOOR.
PANELBOARD NAMEPLATES: LABEL EACH PANELBOARD WITH A NAMEPLATE COMPLYING WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR IDENTIFICATION SPECIFIED IN SECTION 260553 "IDENTIFICATION FOR
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS."
DEVICE NAMEPLATES: LABEL EACH BRANCH CIRCUIT DEVICE IN POWER PANELBOARDS WITH A NAMEPLATE COMPLYING WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR IDENTIFICATION SPECIFIED IN
SECTION 260553 "IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS."
INSTALL WARNING SIGNS COMPLYING WITH REQUIREMENTS IN SECTION 260553 "IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS" IDENTIFYING SOURCE OF REMOTE CIRCUIT.
3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
PERFORM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS.
B. ACCEPTANCE TESTING PREPARATION:
TEST INSULATION RESISTANCE FOR EACH PANELBOARD BUS, COMPONENT, CONNECTING SUPPLY, FEEDER, AND CONTROL CIRCUIT.
2. TEST CONTINUITY OF EACH CIRCUIT.
C. TESTS AND INSPECTIONS:
PERFORM EACH VISUAL AND MECHANICAL INSPECTION AND ELECTRICAL TEST FOR LOW-VOLTAGE AIR CIRCUIT BREAKERS STATED IN NETA ATS. CERTIFY COMPLIANCE WITH
TEST PARAMETERS.
CORRECT MALFUNCTIONING UNITS ON-SITE, WHERE POSSIBLE, AND RETEST TO DEMONSTRATE COMPLIANCE; OTHERWISE, REPLACE WITH NEW UNITS AND RETEST.
D. PANELBOARDS WILL BE CONSIDERED DEFECTIVE IF THEY DO NOT PASS TESTS AND INSPECTIONS.
E. PREPARE TEST AND INSPECTION REPORTS, INCLUDING A CERTIFIED REPORT THAT IDENTIFIES PANELBOARDS INCLUDED AND THAT DESCRIBES SCANNING RESULTS, WITH
COMPARISONS OF THE TWO SCANS. INCLUDE NOTATION OF DEFICIENCIES DETECTED, REMEDIAL ACTION TAKEN, AND OBSERVATIONS AFTER REMEDIAL ACTION.
END OF SECTION 262416
SECTION 262743 - ELECTRIC-VEHICLE SERVICE EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
SECTION INCLUDES EVSE THAT PROVIDES AC LEVEL 2 AND LEVEL 3 EV CHARGING.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
SHOP DRAWINGS: EQUIPMENT PROCURED BY OWNER. EQUIPMENT SUBMITTAL DRAWINGS PROVIDED FOR COORDINATION DURING CONSTRUCTION.
B. PRODUCT SCHEDULE: USE SAME DESIGNATIONS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
EQUIPMENT PROCURED AND PROVIDED BY OWNER.
B. EV CHARGING LEVELS:
SINGLE OR DUAL VEHICLE, AC LEVEL 2 AT UP TO 10 KW PER VEHICLE.
2. SINGLE OR DUAL VEHICLE, AC LEVEL 3 AT UP TO 50 KW PER VEHICLE.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
COMPLY WITH NECA 1 AND NECA 413.
B. CONCRETE BASE MOUNTING:
INSTALL EVSE ON 6-INCH (150-MM) NOMINAL-THICKNESS CONCRETE BASE. COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR CONCRETE BASE SPECIFIED IN SECTION 033000 "CAST-IN-
PLACE CONCRETE."
3.2 CONNECTIONS
CONNECT WIRING ACCORDING TO SECTION 260519 "LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES."
B. COMPLY WITH GROUNDING REQUIREMENTS IN SECTION 260526 "GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS."
C. COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR INSTALLATION OF CONDUIT IN SECTION 260533 "RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS." DRAWINGS INDICATE GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
OF CONDUIT, FITTINGS, AND SPECIALTIES.
D. TIGHTEN ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS AND TERMINALS ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED TORQUE-TIGHTENING VALUES. IF MANUFACTURER'S TORQUE VALUES ARE NOT
INDICATED, USE THOSE SPECIFIED IN UL 486A-486B.
E. VERIFY THAT ALL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS HAVE BEEN MADE ACCORDING TO THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. REMOVE ALL BURRS, SHAVINGS, AND DETRITUS FROM INSIDE
THE ENCLOSURE.
F.AFTER CONFIRMING ALL CONNECTIONS, INSTALL COVERS AND TIGHTEN FASTENERS TO ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS.
A.
A.
B.
1.
a.
A.
1.
A.
A.
1.
A.
A.
1.
1.
A.
B.
C.
1.
A.
1.
A.
B.
A.
1.
A.
1.
a.
1.
a.
1.
a.
a.
b.
c.
d.
1.
SECTION 262743 - ELECTRIC-VEHICLE SERVICE EQUIPMENT (CONTINUED)
3.3 IDENTIFICATION
IDENTIFY SYSTEM COMPONENTS, WIRING, CABLING, AND TERMINALS. COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR IDENTIFICATION SPECIFIED IN SECTION 260553 "IDENTIFICATION FOR
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS."
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICE: ENGAGE A FACTORY-AUTHORIZED SERVICE REPRESENTATIVE TO TEST AND INSPECT COMPONENTS, ASSEMBLIES, AND EQUIPMENT INSTALLATIONS,
INCLUDING CONNECTIONS.
PERFORM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS WITH THE ASSISTANCE OF A FACTORY-AUTHORIZED SERVICE REPRESENTATIVE.
C. TESTS AND INSPECTIONS:
FOR EACH UNIT OF EVSE, PERFORM THE FOLLOWING TESTS AND INSPECTIONS:
UNIT SELF-TEST.
b. OPERATION TEST WITH LOAD BANK.
D. EVSE WILL BE CONSIDERED DEFECTIVE IF IT DOES NOT PASS TESTS AND INSPECTIONS.
E. PREPARE TEST AND INSPECTION REPORTS.
END OF SECTION 262743
SECTION 262816 - ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
SECTION INCLUDES:
FUSIBLE SWITCHES.
2. NONFUSIBLE SWITCHES.
3. ENCLOSURES.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
PRODUCT DATA: FOR EACH TYPE OF ENCLOSED SWITCH, ACCESSORY, AND COMPONENT INDICATED. INCLUDE NAMEPLATE RATINGS, DIMENSIONED ELEVATIONS, SECTIONS, WEIGHTS,
AND MANUFACTURERS' TECHNICAL DATA ON FEATURES, PERFORMANCE, ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS, RATINGS, ACCESSORIES, AND FINISHES.
1.3 WARRANTY
MANUFACTURER'S WARRANTY: MANUFACTURER AND INSTALLER AGREE TO REPAIR OR REPLACE COMPONENTS THAT FAIL IN MATERIALS OR WORKMANSHIP WITHIN SPECIFIED
WARRANTY PERIOD.
WARRANTY PERIOD: ONE YEAR FROM DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
SOURCE LIMITATIONS: OBTAIN ENCLOSED SWITCHES, COMPONENTS, AND ACCESSORIES, WITHIN SAME PRODUCT CATEGORY, FROM SINGLE MANUFACTURER.
B. ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS, DEVICES, AND ACCESSORIES: LISTED AND LABELED AS DEFINED IN NFPA 70, BY AN NRTL, AND MARKED FOR INTENDED LOCATION AND APPLICATION.
C. COMPLY WITH NFPA 70.
2.2 FUSIBLE SWITCHES
TYPE HD, HEAVY DUTY:
SINGLE THROW.
2. THREE POLE.
3. 600-V AC.
4. 200 A AND SMALLER.
5. UL 98 AND NEMA KS 1, HORSEPOWER RATED, WITH CLIPS OR BOLT PADS TO ACCOMMODATE SPECIFIED FUSES.
6. LOCKABLE HANDLE WITH CAPABILITY TO ACCEPT THREE PADLOCKS, AND INTERLOCKED WITH COVER IN CLOSED POSITION.
B. ACCESSORIES:
EQUIPMENT GROUND KIT: INTERNALLY MOUNTED AND LABELED FOR COPPER AND ALUMINUM GROUND CONDUCTORS.
2. NEUTRAL KIT: INTERNALLY MOUNTED; INSULATED, CAPABLE OF BEING GROUNDED AND BONDED; LABELED FOR COPPER AND ALUMINUM NEUTRAL CONDUCTORS.
3. SERVICE-RATED SWITCHES: LABELED FOR USE AS SERVICE EQUIPMENT.
2.3 NONFUSIBLE SWITCHES
TYPE GD, GENERAL DUTY, THREE POLE, SINGLE THROW, 240-V AC, 600 A AND SMALLER: UL 98 AND NEMA KS 1, HORSEPOWER RATED, LOCKABLE HANDLE WITH CAPABILITY TO ACCEPT
TWO PADLOCKS, AND INTERLOCKED WITH COVER IN CLOSED POSITION.
TYPE HD, HEAVY DUTY, SIX POLE, SINGLE THROW, 600-V AC, 200 A AND SMALLER: UL 98 AND NEMA KS 1, HORSEPOWER RATED, LOCKABLE HANDLE WITH CAPABILITY TO ACCEPT THREE
PADLOCKS, AND INTERLOCKED WITH COVER IN CLOSED POSITION.
ACCESSORIES:
EQUIPMENT GROUND KIT: INTERNALLY MOUNTED AND LABELED FOR COPPER AND ALUMINUM GROUND CONDUCTORS.
2. NEUTRAL KIT: INTERNALLY MOUNTED; INSULATED, CAPABLE OF BEING GROUNDED AND BONDED; LABELED FOR COPPER AND ALUMINUM NEUTRAL CONDUCTORS.
3. SERVICE-RATED SWITCHES: LABELED FOR USE AS SERVICE EQUIPMENT.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 ENCLOSURE ENVIRONMENTAL RATING APPLICATIONS
ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS: PROVIDE ENCLOSURES AT INSTALLED LOCATIONS WITH THE FOLLOWING ENVIRONMENTAL RATINGS.
INDOOR, DRY AND CLEAN LOCATIONS: NEMA 250, TYPE 1.
2. OUTDOOR LOCATIONS: NEMA 250, TYPE 3R.
3.2 INSTALLATION
COORDINATE LAYOUT AND INSTALLATION OF SWITCHES AND COMPONENTS WITH EQUIPMENT SERVED AND ADJACENT SURFACES. MAINTAIN REQUIRED WORKSPACE CLEARANCES AND
REQUIRED CLEARANCES FOR EQUIPMENT ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS.
INSTALL INDIVIDUAL WALL-MOUNTED SWITCHES WITH TOPS AT UNIFORM HEIGHT UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.
C. COMPLY WITH MOUNTING AND ANCHORING REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 260548.16 "SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS."
D. INSTALL FUSES IN FUSIBLE DEVICES.
E. COMPLY WITH NFPA 70 AND NECA 1.
3.3 IDENTIFICATION
COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS IN SECTION 260553 "IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS."
IDENTIFY FIELD-INSTALLED CONDUCTORS, INTERCONNECTING WIRING, AND COMPONENTS; PROVIDE WARNING SIGNS.
2. LABEL EACH ENCLOSURE WITH ENGRAVED METAL OR LAMINATED-PLASTIC NAMEPLATE.
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
PERFORM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS.
B. TESTS AND INSPECTIONS FOR SWITCHES:
VISUAL AND MECHANICAL INSPECTION:
INSPECT PHYSICAL AND MECHANICAL CONDITION.
b. INSPECT ANCHORAGE, ALIGNMENT, GROUNDING, AND CLEARANCES.
c. VERIFY THAT THE UNIT IS CLEAN.
d. VERIFY BLADE ALIGNMENT, BLADE PENETRATION, TRAVEL STOPS, AND MECHANICAL OPERATION.
e. VERIFY THAT FUSE SIZES AND TYPES MATCH THE DRAWINGS.
f.VERIFY THAT EACH FUSE HAS ADEQUATE MECHANICAL SUPPORT AND CONTACT INTEGRITY.
g. INSPECT BOLTED ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS FOR HIGH RESISTANCE USING ONE OF THE TWO FOLLOWING METHODS:
USE A LOW-RESISTANCE OHMMETER.
COMPARE BOLTED CONNECTION RESISTANCE VALUES TO VALUES OF SIMILAR CONNECTIONS. INVESTIGATE VALUES THAT DEVIATE FROM
THOSE OF SIMILAR BOLTED CONNECTIONS BY MORE THAN 50 PERCENT OF THE LOWEST VALUE.
VERIFY TIGHTNESS OF ACCESSIBLE BOLTED ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS BY CALIBRATED TORQUE-WRENCH METHOD IN ACCORDANCE WITH
MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED DATA OR NETA ATS TABLE 100.12.
BOLT-TORQUE LEVELS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED DATA. IN THE ABSENCE OF MANUFACTURER'S
PUBLISHED DATA, USE NETA ATS TABLE 100.12.
h. VERIFY THAT OPERATION AND SEQUENCING OF INTERLOCKING SYSTEMS IS AS DESCRIBED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS AND SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS.
i.VERIFY CORRECT PHASE BARRIER INSTALLATION.
j.VERIFY LUBRICATION OF MOVING CURRENT-CARRYING PARTS AND MOVING AND SLIDING SURFACES.
2. ELECTRICAL TESTS:
PERFORM RESISTANCE MEASUREMENTS THROUGH BOLTED CONNECTIONS WITH A LOW-RESISTANCE OHMMETER. COMPARE BOLTED CONNECTION RESISTANCE
VALUES TO VALUES OF SIMILAR CONNECTIONS. INVESTIGATE VALUES THAT DEVIATE FROM ADJACENT POLES OR SIMILAR SWITCHES BY MORE THAN 50 PERCENT
OF THE LOWEST VALUE.
MEASURE CONTACT RESISTANCE ACROSS EACH SWITCHBLADE FUSEHOLDER. DROP VALUES SHALL NOT EXCEED THE HIGH LEVEL OF THE MANUFACTURER'S
PUBLISHED DATA. IF MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED DATA ARE NOT AVAILABLE, INVESTIGATE VALUES THAT DEVIATE FROM ADJACENT POLES OR SIMILAR
SWITCHES BY MORE THAN 50 PERCENT OF THE LOWEST VALUE.
PERFORM INSULATION-RESISTANCE TESTS FOR ONE MINUTE ON EACH POLE, PHASE-TO-PHASE AND PHASE-TO-GROUND WITH SWITCH CLOSED, AND ACROSS
EACH OPEN POLE. APPLY VOLTAGE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED DATA. IN THE ABSENCE OF MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED DATA, USE
TABLE 100.1 FROM THE NETA ATS. INVESTIGATE VALUES OF INSULATION RESISTANCE LESS THAN THOSE PUBLISHED IN TABLE 100.1 OR AS RECOMMENDED IN
MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED DATA.
MEASURE FUSE RESISTANCE. INVESTIGATE FUSE-RESISTANCE VALUES THAT DEVIATE FROM EACH OTHER BY MORE THAN 15 PERCENT.
e. PERFORM GROUND FAULT TEST ACCORDING TO NETA ATS 7.14 "GROUND FAULT PROTECTION SYSTEMS, LOW-VOLTAGE."
C. ENCLOSED SWITCHES WILL BE CONSIDERED DEFECTIVE IF THEY DO NOT PASS TESTS AND INSPECTIONS.
D. PREPARE TEST AND INSPECTION REPORTS.
TEST PROCEDURES USED.
2. INCLUDE IDENTIFICATION OF EACH ENCLOSED SWITCH TESTED AND DESCRIBE TEST RESULTS.
3. LIST DEFICIENCIES DETECTED, REMEDIAL ACTION TAKEN, AND OBSERVATIONS AFTER REMEDIAL ACTION.
END OF SECTION 262816
PH:
RE
V
I
S
I
O
N
DA
T
E
2/
1
9
/
2
5
Ci
t
y
o
f
C
a
r
l
s
b
a
d
C
o
m
m
e
n
t
s
A
45
0
L
A
M
B
E
R
T
A
V
E
,
P
A
L
O
A
L
T
O
,
C
A
9
4
3
0
6
(8
8
8
)
3
4
2
-
7
3
8
3
ORIGINAL SIZE 24"X36"
REV:
PROJ:
DL
X
8
E
L
E
C
T
R
I
C
V
E
H
I
C
L
E
C
H
A
R
G
I
N
G
S
T
A
T
I
O
N
S
51
5
E
A
S
T
D
Y
E
R
R
O
A
D
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
7
BSE14-2
DLX8_EV_OSP
ALEXANDER SHORTS
PROFESSIONA L ENGINEER
ELECTRICALSTATE OF CALIFORNIA
E 21782
7/
1
4
/
2
5
Ut
i
l
i
t
y
t
r
e
n
c
h
p
a
t
h
B
9/22/25
SS
B
J
U
p
s
i
z
e
,
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r
s
e
c
t
i
o
n
C
9/
2
2
/
2
5
ELECTRICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
E0.4
IFP C
CL 18"18"
COUNTER
GP-5
9
4
6
6
PAP
E
R
T
O
W
E
L
DISP
E
N
S
E
R
CL 18"18"
COUNTER
GP-5
9
4
6
6
PAP
E
R
T
O
W
E
L
DISP
E
N
S
E
R
PH:
RE
V
I
S
I
O
N
DA
T
E
45
0
L
A
M
B
E
R
T
A
V
E
,
P
A
L
O
A
L
T
O
,
C
A
9
4
3
0
6
(8
8
8
)
3
4
2
-
7
3
8
3
ORIGINAL SIZE 24"X36"
REV:
PROJ:
DL
X
8
E
L
E
C
T
R
I
C
V
E
H
I
C
L
E
C
H
A
R
G
I
N
G
S
T
A
T
I
O
N
S
51
5
E
A
S
T
D
Y
E
R
R
O
A
D
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
7
BSE14-2
DLX8_EV_OSP
ALEXANDER SHORTS
PROFESSIONA L ENGINEER
ELECTRICALSTATE OF CALIFORNIA
E 21782
SITE PLAN
OVERVIEW
E1.0
IFP
LEGEND
1" = 30'-0"1 SITE PLAN OVERALL
CURRENT EV STALL LOCATION
ALL LOACTIONS SHOWN ARE REFLECTED
WITHIN THIS PLAN SET.
(14) LV2 EV
CHARGERS
(14) LV2 EV
CHARGERS
(14) LV2 EV
CHARGERS
(18) LV2 EV
CHARGERS
(14) LV2 EV
CHARGERS
(2) LV3 EV
CHARGERS
GENERAL NOTES
A. REFER TO SHEET G0.0, E0.1 & E0.2 FOR ELECTRICAL NOTES.
B. INSTALLER TO FIELD VERIFY ALL SITE CONDITIONS PRIOR TO STARTING
WORK.
C. INSTALLER TO FIELD VERIFY EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS PRIOR TO
INSTALLATION.
D. INSTALLER TO COORDINATE CONDUIT ROUTING WITH ALL
UNDERGROUND UTILITIES AND EXISITING UNDERGROUND LINES.
F. WHERE CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS ARE SPLICED WITHIN A BOX, ALL
ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTORS SHALL BE
CONNECTED WITHIN THE BOX OR TO THE BOX AS PER 250.148.
G. SPLICES, SPLICING DEVICES, PULL BOXES AND HANDHOLE
ENCLOSURES SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC ARTICLE
314. ENCLOSURES SHALL REQUIRE A TOOL TO OPEN.
H. REFER TO CIVIL SHEETS FOR ALL BOLLARD DETAILS AND ASSOCIATED
DIMENSIONS.
I. ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT TO BE PAD MOUNTED. NEW PAD SHALL BE
MINIMUM 6" HIGH. EDGE OF PAD SHALL EXTEND 6" BEYOND EQUIPMENT
FRAME MIN. CHAMFER ALL OUTSIDE CORNERS. REFER TO ELECTRICAL
DETAILS AND CIVIL PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.
AMAZON STANDARDS
THESE PLANS HAVE BEEN DESIGNED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
FOLLOWING:
1.AMZL EV CHARGING ELECTRICAL DESIGN STANDARDS – REV3.0
ISSUED: 05.28.2024
2.AMZL SITE DESIGN GUIDELINES V8, ISSUED: 12.29.2023
3.AMZL DESIGN DELIVERABLES REQUIREMENTS V4, ISSUED:
06.02.2023
SETBACK NOTES
CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY THAT LOCATIONS OF ALL PROPOSED EV
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND ASSOCIATED COMPONENTS, FEEDERS, AND
INFRASTRUCTURE ARE IN COMPLIANCE WITH ALL LOCAL CODES,
SETBACKS, AND BUFFERS.
UTILITY NOTES
THE EXISTING UTILITIES SHOWN ON THIS PLAN ARE BASED UPON
SUBMITTED INFORMATION FROM AMAZON AND CIVIL PLANS AND ARE NOT
TO BE SCALED. CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY ALL INFORMATION. ALL
LOCATIONS, DIMENSIONS, AND DEPTHS OF ALL EXISTING UTILITIES ARE
TO BE VERIFIED PRIOR TO START OF WORK. ANY DISCREPANCIES OR
AREAS FOR POTENTIAL CONFLICTS ARE TO BE REPORTED IN WRITING.
(14) LV2 EV
CHARGERS
(14) LV2 EV
CHARGERS
(18) LV2 EV
CHARGERS
0
CLEAN AIR
VANPOOL
EV
CHARGING
ONLY
CL 18"18"
COUNTER
GP-5
9
4
6
6
PAP
E
R
T
O
W
E
L
DIS
P
E
N
S
E
R
CL 18"18"
COUNTER
GP-
5
9
4
6
6
PAPE
R
T
O
W
E
L
DISP
E
N
S
E
R
EV
CHARGING
ONLY
DLX8-LV-PNL-9
DLX8-LV-XFMR-5
DLX8-LV-PNL-5
DLX8-LV-XFMR-6
DLX8-LV-PNL-6
DLX8-LV-XFMR-1
DLX8-LV-PNL-1
PN
L
-
1
/
1
,
3
PN
L
-
1
/
2
,
4
PN
L
-
1
/
5
,
7
PN
L
-
1
/
6
,
8
PN
L
-
1
/
9
,
1
1
PN
L
-
1
/
1
0
,
1
2
PN
L
-
1
/
1
3
,
1
5
PN
L
-
1
/
1
4
,
1
6
PN
L
-
1
/
1
7
,
1
9
PN
L
-
1
/
1
8
,
2
0
PN
L
-
1
/
2
1
,
2
3
PN
L
-
1
/
2
2
,
2
4
PN
L
-
1
/
2
5
,
2
7
PN
L
-
1
/
2
6
,
2
8
PN
L
-
2
/
2
,
4
PN
L
-
2
/
6
,
8
PN
L
-
2
/
1
0
,
1
2
PN
L
-
2
/
1
4
,
1
6
PN
L
-
2
/
1
8
,
2
0
PN
L
-
2
/
2
2
,
2
4
PN
L
-
2
/
2
6
,
2
8
PN
L
-
2
/
3
0
,
3
2
PN
L
-
2
/
3
4
,
3
6
PN
L
-
3
/
1
8
,
2
0
PN
L
-
4
/
1
4
,
1
6
PN
L
-
4
/
1
8
,
2
0
PN
L
-
4
/
2
2
,
2
4
PN
L
-
4
/
2
6
,
2
8
PN
L
-
2
/
1
,
3
PN
L
-
2
/
5
,
7
PN
L
-
2
/
9
,
1
1
PN
L
-
2
/
1
3
,
1
5
PN
L
-
2
/
1
7
,
1
9
PN
L
-
2
/
2
1
,
2
3
PN
L
-
2
/
2
5
,
2
7
PN
L
-
2
/
2
9
,
3
1
PN
L
-
2
/
3
3
,
3
5
PN
L
-
3
/
1
7
,
1
9
PN
L
-
4
/
1
,
3
PN
L
-
8
/
6
,
8
PN
L
-
8
/
9
,
1
1
PN
L
-
8
/
2
1
,
2
3
PN
L
-
8
/
2
2
,
2
4
PN
L
-
8
/
2
5
,
2
7
PN
L
-
8
/
2
6
,
2
8
PN
L
-
9
/
1
,
3
,
5
PN
L
-
3
/
2
,
4
PN
L
-
3
/
6
,
8
PN
L
-
3
/
1
0
,
1
2
PN
L
-
3
/
1
4
,
1
6
PN
L
-
3
/
1
,
3
PN
L
-
3
/
5
,
7
PN
L
-
3
/
9
,
1
1
PN
L
-
3
/
1
3
,
1
5
PN
L
-
3
/
2
2
,
2
4
PN
L
-
3
/
2
6
,
2
8
PN
L
-
3
/
2
1
,
2
3
PN
L
-
3
/
2
5
,
2
7
PN
L
-
4
/
2
,
4
PN
L
-
4
/
6
,
8
PN
L
-
4
/
1
0
,
1
2
PN
L
-
4
/
5
,
7
PN
L
-
4
/
9
,
1
1
PN
L
-
4
/
1
3
,
1
5
PN
L
-
4
/
1
7
,
1
9
PN
L
-
4
/
2
1
,
2
3
PN
L
-
4
/
2
5
,
2
7
PN
L
-
5
/
2
,
4
PN
L
-
5
/
6
,
8
PN
L
-
5
/
1
0
,
1
2
PN
L
-
5
/
1
4
,
1
6
PN
L
-
5
/
1
8
,
2
0
PN
L
-
5
/
2
2
,
2
4
PN
L
-
5
/
2
6
,
2
8
PN
L
-
5
/
3
0
,
3
2
PN
L
-
5
/
3
4
,
3
6
PN
L
-
6
/
1
8
,
2
0
PN
L
-
7
/
1
4
,
1
6
PN
L
-
7
/
1
8
,
2
0
PN
L
-
7
/
2
2
,
2
4
PN
L
-
7
/
2
6
,
2
8
PN
L
-
5
/
1
,
3
PN
L
-
5
/
5
,
7
PN
L
-
5
/
9
,
1
1
PN
L
-
5
/
1
3
,
1
5
PN
L
-
5
/
1
7
,
1
9
PN
L
-
5
/
2
1
,
2
3
PN
L
-
5
/
2
5
,
2
7
PN
L
-
5
/
2
9
,
3
1
PN
L
-
5
/
3
3
,
3
5
PN
L
-
6
/
1
7
,
1
9
PN
L
-
7
/
1
,
3
PN
L
-
6
/
2
,
4
PN
L
-
6
/
6
,
8
PN
L
-
6
/
1
0
,
1
2
PN
L
-
6
/
1
4
,
1
6
PN
L
-
6
/
1
,
3
PN
L
-
6
/
5
,
7
PN
L
-
6
/
9
,
1
1
PN
L
-
6
/
1
3
,
1
5
PN
L
-
6
/
2
2
,
2
4
PN
L
-
6
/
2
6
,
2
8
PN
L
-
6
/
2
1
,
2
3
PN
L
-
6
/
2
5
,
2
7
PN
L
-
7
/
2
,
4
PN
L
-
7
/
6
,
8
PN
L
-
7
/
1
0
,
1
2
PN
L
-
7
/
5
,
7
PN
L
-
7
/
9
,
1
1
PN
L
-
7
/
1
3
,
1
5
PN
L
-
7
/
1
7
,
1
9
PN
L
-
7
/
2
1
,
2
3
PN
L
-
7
/
2
5
,
2
7
PN
L
-
8
/
1
,
3
PN
L
-
8
/
2
,
4
PN
L
-
8
/
5
,
7
DLX8-LV-PNL-8
DLX8-LV-XFMR-8
PN
L
-
8
/
1
0
,
1
2
PN
L
-
8
/
1
3
,
1
5
PN
L
-
8
/
1
4
,
1
6
PN
L
-
8
/
1
7
,
1
9
PN
L
-
8
/
1
8
,
2
0
PN
L
-
9
/
2
,
4
,
6
DLX8-LV-XFMR-7
DLX8-LV-PNL-7
DLX8-LV-XFMR-2
DLX8-LV-PNL-2
DLX8-LV-XFMR-3
DLX8-LV-PNL-3
DLX8-LV-XFMR-4
DLX8-LV-PNL-4
A
A
A
AB CC
B
B B
BB B B BBBBBBBBBBB
B
BB
BBB
ABBB BB
B C
BBBB BBBBB B B B B B B B BBBBB
BB B B BBBBBBBBBBB BBBB BBBBB B B B B B B B BBBBB
BBBBB
BBBBBBBBBB B B B
DLX8-LVSB-1
DLX8-XFMR-1
DLX8-MVSG-1
EMERGENCY
EV SHUTOFF
EPO SWITCH
WALKWAY AREA TO BE
RESTRIPED TO ALLOW
FOR NEW EQUIPMENT
PH:
RE
V
I
S
I
O
N
DA
T
E
45
0
L
A
M
B
E
R
T
A
V
E
,
P
A
L
O
A
L
T
O
,
C
A
9
4
3
0
6
(8
8
8
)
3
4
2
-
7
3
8
3
ORIGINAL SIZE 24"X36"
REV:
PROJ:
DL
X
8
E
L
E
C
T
R
I
C
V
E
H
I
C
L
E
C
H
A
R
G
I
N
G
S
T
A
T
I
O
N
S
51
5
E
A
S
T
D
Y
E
R
R
O
A
D
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
7
BSE14-2
DLX8_EV_OSP
ALEXANDER SHORTS
PROFESSIONA L ENGINEER
ELECTRICALSTATE OF CALIFORNIA
E 21782
EQUIPMENT SITE
PLAN
E1.1
IFP
1" = 20'-0"1 EQUIPMENT & TRENCHING PLAN
TRENCHING LEGEND
480V CIRCUITS
NOTE: ALL CONDUIT ROUTES ARE DIAGRAMATIC AND TO
BE DETERMINED BY CONTRACTOR. ANY DEVIATION IN
ROUTING THAT RESULTS IN A LENGTH INCREASE TO BE
VERIFIED BY THE ELECTRICAL ENGINEER.
MV CIRCUITS AND TRENCHING
208V CIRCUITS
SITE NOTES
1.PROVIDE CONDUIT FROM SOURCE PANEL TO EACH GROUPING OF
CHARGERS. A SINGLE CONDUIT SHALL FEED UP TO 2 CHARGERS.
ROUTE CONDUIT BELOW GRADE AND STUB UP INTO T-BODY
CONDUIT FITTING. PROVIDE FLEXIBLE CONNECTION TO EACH
CHARGER BASE. TRENCH OR BORE AS REQUIRED.
2.ELECTRICAL CIRCUITING IS SPECIFIC TO EACH PARKING STALL. NO
DEVIATION FROM INDICATED CIRCUIT IS ALLOWED. ANY DEVIATION
FROM ELECTRICAL CIRCUITING SHALL BE REVISED TO MATCH PLANS
AT CONTRACTOR EXPENSE.
3.ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT MUST MAINTAIN A LEVEL WORKING
SURFACE IN FRONT OF EQUIPMENT PER NEC 110.26.
XXXX-PNL-1 ELEC. DISTRIBUTION EQUIP. NAME
3/16" = 1'-0"4 PNL & XFMR LAYOUT
3/16" = 1'-0"3 PNL & XFMR LAYOUT
3/16" = 1'-0"2 PNL & XFMR LAYOUT
PANELBOARD W/ REQ. WORKING CLEARANCE
TRANSFORMER W/ REQ. WORKING CLEARANCE
(2) LV2 ELECTRIC VEHICLE CHARGER MOUNTED
BACK TO BACK ON A PEDESTAL
(1) LV2 ELECTRIC VEHICLE CHARGER MOUNTED
ON A PEDESTAL
LV3 ELECTRIC VEHICLE CHARGER
SURFACE MOUNTED BOLLARD
MAX 5'5" OC
1' MIN, TYP.1', TYP.
BOLLARDS PLACED TO
PROTECT CONDUIT
RACK AND EQUIPMENT,
TYP.
TRANSITION FROM HORIZONTAL
TO VERITCAL CONDUIT TO
CONDUIT HANGAR, TYP.
CONDUIT RACK TO
RUN ALONG STRIPING
3' EQIUPMENT
CLEARANCE, TYP.
MAX 4'
MIN 6", TYP.
MAX 5'5" OC
MAX 4'
EQUIPMENT LAYOUT NOTES
1.EXISTING BOLLARDS AND WHEEL STOPS EXISTIN THE PARKING AREA.
THESE MAY BE REMOVED AND RE-PURPOSED WHEN IN CONFLICT
WITH THE EQUIPMENT AND PARKING CONFIGURATION IF THEY MEET
THE DESIGN REQUIRMENTS OF THESE PLANS.
2.BOLLARD AND CONDUIT PLACEMENT IS DIAGRAMATIC. FOLLOW THE
GUIDELINES OF THE DETAILS AND LAYOUT PROVIDED BELOW.
3.FIXED AND BOLT DOWN BOLLARDS MAY NOT BE PLACED IN
EQUIPMENT CLEARANCES AS SHOWN. FOLLOW NEC ELECTRICAL
EQUIPMENT CLEARANCE GUIDELINES.
TRANSITION FROM HORIZONTAL
TO VERITCAL CONDUIT TO
CONDUIT HANGAR, TYP.
TRANSITION FROM HORIZONTAL
TO VERITCAL CONDUIT TO
CONDUIT HANGAR, TYP.
MAX 5'5" OC,
TYP.
1' MIN, TYP.
MAX 4'
BOLLARDS PLACED TO
PROTECT CONDUIT
RACK AND EQUIPMENT,
TYP.
MAX 5'5" OC
CONDUIT RACK TO
RUN ALONG STRIPING
PNL-1/1,3 STALL AND CHARGER NAME
CONDUIT & CIRCUIT DESIGN CONFIGURATIONB
A
B
C 0
CONCRETE EMBEDDED BOLLARD
DLX8-XFMR-1
1500KVA, 12kV: 480/277V
NEMA 3R, TAPPED AT 12kV
KK 2000A, 100% RATED
ERMIS, LSIG
LVSB-1-MCB
400AF/225AT
LSI
SPD GFP
GROUNDING
SYSTEM REFER
TO GROUNDING
SCHEMATIC ON
E4.2
400AF/350AT
LSI
GENERATOR
SECTIONDISTRIBUTION SECTION
KK 2000A, W/GFCI
LVSB-1-GCB
TERMINALS FOR FUTURE
GENERATOR CONNECTION ONLY.
THIS SECTION IS ONLY INSTALLED
TO FACILITATE A FUTURE PERMIT
OF A GENERATOR, EMERGENCY OR
OTHERWISE
DSD5-LVSB-1
2000A, 480/277V, 4W, 3PH
SWITCHBOARD, NEMA 1
MIN AIC: 35kA
DLX8
LV-XFMR-1
DLX8
LV-XFMR-2
480V-208Y/120V
150KVA, -2.5% TAP
DRY TYPE, NEMA 1
14OF LV2
CHARGERS
DLX8
LV-PNL-1600AF
600AT
94% UTILIZATION
400AF/225AT
LSI
400AF/225AT
LSI
400AF/350AT
LSI
400AF/225AT
LSI
400AF/225AT
LSI
400AF/225AT
LSI
SEE PANEL BOARD
SCHEDULES FOR
BRANCH BREAKER
DESIGN.
18 OF LV2
CHARGERS
DLX8
LV-PNL-2800AF
800AT
DLX8
LV-XFMR-3
14 OF LV2
CHARGERS
DLX8
LV-PNL-3
DLX8
LV-XFMR-4
14 OF LV2
CHARGERS
DLX8
LV-PNL-4
DLX8
LV-XFMR-5
18 OF LV2
CHARGERS
DLX8
LV-PNL-5800AF
800AT
DLX8
LV-XFMR-6
14 OF LV2
CHARGERS
DLX8
LV-PNL-6
DLX8
LV-XFMR-7
14 OF LV2
CHARGERS
DLX8
LV-PNL-7
DLX8
LV-XFMR-8
14 OF LV2
CHARGERS
DLX8
LV-PNL-8
400AF/225AT
LSI
208/120V, 600A
3PH, 4W, NEMA 1
AIC: 22KAIC
DSD5_EV_OSP
L3-EV CHARGER
DSD5_EV_OSP
L3-EV CHARGER
DLX8
LV/L3 PNL-9
480/277V, 225A, MLO
3PH, 4W, NEMA 3R
AIC: 35KAIC
LVSB-1-CB-1 LVSB-1-CB-2 LVSB-1-CB-3 LVSB-1-CB-4 LVSB-1-CB-5 LVSB-1-CB-6 LVSB-1-CB-7 LVSB-1-CB-8 LVSB-1-CB-9
89% OF UTILIZATION
81% UTILIZATION 94% UTILIZATION 94% UTILIZATION 81% UTILIZATION 94% UTILIZATION 94% UTILIZATION 94% UTILIZATION
LENGTH: 270'LENGTH: 180'LENGTH: 250'LENGTH: 365'LENGTH: 270'LENGTH: 325'LENGTH: 450'
(1) SET
(3) 300 KCMIL AL
(1) #2 AWG GND AL
2-1/2" PVC C.
LENGTH: 360'
(2) SETS
(4) 500 KCMIL AL
(1) # 1/0 AWG GND AL SSBJ
3-1/2" PVC C.
LENGTH: 10'LENGTH: 10'LENGTH: 10'LENGTH: 10'LENGTH: 10'LENGTH: 10'LENGTH: 10'LENGTH: 10'
(7) SETS
(4) 500 KCMIL AL
(1) 1/0 AWG GND AL SSBJ
3-1/2" PVC C.
LENGTH: 35'
(2) SETS OF
(3) 4/0 AWG AL
(1) #1 AWG GND AL
2-1/2" PVC C.
(3) SETS
(4) 400 KCMIL AL
(1) # 1/0 AWG GND AL SSBJ
3-1/2" PVC C.
(2) SETS OF
(3) 4/0 AWG AL
(1) #1 AWG GND AL
2" PVC C.
LENGTH: 160'
(2) 100A/3P
LENGTH: 10',30'
(4) #2 AWG CU
(1) #8 AWG GND CU
1-1/4" PVC C.
3 #2 AWG (15kV RATED 133% MV-90) AL.
1 #4 GND AL., 4" PVC
LENGTH: 130'
LEGEND
(N) EQUIPOMENT OUTLINE
(N) ELECTRIAL COMPONENTS
AND CIRCUITS
(E) ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT &
CIRCUITS
EQUIPMENT BUSSING
COMMUNICATION
KK KIRKOFF KEY
INTERLOCK
SPD
AVAIL. FAULT: 31,961A
AVAIL. FAULT: 11,269A
BREAKER
SWITCH
FUSE
MV LOAD BREAK
CURRENT TRANSFORMER
CAPPED CONDUIT
GROUND
CONTROL POWER
TRANSFORMER
SURGE PROTECTION
DEVICE
GFP GROUND FAULT
PROTECTION RELAY
M METER
TRANSFORMER
WYE
GROUNDED WYE
DELTA
208/120V, 800A
3PH, 4W, NEMA 1
AIC: 22KAIC
208/120V, 800A
3PH, 4W, NEMA 3R
AIC: 22KAIC
AVAIL. FAULT: 10,591A AVAIL. FAULT: 5,643A AVAIL. FAULT: 6,420A AVAIL. FAULT: 5,554A AVAIL. FAULT: 6,758A AVAIL. FAULT: 8,228A AVAIL. FAULT: 6,420A AVAIL. FAULT: 14,291A
PRIMARY METERING CABINET
CBL MVSG-1
2 Set(s) of:
#350 AL KCMIL Conductors (MV-105),
,In 6" Conduit
Length: 20.0 ft
SECTION 1 SECTION 2 SECTION 3 SECTION 4
12000V, 3PH, 3W, 600A, 60HZ, 40KA ASYM
KWH
PTО | SC FU PT
CT
TS1
751
SEL
TS1
TS1
SCTB
1A
FU FUPT
80A
MCCB
5A
FU
INTLK
TO INTERNAL 120V CIRCUITS
(HEATERS, LIGHTS &
RECEPTACLES)
12000V, 3PH, 3W, 600A, 60HZ, 40KA ASYM
PT ACCESS
KL KL
(2)
(2)DOOR
(2)
0.5E
UTILITY INCOMING
CABLE SIZE
1000KCMIL AL
CABLE/PH 1
CT
600/5A
(3)
VCB-25KA
15KV, 600A
UTILITY PROVIDED
CT'S AND PT'S PER
UTILITY
REQUIREMENTS CT
SIZE: 10-800A
CPT-15KVA
12000V-120/240V
PT12000V-120V
CPT
METER
Incoming Voltage: 12000 V
DLX8-MVSG-1
Line to Line Contribution: 12500.00 A
Line to Ground Contribution: 12499.00 A
15.5KV, 600A, NEMA-3R, 6-WAYS
MV UNDERGROUND DISTRIBUTION SWITCHGEAR
12,500 AIC
SPARE SPARE SPARE
MVSG-1 50/51-6
Open
MVSG-1 52-6
Rating 600.0 A
MVSG-1 50/51-3
Open
MVSG-1 52-3
Rating 600.0 A
150AT/3P
LSI
MVSG-1 50/51-4
Open
MVSG-1 52-4
Rating 600.0 A
MVSG-1 50/51-5
Open
MVSG-1 52-5
Rating 600.0 A
MVSG-1 52-2
MVSG-1 50/51-2
GND
SW
89
GND
SW
89 GND
SW 89
GND
SW
89
GND
SW
89
GND
SW
89
6" SPARE CONDUIT TO BE STUBBED
AND CAPPED ABOVE-GRADE (TYP.)
MVSG-1 52-2
MVSG-1 50/51-1
VFI Rating 600.0 A Rating 600.0 A
Fault at Device: 12500.00 A
Total Voltage Drop: 0.35 %
Incident Energy: 28.07 Cal/cm^2
Working Distance: 36 inches
Arc Flash Boundary: 269 inches
CBL DLX8-XFMR-BLDG
DLX8-MVSG1
Fault at Device: 12494.17 A
Total Voltage Drop: 0.35 %
Incident Energy: 1.82 Cal/cm^2
Working Distance: 36 inches
Arc Flash Boundary: 47 inches
Length: 20.0 ft
1 Set(s) of:
#2 AL AWG Conductors (MV-105),
#6 Ground Wire
In 6" Conduit
REFER TO PHASE 0 ELECTRICAL
SINGLE LINE FOR CONTINUATION
(NOT IN THIS SCOPE OF WORK)
480V-208Y/120V
225KVA, -2.5% TAP
DRY TYPE, NEMA 1
480V-208Y/120V
150KVA, -2.5% TAP
DRY TYPE, NEMA 1
480V-208Y/120V
150KVA, -2.5% TAP
DRY TYPE, NEMA 1
480V-208Y/120V
225KVA, -2.5% TAP
DRY TYPE, NEMA 1
480V-208Y/120V
150KVA, -2.5% TAP
DRY TYPE, NEMA 1
480V-208Y/120V
150KVA, -2.5% TAP
DRY TYPE, NEMA 1
480V-208Y/120V
150KVA, -2.5% TAP
DRY TYPE, NEMA 1
600AF
600AT 208/120V, 600A
3PH, 4W, NEMA 1
AIC: 22KAIC
600AF
600AT 208/120V, 600A
3PH, 4W, NEMA 1
AIC: 22KAIC
600AF
600AT 208/120V, 600A
3PH, 4W, NEMA 1
AIC: 22KAIC
600AF
600AT 208/120V, 600A
3PH, 4W, NEMA 1
AIC: 22KAIC
600AF
600AT 208/120V, 600A
3PH, 4W, NEMA 1
AIC: 22KAIC
(1) SET
(3) 300 KCMIL AL
(1) #2 AWG GND AL
2-1/2" PVC C.
(1) SET
(3) 300 KCMIL AL
(1) #2 AWG GND AL
2-1/2" PVC C.
(1) SET
(3) 300 KCMIL AL
(1) #2 AWG GND AL
2-1/2" PVC C.
(1) SET
(3) 300 KCMIL AL
(1) #2 AWG GND AL
2-1/2" PVC C.
(1) SET
(3) 300 KCMIL AL
(1) #2 AWG GND AL
2-1/2" PVC C.
(1) SET
(3) 300 KCMIL AL
(1) #2 AWG GND AL
2-1/2" PVC C.
PHASE 0
PHASE 1
EPO SWITCH
(2) #14 AWG CU
EPO SWITCH TO ACT
AS A SHUNT TRIP TO
MAIN BREAKER.
CONNECT TO MCB
CONTACTS. SEE E4.7,
DETAIL 7 FOR SITE
PLACARD
600A DEAD-BREAK
CONNECTION, PROVIDED
BY CONTRACTOR
POLYCARBONATE
PROTECTIVE
CLAMSHELL COVER
EQUIPMENT NOTES
LV2 CHARGER AX48 48A CHARGER
LV3 CHARGER MAXICHARGER DC FAST 60KW
60KW UL DUAL PORT DC AIO
#UF060A4001
SEE E5.0 FOR EQUIPMENT CUTSHEETS
SWITCHBOARD GROUND FAULT
PROTECTION SYSTEM (GFP)
SHALL BE TESTED, CERTIFIED
AND LABELED PRIOR TO BEING
ENERGIZED.
(2) SETS
(4) 500 KCMIL AL
(1) # 1/0 AWG GND AL SSBJ
3-1/2" PVC C.
(2) SETS
(4) 500 KCMIL AL
(1) # 1/0 AWG GND AL SSBJ
3-1/2" PVC C.
(3) SETS
(4) 400 KCMIL AL
(1) #1 /0 AWG GND AL SSBJ
3-1/2" PVC C.
(2) SETS
(4) 500 KCMIL AL
(1) # 1/0 AWG GND AL SSBJ
3-1/2" PVC C.
(2) SETS
(4) 500 KCMIL AL
(1) # 1/0 AWG GND AL SSBJ
3-1/2" PVC C.
(2) SETS
(4) 500 KCMIL AL
(1) # 1/0 AWG GND AL SSBJ
3-1/2" PVC C.
C
C
C
PH:
RE
V
I
S
I
O
N
DA
T
E
2/
1
9
/
2
5
Ci
t
y
o
f
C
a
r
l
s
b
a
d
C
o
m
m
e
n
t
s
A
45
0
L
A
M
B
E
R
T
A
V
E
,
P
A
L
O
A
L
T
O
,
C
A
9
4
3
0
6
(8
8
8
)
3
4
2
-
7
3
8
3
ORIGINAL SIZE 24"X36"
REV:
PROJ:
DL
X
8
E
L
E
C
T
R
I
C
V
E
H
I
C
L
E
C
H
A
R
G
I
N
G
S
T
A
T
I
O
N
S
51
5
E
A
S
T
D
Y
E
R
R
O
A
D
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
7
BSE14-2
DLX8_EV_OSP
ALEXANDER SHORTS
PROFESSIONA L ENGINEER
ELECTRICALSTATE OF CALIFORNIA
E 21782
7/
1
4
/
2
5
Ut
i
l
i
t
y
t
r
e
n
c
h
p
a
t
h
B
10/22/25
SS
B
J
U
p
s
i
z
e
,
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r
s
e
c
t
i
o
n
C
9/
2
2
/
2
5
ELECTRICAL
DIAGRAM
E2.0
IFP C
1. PROVIDE A LOCKABLE OPEN DISCONNECT FOR ALL EV CHARGER CIRCUIT BREAKERS PER NEC 625.43 AND 110.25.
2. EV CHARGERS MUST BE CONNECTED TO THE PANELS IN THE ORDER SHOWN ON THE PANEL SCHEDULE.
NOTES
PH:
RE
V
I
S
I
O
N
DA
T
E
2/
1
9
/
2
5
Ci
t
y
o
f
C
a
r
l
s
b
a
d
C
o
m
m
e
n
t
s
A
45
0
L
A
M
B
E
R
T
A
V
E
,
P
A
L
O
A
L
T
O
,
C
A
9
4
3
0
6
(8
8
8
)
3
4
2
-
7
3
8
3
ORIGINAL SIZE 24"X36"
REV:
PROJ:
DL
X
8
E
L
E
C
T
R
I
C
V
E
H
I
C
L
E
C
H
A
R
G
I
N
G
S
T
A
T
I
O
N
S
51
5
E
A
S
T
D
Y
E
R
R
O
A
D
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
7
BSE14-2
DLX8_EV_OSP
ALEXANDER SHORTS
PROFESSIONA L ENGINEER
ELECTRICALSTATE OF CALIFORNIA
E 21782
7/
1
4
/
2
5
Ut
i
l
i
t
y
t
r
e
n
c
h
p
a
t
h
B
9/22/25
SS
B
J
U
p
s
i
z
e
,
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r
s
e
c
t
i
o
n
C
9/
2
2
/
2
5
EQUIPMENT
SCHEDULES
E2.1
IFP C
1. PROVIDE A LOCKABLE OPEN DISCONNECT FOR ALL EV CHARGER CIRCUIT BREAKERS PER NEC 625.43 AND 110.25.
2. EV CHARGERS MUST BE CONNECTED TO THE PANELS IN THE ORDER SHOWN ON THE PANEL SCHEDULE.
NOTES
PH:
RE
V
I
S
I
O
N
DA
T
E
2/
1
9
/
2
5
Ci
t
y
o
f
C
a
r
l
s
b
a
d
C
o
m
m
e
n
t
s
A
45
0
L
A
M
B
E
R
T
A
V
E
,
P
A
L
O
A
L
T
O
,
C
A
9
4
3
0
6
(8
8
8
)
3
4
2
-
7
3
8
3
ORIGINAL SIZE 24"X36"
REV:
PROJ:
DL
X
8
E
L
E
C
T
R
I
C
V
E
H
I
C
L
E
C
H
A
R
G
I
N
G
S
T
A
T
I
O
N
S
51
5
E
A
S
T
D
Y
E
R
R
O
A
D
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
7
BSE14-2
DLX8_EV_OSP
ALEXANDER SHORTS
PROFESSIONA L ENGINEER
ELECTRICALSTATE OF CALIFORNIA
E 21782
7/
1
4
/
2
5
Ut
i
l
i
t
y
t
r
e
n
c
h
p
a
t
h
B
9/22/25
SS
B
J
U
p
s
i
z
e
,
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r
s
e
c
t
i
o
n
C
9/
2
2
/
2
5
EQUIPMENT
SCHEDULES
E2.2
IFP C
8'-0" O.C. MIN. (TYP.)CHANNEL
CONDUIT CLAMPS
HINGED BEAM CLAMP
CONDUIT CLAMPS
3" OR 2-1/2" CONDUIT
CENTER BETWEEN PANEL POINTS
OR ONE IN EACH PANEL POINT (TYP.)
SIDE VIEW
CONDUIT MOUNTING PARALLEL TO JOISTS CONDUIT MOUNTING PERPENDICUALR TO JOISTS
SECTION VIEW
SIDE VIEW SECTION VIEW
CENTER BETWEEN PANEL POINTS
OR ONE IN EACH PANEL POINT
HINGED BEAM CLAMP
(Ø1/2" THRD. ROD)
EXISTING STEEL BAR JOIST
3" OR 2-1/2" CONDUIT
CHANNEL
CHANNEL NUT
(Ø1/2" THRD. ROD)
CHANNEL
EXISTING STEEL BAR JOIST
HINGED BEAM CLAMP
EXISTING STEEL BAR JOIST
(Ø1/2" THRD. ROD)3" OR2-1/2" CONDUIT
CONDUIT CLAMPS
(N) MV TRANSFORMER
(N) LV SWITCHBOARD
(N) 208V
PANELBOARD
(N) 480V:208V
TRANSFORMER
(E) STEEL BAR JOIST
CONDUIT CLAMPS
3" OR 2-1/2" CONDUIT
HINGED BEAM CLAMP
(Ø1/2" THRD. ROD)
CHANNEL
NTS6SUSPENDED CONDUIT MOUNTING
VERTICAL CONDUIT RACK DETAIL
GROUND
3 1/2"
8"
2 3/4"
8".
NTS3
STRUT CHANNEL
(2) 1-5/8" 12 GAUGE GALVANIZED STEEL CHANNEL
W/ 9/16"x1-1/8" SLOTS 2" ON CENTER
1" OR 1-1/4" CONDUIT ENTRANCE TO PANEL
PROVIDE FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT FROM EMT CONDUIT
RACK TO PANEL. FMC CONDUIT LENGTH SHALL BE LESS
THAN 4'0". IF DISTANCE IS GREATER, PROVIDE REQUIRED
SUPPORTS.
PROVIDE UL LISTED RAINTIGHT CONDUIT HUB CONNECTION
AT PANEL CONNECTION, PROVIDE APPROPRIATE SIZE
KNOCKOUT AS REQUIRED. MAINTAIN NEMA 3R RATING FOR
PANEL ENCLOSURE.
POST BASE
6" x 6" x 3-1/2"H
3-1/2" WEDGE ANCHOR 5/8" x 3-1/2"
STAINLESS STEEL WITH 2" THREAD LENGTH
W/ WASHER AND NUT
208V PANELBOARD
GROUND
600A OR 800A PANELBOARD RACK
NTS1EQUIPMENT CONDUIT ROUTING PROFILE VIEW
NTS2
UL SYSTEM #C-AJ-1001
CONCRETE WALL
METAL PIPE OR CONDUIT
1/4" (6MM) MIN. BEAD OF
CP 25N/S CAULK
METAL SLEEVE
DAMMING MATERIAL
CONDUIT PENETRATION-CONCRETE WALL
NTS7
NTS8CONDUIT SUPPORT
CONCRETE CEILING,
WALL, OR COLUMN
CONDUIT
OPTION 1
UNISTRUT 2-HOLE
CONDUIT STRAP
(TYPICAL)
3/8" HILTI KWIK-BOLT
TZ ANCHORS.
ESR-1917.
DETAIL 4
DETAIL 8
DETAIL 6
DETAIL 3 DETAIL 1
CONDUIT SUPPORT
REQUIRED EVERY 10'
WHETHER ON WALL,
CEILING, COLUMN
OR STRUT RACK.
OPTION 2
CONDUIT HANGAR STRUT
CLAMP, MIN 12 GAUGE, HDG,
TYP.
1-1/2" X 1-1/2'" KINDORF
UNISTRUT OR EQUAL
1-1/2" X 1-1/2'" KINDORF
UNISTRUT OR EQUAL
FOR SOLID MASONRY OR
CONCRETE USE MINIMUM 3/8"
LAG BOLTS AND SHIELDS.
MINIMUM 2 PER CHANNEL.
FOR HOLLOW MANSONRY USE
MINIMUM 3/8" TOGGLE BOLTS.
MINIMUM 2 PER CHANNEL.
SURFACE EQUIPMENT MOUNTING
NTS5 LVSB-1 FRONT VIEW - PULL SECTION
NTS4
MAIN
GENERATOR
CONTRACTOR TO REMOVE
SIDE PANEL AND/OR OTHER
BARRIERS TO ATTACH PULL
SECTION
MAIN LUGS TO
BE 20" AFF
DISTRIBUTION
NEW PULL
SECTION
AMAZON
PROVIDED
FINISHED FLOOR
FINISHED FLOOR
CONDUIT
PENETRATION
THROUGH EXTERIOR
WALL.
DETAIL 5 & 7
DETAIL 4
DETAIL 8
NO GENERATOR IS TO BE
INSTALLED UNDER THIS
DESIGN. GENERATOR
CONNECTION MUST BE PER
FUTURE PERMIT.
C
PH:
RE
V
I
S
I
O
N
DA
T
E
2/
1
9
/
2
5
Ci
t
y
o
f
C
a
r
l
s
b
a
d
C
o
m
m
e
n
t
s
A
45
0
L
A
M
B
E
R
T
A
V
E
,
P
A
L
O
A
L
T
O
,
C
A
9
4
3
0
6
(8
8
8
)
3
4
2
-
7
3
8
3
ORIGINAL SIZE 24"X36"
REV:
PROJ:
DL
X
8
E
L
E
C
T
R
I
C
V
E
H
I
C
L
E
C
H
A
R
G
I
N
G
S
T
A
T
I
O
N
S
51
5
E
A
S
T
D
Y
E
R
R
O
A
D
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
7
BSE14-2
DLX8_EV_OSP
ALEXANDER SHORTS
PROFESSIONA L ENGINEER
ELECTRICALSTATE OF CALIFORNIA
E 21782
7/
1
4
/
2
5
Ut
i
l
i
t
y
t
r
e
n
c
h
p
a
t
h
B
10/22/25
SS
B
J
U
p
s
i
z
e
,
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r
s
e
c
t
i
o
n
C
9/
2
2
/
2
5
ELECTRICAL DETAILS
E4.0
IFP C
APPROVED BACKFILL
DETECTABLE
WARNING TAPE
(E) GRADE
NTS5MV TRENCH THROUGH SOIL
FINISHED GRADE
MIN 24" COVER
8-12" DEPTH
CONDUIT TODOWNSTREAMCHARGERS
CONDUIT FROM
SOURCE
1. CONTRACTOR SHALL ADJUST THE DEPTH OF THE ELECTRICAL DUCTS AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN THE MINIMUM
COVER REQUIREMENT INDICATED AND AVOID EXISTING UTILITIES.
2. MINIMUM COVER REQUIREMENTS TO BE FOLLOWED PER THE NEC GUIDELINE COVER REQUIRMENTS IN 300.5.
3. ONE WARNING TAPE PER 24" WIDTH OF TRENCH. TO BE DETECTABLE WITH THE PHRASE "CAUTION, BURIED
ELECTRICAL LINES". MAX HORIZONTAL DISTANCE OF 24" BETWEEN WARNING TAPE.
4. BACKFILL SHALL BE NATIVE BACKFILL DEVOID OF ORGANIC MATERIAL AND OBJECTS AND ROCKS LARGER THAN
3/4" DIAMETER. BACKFILL IN 8" MAX LIFTS AND COMPACTED TO 90% MAX DRY DENSITY.
5. NUMBER AND SIZE OF CONDUITS IN EACH TRENCH PER CIRCUIT DETAIL IS SHOWN AS EXAMPLES. INFER
QUANTITIES AND SIZE PER CIRCUIT SCHEDULES.
6. INSTALL CONDUIT BUSHINGS BEFORE PULLING CONDUCTORS TO AVOID DAMAGE
7. ALL UNDERGROUND CONDUIT SHALL BE SCH 40 OR 80 PVC.
8. ALL CROSSINGS OF EXISTING UNDERGROUND UTILITY LINES REQUIRES BOTH A 12" MINIMUM CLEARANCE BOTH
HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL. MAINTAIN CONDUIT COVER REQUIREMENTS.
TRENCHING NOTES
PEDESTAL BASE PLATE, TYP.
GROUND
LV CHARGER MOUNTED
TO PEDESTAL
PEDESTAL, 4"x4" OR
SIMILAR
CONDUIT RACK AND LV2 CHARGER
NTS4
NTS1NTS2CHARGER CONNECTION DETAIL1-1/4" COMBINATION CONDUIT BODY
1-1/4" COMBINATION TYPE "T" CONDUIT BODY.
1-1/4" LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT TO
CHARGER.
LEVEL 2 CHARGER, TYP.
CHARGER PEDESTAL
1" LIQUID TIGHT FLEXIBLE
METAL CONDUIT TO
CHARGER
1" EMT CONDUIT FROM
SOURCE PANEL W/ (2)
208V, 1PH, 60A CIRCUITS
1" EMT CONDUIT TO
DOWNSTREAM CHARGERS
COMBINATION TYPE 'T' CONDUIT BODY. (OR
SIMILAR).
CONDUIT BODY SHALL BE RATED FOR MAXIMUM
NUMBER AND SIZE OF CONDUCTORS ALLOWED
WITHIN CONDUIT BODY PER NEC 314.28(A)
THROUGH (E)
1" INSULATED LIQUID-TIGHT STRAIGHT
COMPRESSION CONNECTOR WITH THREADED
MALE CONNECTION TO EATON 'TB37' CONDUIT
BODY. (TYPICAL OF 3 CONNECTIONS)
APPROVED BACKFILL
DETECTABLE
WARNING TAPE
(E) GRADE
NTS
MV TRENCH THROUGH PARKING AREAS
FINISHED GRADE
(N) ASPHALT SURFACE
AND REPAIR PER CIVIL
DETAILS
MIN 24" COVER
8-12" DEPTH
3
EPO DISCONNECT - SITE PLACARD
NTS6
PH:
RE
V
I
S
I
O
N
DA
T
E
2/
1
9
/
2
5
Ci
t
y
o
f
C
a
r
l
s
b
a
d
C
o
m
m
e
n
t
s
A
45
0
L
A
M
B
E
R
T
A
V
E
,
P
A
L
O
A
L
T
O
,
C
A
9
4
3
0
6
(8
8
8
)
3
4
2
-
7
3
8
3
ORIGINAL SIZE 24"X36"
REV:
PROJ:
DL
X
8
E
L
E
C
T
R
I
C
V
E
H
I
C
L
E
C
H
A
R
G
I
N
G
S
T
A
T
I
O
N
S
51
5
E
A
S
T
D
Y
E
R
R
O
A
D
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
7
BSE14-2
DLX8_EV_OSP
ALEXANDER SHORTS
PROFESSIONA L ENGINEER
ELECTRICALSTATE OF CALIFORNIA
E 21782
7/
1
4
/
2
5
Ut
i
l
i
t
y
t
r
e
n
c
h
p
a
t
h
B
9/22/25
SS
B
J
U
p
s
i
z
e
,
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r
s
e
c
t
i
o
n
C
9/
2
2
/
2
5
ELECTRICAL
DETAILS
E4.1
IFP
EMERGENCY POWER OFF SWITCH
EV CHARGERS
POWER WILL BE DISCONNECTED VIA THIS SWITCH AT THE MAIN
BREAKER WITHIN THE EV DISTRIBUTION SWITCHBOARD
EV SWITCHBOARD,
MAIN BREAKER
DISCONNECTION
LOCATION
EPO SWITCH
(YOU ARE HERE)
FRONT OF BUILDING
ELECTRICAL
ROOM
INTERIOR PARKING
C
1
NOTES:
ENCLOSURE1
GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR TO BE BONDED TO 5/8" X 8'-0"
COPPER CLAD GROUND ROD PER NEC 250.52(A)(5), 250.53(A), AND 250.68.
(TYPICAL)
PROVIDE MAIN BONDING JUMPER PER NEC 250.24(1)(4), 250.28(C), AND
250.8(7).
REFER TO SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM ON SHEET E3.0 FOR EQUIPMENT
GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SIZING.
DXL8-MV-SWGR-1
1
A. GROUNDING SCHEMATIC TO BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH SINGLE LINE.
REFER TO SHEET E2.0 FOR EQUIPMENT CONDUCTOR SIZING.
2
GND.
DXL8-XFMR-1
GND.
DXL8-LVSB-1480/277V, 4W, 3PH SWITCHBOARD
GROUNDING
SYSTEM
3/0AWG CU
1
GND.
DISTRIBUTIONINCOMING
GND.
GND.
DSD5-LV-PNL-XX (208V)
GND.
TYPICAL 208V PANEL
REFER TO SITE PLANS
FOR QUANTITIES
DSD5-LV-XFMR-XX480V-208Y/120V
DXL8-PNL-9
GND.
TYPICAL L3 CHARGER
(480V)
GND
TYPICAL L2 CHARGER
(208V)
GND.
GROUNDING
ELECTRODE
2
NE
U
T
.
NE
U
T
.
NE
U
T
.
3
3 3
3
3 3
3
GROUND BUSHING
WITH LISTED LAY IN
LUGLOCKNUT
COMPRESSION
FITTING
METAL CONDUIT
CONDUCTORS
EQUIPMENT
GROUNDING
CONDUCTOR
ENCLOSURE
CONTINUOUS
GROUND STRIP
INSULATION AT LUG
REBAR MUST BE AT MINIMUM 20'
CONTINUOUS. EXTEND REBAR USING
STEEL TIE WIRES OR WELDING PER
NEC 250.52(3)(1)
GROUNDING ELECTRODE
CONDUCTOR (GEC) TO GROUND
BAR IN EQUIPMENT
CONCRETE EQUIPMENT PAD
2" MIN
A MINIMUM OF 2" CONCRETE
ENCASEMENT REQUIRED FOR
ELECTRODE
NTS2CONCRETE ENCASED ELECTRODE
MV EQUIPMENT PADS
BOND EQUIPMENT GROUNDING
ELECTRODE (EGC) TO
TRANSFORMER
BOND GEC TO CONCRETE ELECTRODE
USING LISTED REBAR GROUNDING
CONNECTOR. GEC AND OR SPLICED REBAR
TO BE 20' CONTINUOUS
BURY GROUND RING TO A MINIMUM DEPTH OF 30".
MIN OF 2 AWG BARE COPPER. SIZE TO BE PER THE
NEC 250.66(C)
ALL WIRE, CONNECTORS, RODS, AND OTHER GROUNDING
EQUIPMENT SHALL BE LISTED FOR DIRECT BURIAL AND LISTED FOR
USE IN GROUNDING SYSTEMS.
ATTACHMENT TO GEC, USE TEST
WELL.
NTS1MV TRANSFORMER GROUND RING
NTS3480:208 TRANSFORMER GROUNDING
1. ALL GROUNDING/BONDING CONNECTIONS NOT TERMINATED INSIDE EQUIPMENT SHALL BE MADE USING IRREVERSIBLE COMPRESSION OR EXOTHERMIC CONNECTIONS
OR OTHER UL LISTED NEC COMPLIANT MEANS.
2. ALL METAL EQUIPMENT, ENCLOSURES, CONDUITS, CABINETS, BOXES, AND RECEPTACLES SHALL BE BONDED TO THE GROUNDING SYSTEM. BOND EXTERIOR METALLIC
CONDUITS, INCLUDING THOSE INTERRUPTED BY HANDHOLES, NON-METALLIC JUNCTIONS, OR TRANSITIONS, TO MAINTAIN ELECTRICAL CONTINUITY. WHERE METAL
CONDUITS TERMINATE IN ENCLOSURES WITHOUT CONTINUITY, PROVIDE A BONDING JUMPER FROM THE ENCLOSURE GROUND BUS TO THE CONDUIT.
3. ALL GROUNDING ELECTRODES SHALL CONSIST OF COPPER OR COPPERCLAD DRIVEN GROUND RODS NO SMALLER THAN 5/8” X 8' AND HAVE RESISTANCE TO EARTH OF
25 OHMS OR LESS. IF RESISTANCE OF 25 OHMS OR LESS TO EARTH CANNOT BE ACHIEVED, THEN A SUPPLEMENTAL ELECTRODE SHALL BE DRIVEN AS PER NEC 250.53. IF
MULTIPLE GROUND RODS ARE DRIVEN, THEY SHALL BE SPACED NOT LESS THAN 6 FT APART.
4. CONTRACTOR SHALL GROUND ALL EQUIPMENT ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS AND PER NEC.
5. PROPERLY SIZED EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTORS SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH ALL RACEWAYS AND CABLE CONVEYANCES. METALLIC RACEWAY AND CONDUIT
CONNECTORS SHALL NOT BE CONSIDERED ADEQUATE GROUNDING. GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SIZES PROVIDED ON CIRCUIT SCHEDULE.
6. SYSTEMS OVER 1000V ARE TO BE GROUNDED AS PER NEC 250.180
7. THE SIZE OF THE GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR AND BONDING JUMPER(S) FOR CONNECTION OF GROUNDING ELECTRODES PER NEC TABLE 250.66
8. EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTORS AS PER NEC TABLE 250.122. THE EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTORS SHALL NOT BE REQUIRED TO BE LARGER THAN THE
CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS SUPPLYING THE EQUIPMENT.
GROUNDING NOTES
GROUNDING DIAGRAM
GROUNDING DIAGRAM NOTES
MAIN BONDING JUMPER
NTS5CONDUIT BODY GROUNDING
SYSTEM WITH GROUND BUS + NEUTRAL BUS
NTS6
MIN #750KCMIL
AWG CU
GROUNDING ELECTRODE
CONDUCTOR
MAIN GROUND BUS
EQUIPMENT GROUND BUS
NEUTRAL BUS
BOND TO ENCLOSURE
MIN 3/0 AWG CU
SERVICE EQPT ENCLOSURE
NTS4MAIN BUILDING GROUND BUS ASSEMBLY
INSULATOR
TWO HOLE LUG
EXOTHERMIC WELD
CABLE TO LUG
FINISHED FLOOR
CONDUIT & GROUND
CONDUCTOR TO
GROUNDING
ELECTRODE
CONDUIT &
GROUND
CONDUCTOR
BUSHING
GROUND
CONDUCTOR
18"
2"
12"
(2) 3/8" x 2-1/2"
MACHINE BOLTS WITH
WASHER MOUNTED
ON STUDS.
SBJ
PRIMARY WINDING
DRY TYPE TRANSFORMER
A B C
277/480V
X1 X2
X3
120/208V
SECONDARY WINDING
GND.
XO
H1
H2
H3
SSBJ
CONTINUOUS GREEN
GROUND CONDUCTOR
(SSBJ) SIZED PER NEC
TABLE 250.102(C)(1).
SEE GROUNDING
DIAGRAM
N
EGC
SEE SLD GEC
800A PNL: #2/0 AWG CU
600A PNL: #1/0 AWG CU
208/120V
SSBJ
SBJ - SYSTEM BONDING JUMPER
600A PNL: 2/0 AWG CU
800A PNL: 2/0 AWG CU
GEC
GEC TO BOND TO EXISTING BUILDING
STEEL THAT IS BONDED TO THE
EXISTING GROUNDING ELECTRODE
SYSTEM. BOND THE GEC TO OTHER
GROUNDING ELECTRODES WHERE
AVAILABLE PER NEC 250.64(F).
PH:
RE
V
I
S
I
O
N
DA
T
E
2/
1
9
/
2
5
Ci
t
y
o
f
C
a
r
l
s
b
a
d
C
o
m
m
e
n
t
s
A
45
0
L
A
M
B
E
R
T
A
V
E
,
P
A
L
O
A
L
T
O
,
C
A
9
4
3
0
6
(8
8
8
)
3
4
2
-
7
3
8
3
ORIGINAL SIZE 24"X36"
REV:
PROJ:
DL
X
8
E
L
E
C
T
R
I
C
V
E
H
I
C
L
E
C
H
A
R
G
I
N
G
S
T
A
T
I
O
N
S
51
5
E
A
S
T
D
Y
E
R
R
O
A
D
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
7
BSE14-2
DLX8_EV_OSP
ALEXANDER SHORTS
PROFESSIONA L ENGINEER
ELECTRICALSTATE OF CALIFORNIA
E 21782
7/
1
4
/
2
5
Ut
i
l
i
t
y
t
r
e
n
c
h
p
a
t
h
B
9/22/25
SS
B
J
U
p
s
i
z
e
,
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r
s
e
c
t
i
o
n
C
9/
2
2
/
2
5
GROUNDING
DETAILS
E4.2
IFP C
PH:
RE
V
I
S
I
O
N
DA
T
E
2/
1
9
/
2
5
Ci
t
y
o
f
C
a
r
l
s
b
a
d
C
o
m
m
e
n
t
s
A
45
0
L
A
M
B
E
R
T
A
V
E
,
P
A
L
O
A
L
T
O
,
C
A
9
4
3
0
6
(8
8
8
)
3
4
2
-
7
3
8
3
ORIGINAL SIZE 24"X36"
REV:
PROJ:
DL
X
8
E
L
E
C
T
R
I
C
V
E
H
I
C
L
E
C
H
A
R
G
I
N
G
S
T
A
T
I
O
N
S
51
5
E
A
S
T
D
Y
E
R
R
O
A
D
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
7
BSE14-2
DLX8_EV_OSP
ALEXANDER SHORTS
PROFESSIONA L ENGINEER
ELECTRICALSTATE OF CALIFORNIA
E 21782
7/
1
4
/
2
5
Ut
i
l
i
t
y
t
r
e
n
c
h
p
a
t
h
B
9/22/25
SS
B
J
U
p
s
i
z
e
,
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r
s
e
c
t
i
o
n
C
9/
2
2
/
2
5
EQUIPMENT
CUTSHEETS
E5.0
IFP
LEVEL 3 - 480V CHARGER
CHARGER SELECTION MAY VARY AT TIME OF INSTALL
DEPENDING ON EQUIPMENT AVAILABILITY WITH AMAZON
APPROVED EQUAL. THE KVA SIZE SHALL BE EQUAL TO OR LESS
THAN THE DESIGNED KVA SIZE WITHIN THE PLANS.
LEVEL 2 - 208V CHARGER
CHARGER SELECTION MAY VARY AT TIME OF INSTALL
DEPENDING ON EQUIPMENT AVAILABILITY WITH AMAZON
APPROVED EQUAL. THE KVA SIZE SHALL BE EQUAL TO OR LESS
THAN THE DESIGNED KVA SIZE WITHIN THE PLANS.C
EV
CHARGING
ONLY
CL 18"18"
COUNTER
GP-5
9
4
6
6
PAP
E
R
T
O
W
E
L
DISP
E
N
S
E
R
CL 18"18"
COUNTER
GP-
5
9
4
6
6
PAPE
R
T
O
W
E
L
DISP
E
N
S
E
R
EV
CHARGING
ONLY
EV
CHARGING
ONLY
EV
CHARGING
ONLY
EV
CHARGING
ONLY
PH:
RE
V
I
S
I
O
N
DA
T
E
45
0
L
A
M
B
E
R
T
A
V
E
,
P
A
L
O
A
L
T
O
,
C
A
9
4
3
0
6
(8
8
8
)
3
4
2
-
7
3
8
3
ORIGINAL SIZE 24"X36"
REV:
PROJ:
DL
X
8
E
L
E
C
T
R
I
C
V
E
H
I
C
L
E
C
H
A
R
G
I
N
G
S
T
A
T
I
O
N
S
51
5
E
A
S
T
D
Y
E
R
R
O
A
D
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
,
C
A
9
2
7
0
7
BSE14-2
DLX8_EV_OSP
ALEXANDER SHORTS
PROFESSIONA L ENGINEER
ELECTRICALSTATE OF CALIFORNIA
E 21782
DEMO PLAN
G1.0
IFP
LEGEND
1" = 30'-0"
DEMO PLAN
CURRENT EV STALL LOCATION
ALL LOACTIONS SHOWN ARE REFLECTED
WITHIN THIS PLAN SET.
GENERAL NOTES
A. REFER TO SHEET G0.0, E0.1 & E0.2 FOR ELECTRICAL NOTES.
B. INSTALLER TO FIELD VERIFY ALL SITE CONDITIONS PRIOR TO STARTING
WORK.
C. INSTALLER TO FIELD VERIFY EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS PRIOR TO
INSTALLATION.
D. INSTALLER TO COORDINATE CONDUIT ROUTING WITH ALL
UNDERGROUND UTILITIES AND EXISITING UNDERGROUND LINES.
F. WHERE CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS ARE SPLICED WITHIN A BOX, ALL
ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTORS SHALL BE
CONNECTED WITHIN THE BOX OR TO THE BOX AS PER 250.148.
G. SPLICES, SPLICING DEVICES, PULL BOXES AND HANDHOLE
ENCLOSURES SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC ARTICLE
314. ENCLOSURES SHALL REQUIRE A TOOL TO OPEN.
H. REFER TO CIVIL SHEETS FOR ALL BOLLARD DETAILS AND ASSOCIATED
DIMENSIONS.
I. ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT TO BE PAD MOUNTED. NEW PAD SHALL BE
MINIMUM 6" HIGH. EDGE OF PAD SHALL EXTEND 6" BEYOND EQUIPMENT
FRAME MIN. CHAMFER ALL OUTSIDE CORNERS. REFER TO ELECTRICAL
DETAILS AND CIVIL PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.
(E) CONCRETE WHEEL STOPS AND VEHICLE
PROTECTION BOLLARDS ARE PRESENT IN
THESE AREAS. THEY ARE TO BE REMOVED
AND/OR RECONFIGURED TO ALIGN WITH THE
PROTECTION DESIGN ON E1.1
(E) CONCRETE WHEEL STOPS AND VEHICLE
PROTECTION BOLLARDS ARE PRESENT IN
THESE AREAS. THEY ARE TO BE REMOVED
AND/OR RECONFIGURED TO ALIGN WITH THE
PROTECTION DESIGN ON E1.1
(E) STALLS AND WALKING PATHWAY TO BE
RESTRIPED TO ALLOW FOR NEW
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND
CLEARANCES. SEE E1.1
DEMOLITION NOTES
THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH THE UTILITY PROVIDERS TO
IDENTIFY AND VERIFY ALL EXISTING BURIED AND AERIAL UTILITIES WITHIN
OR NEAR THE CONSTRUCTION SITE PRIOR TO COMMENCING WORK.
FUTURE EV PANEL TO BE REMOVED TO
ALLOW FOR SWITCHBOARD INSTALLATION
0
LC Designs
2205 E Dory St
Goddard, KS 67052
www.lcdesigns.us
316-816-0771
STRUCTURAL CALCULATION PACKAGE FOR
DLX8 – AMAZON ENERGY EV
PREPARED IN PARTNERSHIP WITH:
BARRETT CROOK
KITTYHAWK ENGINEERING
POST-INSTALLED ANCHOR NOTES
1. DESIGN CRITERIA IS BASED ON THE CONTROLLING GEOGRAPHICAL LOADINGS CONSIDERING
CLIENT-PROVIDED PROJECT LOCATIONS IN THE UNITED STATES.
2.THE DESIGN CRITERIA PERTAINING TO EACH SPECIFIC SITE WILL DIFFER FROM THE DESIGN CRITERIA
LISTED BELOW. THE DESIGN CRITERIA LISTED BELOW IS CONSERVATIVE RELATIVE TO THE SITE SPECIFIC
DESIGN WITH THE CONSIDERATION OF PROJECT GENERAL NARRATIVE AND REQUIREMENTS OF NOTE 4,
ABOVE.
3.BUILDING CODE:
2021 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE
4.DESIGN LOADS
RISK CATEGORY = II
DEAD LOAD:
SELF WEIGHT OF MATERIAL
WIND:
DESIGN WIND SPEED (3 SEC. GUST) = 96 MPH (ULTIMATE)
WIND EXPOSURE = C
SEISMIC:
SEISMIC IMPORTANCE FACTOR, IE = 1.0
MAPPED SPECTRAL RESPONSE ACCELERATION PARAMETERS:
SS = 1g
SI = 0.354g
SITE CLASS = D, DEFAULT
DESIGN SPECTRAL RESPONSE ACCELERATION PARAMETERS:
SDS = 0.733g
SDI = N/Ag
SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY = D
RESPONSE MODIFICATION COEFFICIENT (Ra) = 3.0
FROST DEPTH = 0"
1.UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED ON PLANS, POST-INSTALLED ANCHORS SHOULD CONSIST OF THE FOLLOWING ANCHOR TYPES,
OR APPROVED EQUAL:
HILTI KH-EZ SS316
2.SUBSTITUTION REQUESTS FOR ALTERNATE PRODUCTS MUST BE APPROVED IN WRITING BY THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OF
RECORD PRIOR TO USE. CONTRACTOR SHOULD PROVIDE CALCULATIONS DEMONSTRATING THAT THE SUBSTITUTED PRODUCT IS
CAPABLE OF ACHIEVING THE PERFORMANCE VALUES OF THE SPECIFIED PRODUCT. SUBSTITUTIONS WILL BE EVALUATED BY
THEIR HAVING AN ICC ESR SHOWING COMPLIANCE WITH THE RELEVANT AND CURRENT BUILDING CODE.
CONCRETE AND REINFORCEMENT
1.CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE SHOULD BE F'C = 4,500 PSI MIN (CLASS F2), W/C = 0.45 MAX, AND TARGET AIR CONTENT OF 6% ± 1.5%,
UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. MAXIMUM AGGREGATE SIZE IS 1".
2.REINFORCING SHOULD CONFORM TO ASTM A615, GRADE 60, Fy = 60,000 PSI.
3.HOOKS AND BENDS FOR REINFORCING BARS SHOULD CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE ADOPTED ACI 318.
4. ALL BEND DIMENSIONS FOR REINFORCING STEEL SHOULD BE OUT-TO-OUT OF BARS. ALL PLACEMENT DIMENSIONS FOR
REINFORCING STEEL SHOULD BE TO CENTER OF BARS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.
5.ALL REINFORCING SHOULD HAVE 2" CLEAR COVER UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.
6.ALL EXPOSED CONCRETE CORNERS SHOULD BE CHAMFERED3 4".
7. TRIM ALL REINFORCING 2" CLEAR OF OPENINGS. USE #4X4 CENTERED ON CORNER OF OPENINGS.
1. FOUNDATIONS ARE DESIGNED USING PRESUMPTIVE SOIL VALUES IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE 2021 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING
CODE.
2. ALL FOOTING EXCAVATIONS SHOULD BE INSPECTED BY THE GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER PRIOR TO PLACING CONCRETE.
3.IBC PRESUMPTIVE VERTICAL BEARING CAPACITY:1,500PSF
4. IBC PRESUMPTIVE LATERAL BEARING CAPACITY: 100 PCF
5.CONTRACTOR SHOULD ENGAGE A GEOTECHNICAL TESTING LABORATORY LICENSED IN THE STATE OF THE PROJECT TO CONFIRM
SOIL PREPARATION AND SPECIFY PROCEDURES AND SPECIFY COMPACTING REQUIREMENTS NECESSARY TO OBTAIN THE DESIGN
SOIL PROPERTIES. IT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO CONTACT ENGINEER OF RECORD IF ASSUMED SOIL
PROPERTIES CANNOT BE OBTAINED ON SITE.
FOUNDATIONS
1.THESE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS ARE SPECIFICALLY APPLICABLE TO FOUNDATIONS SUPPORTING THE COMPONENTS LISTED
BELOW. THE INFORMATION IN THIS TABLE MAY VARY DEPENDING ON FINAL CLIENT PROCUREMENT DECISIONS. CONTRACTOR AND
CLIENT TO CONFIRM FINAL PROCUREMENT SELECTIONS WITH ENGINEER PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION.
2.EQUIPMENT YIELDING MAXIMUM EQUIVALENT UNIFORM AREA LOAD WAS USED IN DESIGN OF EQUIPMENT PADS.
3.FOUNDATION DESIGN IS BASED ON THE DESIGN CRITERIA.
4.IF THE PROJECT IS LOCATED IN AN AREA CLASSIFIED AS SITE CLASS E OR F, A SITE-SPECIFIC GEOTECHNICAL ANALYSIS IS
REQUIRED AND THE ENGINEER OF RECORD SHOULD BE CONTACTED IMMEDIATELY.
5.THE CONTRACTOR'S SCOPE OF WORK FOR THIS PROJECT SHOULD INCLUDE ALL COORDINATION, MATERIALS, LABOR, AND
OVERHEAD NECESSARY FOR COMPLETION OF THE FOLLOWING:
A. ALL STRUCTURES ARE DESIGNED TO ACT AS A STRUCTURAL UNIT UPON COMPLETION. CONTRACTOR SHOULD DESIGN AND
PROVIDE NECESSARY BRACING, TEMPORARY SUPPORTS, AND SHORING TO RESIST FORCES ON THE STRUCTURE DURING
CONSTRUCTION.
B. VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND ELEVATIONS PRIOR TO STARTING WORK. NOTIFY THE ENGINEER OF ANY DISCREPANCIES.
C. VERIFY LOCATIONS OF ALL EXISTING UTILITIES PRIOR TO STARTING WORK.
D. CONTRACTOR MUST EXERCISE EXTREME CARE DURING THE EXCAVATION AND CONSTRUCTION FOR NEW STRUCTURE TO
AVOID DAMAGE TO EXISTING STRUCTURES. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING ALL MEANS AND METHODS
REQUIRED TO FACILITATE CONSTRUCTION OF THE WORK AND ENSURING THE SAFETY, STABILITY AND INTEGRITY OF
ADJACENT STRUCTURES AND FACILITIES.
E. CONTRACTOR MUST ENGAGE A GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER TO FIELD VERIFY SOIL PARAMETERS NOTED IN THE FOUNDATION
NOTES AND CONCRETE CLASS NOTED UNDER CONCRETE NOTES.DESIGN CRITERIA:
PROJECT GENERAL NARRATIVE AND REQUIREMENTS:
COMPONENT NAME COMPONENT DIMENSIONS
(WxHxD, FT)
COMPONENT WEIGHT
(LBS)
EQUIVALENT UNIFORM
AREA LOAD (PSF)
SWITCHGEAR 19'-6"x8'-9"x6'-0"17,900 152.99
MV TAP SWITCH 8'-8 1/2"x4'-8 1 2"x6'-4 1/2"6,400 115.43
MV TRANSFORMER 6'-0"x6'-1"x8'-3"14,500 292.93
NOT TO SCALE2FOUNDATION FOR SWITCHGEAR AND MV TRANSFORMER
NOT TO SCALE1FOUNDATION FOR LV TRANSFORMER AND LVSB
TOP OF FOUNDATION
TOP OF PAD
NOTE:
-FOUNDATION DIMENSIONS ARE BASED ON STANDARD EQUIPMENT SIZING AND WILL
REQUIRE 6" CLEAR FROM EDGE OF EQUIPMENT TO EDGE OF PAD ON ALL SIDES. IF
THE PROCURED EQUIPMENT IS LARGER IN SIZE THAN WHAT THE PAD WILL ALLOW,
ENGINEER OF RECORD SHOULD BE CONTACTED AND LARGER PAD WILL BE
REQUIRED.
-TOP OF EQUIPMENT PAD IS INTENDED TO BE LEVEL. GC TO COORDINATE PAD
EMBEDMENT DEPTH WITH ACTUAL SITE GRADING PLANS.
-SOIL COMPACTION AND SUBBASE REQUIREMENTS TO BE COMPLETED BASED ON
THE LATEST GEOTECHNICAL REPORT WHICH WAS NOT PROVIDED TO THE ENGINEER
AS PART OF THIS DESIGN
10
"
NOTE:
1) WHEN EMBEDDED BOLLARDS ARE REQUIRED PER SITE LAYOUT, BOLLARD TO BE PLACED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH PROVISIONS ON SHEET C5.1 DETAIL 17. FOUNDATIONS TO BE SPACED WITH A MINIMUM OF 6" BETWEEN
EDGE OF FOUNDATION.
14"
NOTE:
1) WHEN EMBEDDED BOLLARDS ARE REQUIRED PER SITE LAYOUT, BOLLARD TO BE PLACED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH PROVISIONS ON SHEET C5.1 DETAIL 17. FOUNDATIONS TO BE SPACED WITH A MINIMUM OF 6" BETWEEN
EDGE OF FOUNDATION.
6"
TYP 2"CLR
TYP.
EQUIPMENT WIDTH + 1'-0"
OR MINIMUM DIMENSIONS PER NOTES
14"
1'-0" TYP.
10
"
EQUIPMENT WIDTH + 1'-0"
OR MINIMUM DIMENSIONS PER NOTES
6"
TYP
1'-0" TYP.
1'-0" TYP.1'-0" TYP.
EQUIPMENT
FREE DRAINING, NON-FROST
SUSCEPTIBLE AGGREGATE
FILL BELOW SPREAD FOOTING
FINISHED
GRADE
FINISHED GRADE
FREE DRAINING, NON-FROST
SUSCEPTIBLE AGGREGATE
FILL BELOW SPREAD FOOTING
EQUIPMENT
#7 AT 6" OC TO BE
CENTERED IN PAD
EACHWAY
#7 AT 6" OC TO BE
CENTERED IN PAD
EACHWAY
2024 LC DESIGNS INTELLECTUALPROPERTY NOTICE:
This drawing is the sole property of LC Designs. Itis loaned to the recipient for his/her confidential use
only; and in consideration of the loan of thisdrawing, the recipient agrees that this drawing shall
not be reproduced, copied, loaned, nor used for anypurpose other than for which it is specifically
intended without the express consent of
LC Designs.
LC Designs, 2205 E Dory St, Goddard, KS 67052316-816-0771
LC Designs
IDBA
R
MEMBER
AMERICAN INSTITUTE of
BUILDING DESIGN
KITTY HAWK ENGINEERING
BARRETT CROOK, PE, LEED AP
5306 MULHOLLAND DRIVE
SUMMERVILLE, SC 29485
252-655-1056
C6.0
LC Designs
2205 E Dory St
Goddard, KS 67052
www.lcdesigns.us
Project Job Ref.
Section Sheet no./rev.
1
Calc. by
L
Date
1/14/2025
Chk'd by Date App'd by Date
SLAB ON GROUND (ACI 360R)
In accordance with Guide to Design of Slab-on-Ground per ACI 360R-10
Tedds calculation version 1.0.03
Design summary
Description Unit Provided Required Utilization Result
Slab thickness in 14 12.26 0.876 PASS
Reinforcement in2 / ft 1.2 0.84 0.698 PASS
14
i
n
Slab foundation-refer to Section 4.1 of ACI 360R
#7@6" each way
Design method
Design method publisher;Portland Cement Association
Materials and site properties
Slab thickness;h = 14 in
Specified compressive strength of concrete;f'c = 6000 psi
Subgrade modulus;k = 100 lb/in3
Loading details
Load location;Interior
Post load;Pp = 20 kips
Safety factor;FS = 2
Plate contact area per post;Aplate = 80 in2
Post specifications
Long spacing;y = 42 in
Short spacing;x = 40 in
42
i
n
40 in
Pp /2 Pp Pp /2 Pp Pp
Slab thickness design
Modulus of rupture of concrete;fr = 9 (f'c 1 psi) = 697.1 psi
Concrete working stress;ft_allow = fr / FS = 348.6 psi
Slab stress / 1000 lb axle load;ft = ft_allow / (Pp / 1 kips) = 17.4 psi
515 EAST DRYER ROAD, SANTA ANA, CA 92707
TRANSFORMER PAD
LC Designs
2205 E Dory St
Goddard, KS 67052
www.lcdesigns.us
Project Job Ref.
Section Sheet no./rev.
2
Calc. by
L
Date
1/14/2025
Chk'd by Date App'd by Date
Required slab thickness (Fig. A1.5);hmin = 12.26 in
hmin / h = 0.876
PASS - Slab thickness is adequate to avoid live load-induced cracks
Crack control options
Reinforcement type;Bar reinforcement
Reinforcement provided;#7@6" each way
Area of reinf. provided;As_prov = 1.2 in2/ft
Minimum area of reinf. required;As_req = 0.005 × h = 0.84 in2/ft
As_req / As_prov = 0.698
PASS - Area of reinforcement exceeds minimum required area
Note - Min. steel is calculated based on 0.5% (PCA 2001) of slab cross section area for crack-width control (8.3)
;
CITY OF SANTA ANA
Planning and Building Agency
Anchor Fastening echnical Guide, Edition 22
3.3.6 KWIK HUS-EZ SCREW ANCHOR
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
KWIK HUS EZ carbon steel anchors
Anchor System
UT
MIZ-,-, X, AA- 'VVVN._ VII.-
Approved
FOR PERMIT ISSUANCE
Master I
Features and Benefits I Date:
OSHA Table 1926.0153 Table 1 complaint
installation when installed with Hilti vacuum
and DRS system or Hilti SafeSetTm hollow drill
Carbon Steel
bit technology
KH-EZ C
1/4" and 3/8"
Easy installation using impact tool or torque
wrench
Product and length identification marks helps
facilitate quality control after installation
Through fixture installation improves
Carbon Steel
productivity and more accurate installation.
1/4" KH-EZ
P, PM, PL
Thread design helps enable quality setting
and exceptional load values in wide variety of
base material strengths.
1/4" diameter available in hex head
countersunk head and pan head styles.
Anchor is fully removable.
Carbon Steel
KH EZ
Anchor diameter is same as drill bit diameter.
1/4"-3/4"
No special diameter bit required.
Suitable for reduced edge distances and
spacing.
Corrosion resistant coating allows for use in
outdoor moderate corrosive environments
Carbon Steel
(KH-EZ CRC only).
KH-EZ CRC
KH- 3/411
3/8"
Installation process allows for adjustability.
• ISM
;zt rlt I
PROFlS
Uncracked Cracked Grout -filled Hollowcore Seismic Design SafeSetTm System Profis Anchor design
concrete concrete concrete masonry concrete Categories A-F with Hollow Drill Bit software
Approvals/Listings
ICC-ES (International Code Council)
ESR-3027 in concrete per ACI 318 Ch. 17 / ACI 355.2/ ICC-ES AC193
ESR-3056 in grout -filled CMU per ICC-ES AC106
City of Los Angeles
City of Los Angeles 2020 LABC Supplement (within ESR-3027 and ESR-3056)
Florida Building Code
2020 FBC w/ HVHZ (within ESR-3027 and ESR-3056)
FM (Factory Mutual)
Pipe hanger components for automatic sprinkler systems for KH-EZ I and KH-EZ E
ANSI/MSS SP-58-2018
Anchors conform to ANSI/MSSP-58-2018. Contact Hilti for more information.
ICC fLA r DBS
DEPARTMENT Of BUILDING ANO 6AEfiY
Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Edition 22 13.0 ANCHORING SYSTEMS 1 3.3.6 KWIK HUS-EZ SCREW ANCHOR 331
Hilti, Inc. 1-800-879-8000 1 en espanol 1-800-879-5000 1 www.hilti.com I Hilti (Canada) Corporation I www.hilti.ca 1 1-800-363-4458
CITY OF SANTA ANA
Planning and Buildi
MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS
Approv
FOR PERMIT IS
Heat treated carbon steel with a minimum zinc coating of 0.0003 inch (8 pm) thick in accordance with DIN EN ISO 4042.
KH-EZ CRC has mechanically deposited zinc coating with a minimum thickness of 0.0021 inch (53 um) in accordance with
ASTM B695, Class 55.
INSTALLATION PARAMETERS
Master ID:
Date:
Table 1 — Hilti KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL, KH-EZ C and KH-EZ CRC specifications
Nominal anchor diameter
Setting
1/4
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
information
Symbol
Units
Head style and coating
Hex, P, PM, PL,
Hex, C head
Hex, C head
Hex head
Hex head
Hex head
C head
(Including CRC)
(Including CRC)
(Including CRC)
(Including CRC)
Nominal bit diameter
dbit
in.
1/4
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
Minimum nominal
h
in.
1-5/8
2-1/2
1-5/8
2-1/8
2-1/2
3-1/4
2-1/4
3
4-1/4
3-1/4
4
5
4
6-1/4
embedment
�m
Minimum effective
ha,
in.
1.18
1.92
1.11
1.54
1.86
2.50
1.50
2.16
3.22
2.39
3.03
3.88
2.92
4.84
embedment
Minimum hole depth
h
in.
2
2-7/8
1-7/8
2-3/8
2-3/4
3-1/2
2-5/8
3-3/8
4-5/8
3-5/8
4-3/8
5-3/8
4-3/8
6-5/8
Minimum fixture hole
d,
in.
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
diameter
Anchor Length = h + t
f
See ordering information
Installation torque concrete'
T,_
ft-lb
18
19
40
45
85
954
(Nm)
(24)
(26)
(54)
(61)
(115)
(129)
Maximum impact wrench
T
ft-lb
157
157
450
137
450
590
590
torque rating concrete
nPa t.m
(Nm)
(213)
(213)
(610)
(186)
(610)
(800)
(800)
Installation torque masonry
ft-Ib
21
22
34
38
70
KH-EZ
(P, PM, PL, C)'
T st
(Nm)
(28)
(30)
(46)
(52)
(95)
Installation torque
ft-lb
20
25
35
45
masonry for
T,i,st
(Nm)
(27)
(34)
(48)
(61)
KH-EZ CRC'
Maximum impact wrench
torque rating masonry for
T
ft-Ib
114
114
332
332
332
332
KH-EZ
mPa t.m
(Nm)
(155)
(155)
(450)
(450)
(450)
(450)
(P, PM, PL, C)2.3
Maximum impact wrench
ft-lb
100
100
332
332
torque rating masonry for
TImP..t.m
(Nm)
(136)
(136)
(450)
(450)
KH-EZ CRC2.3
Wrench size
in.
7/16
9/16
3/4
15/16
1-1/8
1 T. , is the maximum installation torque that may be applied with a torque wrench.
2 Because of variability in measurement procedures, the published torque of an impact tool may not correlate properly with the above setting torques.
Over torquing can damage the base material, anchor and/or reduce its holding capacity.
3 For more information on KH-EZ installed in masonry, see ESR-3056 and Design Information for Masonry in this section.
4 Maximum installation torque in concrete for 3/4-in diameter KH-EZ CRC is 95 ft-lbs. (115 Nni
Figure 1 — Hilti KH-EZ
specifications
do 1Zjl DESIGN INFORMATION IN CONCRETE PER ACI 318
t
ACI 318 Chapter 17 design
The load values contained in this section are Hilti Simplified Design Tables. The
load tables in this section were developed using the Strength Design parameters
hef hnom ho and variables of ESR-3027 and the equations within ACI 318 Chapter 17. For a
detailed explanation of the Hilti Simplified Design Tables, refer to section 3.1.8 of
the North American Product Technical Guide, Volume 2: Anchor Fastening
Technical Guide, Edition 22 (PTG Ed. 21). Data tables from ESR-3027 are not
contained in this section, but can be found at www.icc-es.org or at
dbit �— www.hilti.com.
ng Agency
ed
UANCE
332 Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Edition 22 13.0 ANCHORING SYSTEMS 1 3.3.6 KWIK HUS-EZ SCREW ANCHOR
Hilti, Inc. 1-800-879-8000 1 en espanol 1-800-879-5000 1 www.hilti.com I Hilti (Canada) Corporation I www.hilti.ca 1 1-800-363-4458
Anchor Fastening
CITY OF SANTA ANA
Planning and Building Agency
echnical Guide, Edition 22
Table 2 - Hilti KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL, KH-EZ C and KH-EZ CRC design Stre gth withAforpitedt
failure in uncracked concrete12,3,a FOR PERMIT ISSUANCE
Nominal
Nominal
Tension - (pNn
Sh
ar - J)V,
anchor
Embed.
f � = 2,500 psi
f � = 3,000 psi
f= 4,000 psi
f'� = 6,000 psi
f'� = 2,500 psi
f = 3,000 p i
f= 4.000 psi
f'. = 6,000 psi
diameter
Depth
(17.2 MPa)
(20.7 MPa)
(27.6 MPa)
(41.4 MPa)
(17.2 MPa)
(20.7 MPa)
(27.6 A(1�a)
(41.4 MPa)
in. (mm)
in. (mm)
lb (kN)
I (kN)
lb (kN)
lb (kN)
I (kN)
lb (kN)
a tlg(k
lb (kN)
1-5/8
585
620
675
765
1,075
1,180
Matel,360
1,670
1/4
41
2.6
2.8
3.0
3.4
4.8
5.2
6.0
A
(6.4)
2-1/2
1,525
1,670
1,930
2,365
2,235
2,450
12.6
15.4
64
6.8
.4
8.6
10.5
9.9
10.9
1-5/8
910
1,000
1,155
1,415
980
1,075
1,245
1,520
41
4.0
4.4
5.1
6.3
4.4
4.8
5.5
6.8
2-1/8
1,490
1,635
1,885
2,310
1,605
1,760
2,030
2,485
3/8
54
6.6
.3
8.4
10.3
.1
.8
9.0
11.1
(9.5)
2-1/2
1,980
2,165
2,505
3,065
2,130
2,335
2,695
3,300
64
8.8
9.6
11.1
13.6
9.5
10.4
12.0
14.
3-1/4
3,085
3,375
3,900
4,775
6,640
7,275
8,400
10,290
83
13.7
15.0
17.3
21.2
29.5
32.4
37.4
45.8
2-1/4
1,645
1,800
2,080
2,550
1,770
1,940
2,240
2,745
57
7.3
8.0
9.3
11.3
7.9
8.6
10.0
12.2
1/2
3
2,785
3,050
3,525
4,315
3,000
3,285
3,795
4,645
(12.7)
76
12.4
13.6
15.7
19.2
13.3
14.6
16.9
20.7
4-1/4
5,070
5,555
6,415
7,855
10,920
11,965
13,815
16,920
108
22.6
24.
28.5
34.9
48.6
53.2
61.5
75.3
3-1/4
3,240
3,550
4,100
5,025
3,490
3,825
4,415
5,410
83
14.4
15.8
18.2
22.4
15.5
17.0
19.6
24.1
5/8
4
4,630
5,070
5,855
7,170
9,970
10,920
12,610
15,445
(15.9)
102
20.6
22.6
26.0
31.9
44.3
48.6
56.1
68.
5
6,705
7,345
8,485
10,390
14,445
15,825
18,270
22,380
12
29.8
32.7
37.7
46.2
64.3
70.4
81.3
99.6
4
4,380
4,795
5,540
6,785
9,430
10,330
11,930
14,610
3/4
102
19.5
21.3
24.6
30.2
41.9
45.9
53.1
65.0
(19.1)
6-1/4
9,345
10,235
11,820
14,475
20,125
22,045
25,455
31,175
159
41.6
45.5
52.6
64.4
89.5
98.1
113.2
138.
Table 3 - Hilt! KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL, KH-EZ C and KH-EZ CRC design Strength with concrete/ pullout
failure in cracked concrete' 2,3,4,5
Nominal
Tension - (pN�
Shear - (pV�
anchor
Nominal
f'c = 2,500 psi
f'c = 3,000 psi
f. = 4,000 psi
f'c = 6,000 psi
f= 2,500 psi
f'c = 3,000 psi
f'c = 4,000 psi
f'� = 6,000 psi
diameter
embed.
(17.2 MPa)
(20.7 MPa)
(27.6 MPa)
(41.4 MPa)
(17.2 MPa)
(20.7 MPa)
(27.6 MPa)
(41.4 MPa)
in. (mm)
in. (mm)
lb (kN)
I (kN)
lb (kN)
lb (kN)
I (kN)
lb (kN)
I (kN)
lb (kN)
1-5/8
300
315
345
390
765
835
965
1,180
1/4
41
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.7
3.4
3.7
4.3
5.2
(6.4)
2-1/2
760
830
960
1,175
1,585
1,735
2,000
2,450
64
3.4
3.7
4.3
5.2
.1
8.9
(10.9)
1-5/8
475
520
600
730
695
760
880
1,080
41
2.1
2.3
2.7
3.2
3.1
3.4
3.9
4.8
2-1/8
1,055
1,155
1,335
1,635
1,135
1,245
1,440
1,760
3/8
54
4.
5.1
5.9
7.3
5.0
5.5
6.4
7.8
(9.5)
2-1/2
1,400
1,535
1,775
2,170
1,510
1,655
1,910
2,340
64
6.2
6.8
7.9
9.7
6.
.4
8.5
10.4
3-1/4
2,185
2,390
2,765
3,385
4,705
5,155
5,950
7,285
83
9.7
10.6
12.3
15.1
20.9
22.9
26.5
32.4
2-1/4
1,035
1,135
1,310
1,605
1,115
1,220
1,410
1,725
5
4.6
5.0
5.8
7.1
5.0
5.4
6.3
7.7
1/2
3
1,755
1,920
2,220
2,715
1,890
2,070
2,390
2,925
(12.7)
76
7.8
8.5
9.9
12.1
8.4
9.2
10.6
13.0
4-1/4
3,190
3,495
4,040
4,945
6,875
7,530
8,695
10,650
108
14.2
15.5
18.0
22.0
30.6
33.5
38.7
47.4
3-1/4
2,040
2,235
2,580
3,165
2,200
2,410
2,780
3,405
83
9.1
9.9
11.5
14.1
9.8
10.7
12.4
15.1
5/8
4
3,140
3,510
3,845
4,515
6,760
7,560
8,280
9,725
(15.9)
102
14.0
15.6
17.1
20.1
30.1
33.6
36.8
43.3
5
4,225
4,625
5,340
6,540
9,095
9,965
11,505
14,090
127
18.8
20.6
23.8
29.1
40.5
44.3
51.2
62.7
4
2,755
3,020
3,485
4,270
5,940
6,505
7,510
9,200
3/4
102
12.3
13.4
15.5
19.0
26.4
28.9
33.4
40.9
(19.1)
6-1/4
5,885
6,445
7,440
9,115
12,670
13,880
16,030
19,630
159
26.2
28.
33.1
40.5
56.4
61.7
71.3
87.3
1 See PTG Ed. 21 Section 3.1.8 to convert design strength value to ASD value.
2 Linear interpolation between embedment depths and concrete compressive strengths is not permitted.
3 Apply spacing, edge distance, and concrete thickness factors in Tables 6 through 15 as necessary. Compare to the steel values in Table 4.
The lesser of the values is to be used for the design.
4 Tabular values are for normal weight concrete only. For lightweight concrete mutiply design strength by As as follows:
For sand -lightweight, As = 0.68. For all -lightweight, Aa = 0.60.
5 Tabular values are for static loads only. For seismic tension loads, multiply cracked concrete tabular values in tension by the following reduction factors:
1/4-in diameter by 1-5/8-in nominal embedment depth - ar,,,,, = 0.60
All other sizes - a e9 = 0.75
No reduction neededfor seismic shear. See PTG Ed. 21 Section 3.1.8 for additional information on seismic applications.
Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Edition 22 13.0 ANCHORING SYSTEMS 13.3.6 KWIK HLIS-EZ SCREW ANCHOR 333
Hilti, Inc. 1-800-879-8000 1 en espanol 1-800-879-5000 1 www.hilti.com I Hilti (Canada) Corporation I www.hilti.ca 1 1-800-363-4458
anning and Buildi
CITY OF SANTA ANA
ng Agency
111-11-071
PI
Table 4 - Steel design strength for Hilti KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL, KH-EZ C and KH EZ CRC Appro E
FOR F&WIT I_
Anchor Nominal Tensile 3 Shear 4 shear 5
diameter embedment depth (PN- (PV- (PVsn
in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (Al
1/4 1-5/8 2-1/2 3,945 930 aster 35
(6.4) (41) (64) (17.5) (4.1) Date: (3.7)
1-5/8 2-1/8 5,980 2,200 2,200'
3/8 (41) (54) (26.6) (9.8) (9.8)
(9.5) 2-1/2 3-1/4 6,720 3,110 1,865
(64) (83) (29.9) (13.8) (8.3)
1/2 2-1/4 3 4-1/4 11,780 5,545 3,330
(12.7) (57) (76) (108) (52.4) (24.7) (14.8)
5J8 3-1/4 4 5 15,735 6,735 4,040
(15.9) (83) (102) (127) (70.0) (30.0) (18.0)
3/4 4 6-1/4 20,810 9,995 6,935
(19.1) (102) (159) (92.6) (44.5) (30.8)
1 See PTG Ed. 21 Section 3.1.8 to convert design strength value to ASD value.
2 Hilti KH-EZ anchors are to be considered brittle steel elements.
3 Tensile ¢N_ = ¢ A_ r f., as noted in ACI 318 Chapter 17.
4 Shear values determined by static shear tests with rpVsa < (P 0.60 Ase,V futa as noted in ACI 318 Chapter 17.
5 Seismic shear values determined by seismic shear tests with 4)Vm s cp 0.60 Aga fie as noted in ACI 318 Chapter 17.
See PTG Ed. 21 Section 3.1.8 for additional information on seismic applications.
mm
Figure 2 Anchors not permitted
in shaded area
• + Case 2
n
E
U
Case 1
E
U
Smin,2
sConcrete
Edge
For a specific edge distance,
the permitted spacing is calculated
c�„ at smina
as follows: 0
a
N
+ (Smin,1 - Smin) �C - Cmin,2� design
S Z Smin,2 �C - c in,2 c
min,1 min,z at Smm,z
m
Cd-ign
edge distance c
Table 5 - Hilti KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL, KH-EZ C and KH-EZ CRC specifications'
Nominal anchor diameter
Setting information Symbol Units
1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4
Effective minimum embedment h� in. 1.18 1.92 1.11 1 1.54 1.86 2.50 1.50 2.16 3.22 2.39 3.03 3.88 2.92 4.84
Minimum member thickness hmin in. 3-1/4 4-1/8 3-1/4 3-2/3 4 4-7/8 4-1/2 4-3/4 6-3/4 5 6 7 6 8-1/8
Case 1
C'min,1 In. 1 1.50 1.75
for smin,, >- in. 3 4
Case 2
cminz in. 2 1 2.78 2.63 1 2.75 2.92 3.75 1.75 1 3.63 1 4.57 5.81 1 4.41 1 7.28
in
for sm2 > in. 1.50 2.25 3
1 Linear interpolation is permitted to establish an edge distance and spacing combination between Case 1 and Case 2.
Linear interpolation for a specific edge distance c, where c_1 < c < cmm.z will determine the permissible spacings.
A
UANCE
334 Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Edition 22 13.0 ANCHORING SYSTEMS 13.3.6 KWIK HUS-EZ SCREW ANCHOR
Hilti, Inc. 1-800-879-8000 1 en espanol 1-800-879-5000 1 www.hilti.com I Hilti (Canada) Corporation I www.hilti.ca 1 1-800-363-4458
1 See PTG Ed. 21 Section 3.1.8 to convert design strength value to ASD value.
2 Hilti KH-EZ anchors are to be considered brittle steel elements.
3 Tensile ¢N_ = ¢ A_ r f., as noted in ACI 318 Chapter 17.
4 Shear values determined by static shear tests with rpVsa < (P 0.60 Ase,V futa as noted in ACI 318 Chapter 17.
5 Seismic shear values determined by seismic shear tests with 4)Vm s cp 0.60 Aga fie as noted in ACI 318 Chapter 17.
See PTG Ed. 21 Section 3.1.8 for additional information on seismic applications.
mm
Figure 2 Anchors not permitted
in shaded area
• + Case 2
n
E
U
Case 1
E
U
Smin,2
sConcrete
Edge
For a specific edge distance,
the permitted spacing is calculated
c�„ at smina
as follows: 0
a
N
+ (Smin,1 - Smin) �C - Cmin,2� design
S Z Smin,2 �C - c in,2 c
min,1 min,z at Smm,z
m
Cd-ign
edge distance c
Table 5 - Hilti KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL, KH-EZ C and KH-EZ CRC specifications'
Nominal anchor diameter
Setting information Symbol Units
1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4
Effective minimum embedment h� in. 1.18 1.92 1.11 1 1.54 1.86 2.50 1.50 2.16 3.22 2.39 3.03 3.88 2.92 4.84
Minimum member thickness hmin in. 3-1/4 4-1/8 3-1/4 3-2/3 4 4-7/8 4-1/2 4-3/4 6-3/4 5 6 7 6 8-1/8
Case 1
C'min,1 In. 1 1.50 1.75
for smin,, >- in. 3 4
Case 2
cminz in. 2 1 2.78 2.63 1 2.75 2.92 3.75 1.75 1 3.63 1 4.57 5.81 1 4.41 1 7.28
in
for sm2 > in. 1.50 2.25 3
1 Linear interpolation is permitted to establish an edge distance and spacing combination between Case 1 and Case 2.
Linear interpolation for a specific edge distance c, where c_1 < c < cmm.z will determine the permissible spacings.
A
UANCE
334 Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Edition 22 13.0 ANCHORING SYSTEMS 13.3.6 KWIK HUS-EZ SCREW ANCHOR
Hilti, Inc. 1-800-879-8000 1 en espanol 1-800-879-5000 1 www.hilti.com I Hilti (Canada) Corporation I www.hilti.ca 1 1-800-363-4458
1 Linear interpolation is permitted to establish an edge distance and spacing combination between Case 1 and Case 2.
Linear interpolation for a specific edge distance c, where c_1 < c < cmm.z will determine the permissible spacings.
A
UANCE
334 Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Edition 22 13.0 ANCHORING SYSTEMS 13.3.6 KWIK HUS-EZ SCREW ANCHOR
Hilti, Inc. 1-800-879-8000 1 en espanol 1-800-879-5000 1 www.hilti.com I Hilti (Canada) Corporation I www.hilti.ca 1 1-800-363-4458
Anchor Fastening
CITY OF SANTA ANA
Planning and Building Agency
echnical Guide, Edition 22
Table 6 - Load adjustment factors for 1/4-in. diameter Hilti KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH�EZ PL anApproved
in uncracked concrete12 FOR PERMIT ISSUANCE
Edge distance in
hear
II t
and away
Spacing factor
Edge distance
Spacing factor
Conc. thickness fac-
1/4-in. KH-EZ
in tension
factor in tension
in shear'
_ toward edge
g10v��AI
for in shear
uncracked concrete
fAN
fRN
f av
f Rv
r
J RV.
f 1 11-
In.
1-5/8
2-1/2
1-5/8
2-1/2
1-5/8
2-1/2
1-5/8
2-1/2
1-5
8
=1/2
1-5/8
2-1/2
Embedment h
(mm)
(41)
(64)
(41)
(64)
(41)
(64)
(41)
(64)
(4
1-1/2 (38)
0.71
0.63
0.78
0.65
0.59
0.56
0.40
0.21
0.78
0.42
n/a
n/a
2 (51)
0.78
0.67
1.00
0.77
0.62
0.58
0.61
0.33
1.00
0.65
n/a
n/a
2-1/2 (64)
0.85
0.72
0.90
0.65
0.60
0.86
0.46
0.90
n/a
n/a
3 (76)
0.92
0.76
1.00
0.68
0.62
1.00
0.60
1.00
n/a
n/a
m
3-1/4 (83)
0.96
0.78
0.70
0.63
0.68
0.88
n/a
0
3-1/2 (89)
0.99
0.80
0.71
0.64
0.76
0.92
n/a
4 (102)
1.00
0.85
0.74
0.66
0.92
0.98
n/a
m
4-1/8 (105)
0.86
0.75
0.66
0.97
1.00
0.81
.
ca
4-1/2 (114)
0.89
0.77
0.68
1.00
0.84
N L
� y
5 (127)
0.93
0.80
0.70
0.89
m
5-1/2 (140)
0.98
0.83
0.72
0.93
� c
6 (152)
1.00
0.86
0.74
0.97
Q,
7 (178)
0.92
0.78
1.00
c
E5
co
8 (203)
0.98
0.82
cn
9 (229)
1.00
0.86
10 (254)
1
1
1
1
10.89
11 (279)
0.93
12 (305)
0.97
14 (356)
1.00
Table 7 - Load adjustment factors for 1/4-in. diameter Hilti KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL and KH-EZ C
in cracked concrete',2
Edge distance in shear
II to and away
Spacing factor
Edge distance
Spacing factor
Conc. thickness fac-
1/4-in. KH-EZ
in tension
factor in tension
in shear'
1. toward edge
from edge
for in shear'
cracked concrete
fAN
f RN
f Av
f Rv
f RV
f HV
in.
1-5/8
2-112
1-5/8
2-1/2
1-5/8
2-1/2
1-5/8
2-112
1-5/8
2-1/2
1-5/8
2-1/2
Embedment h
°°m (m m)
(41)
(64)
1 (41)
(64)
1 (41)
(64)
(41)
(64)
(41)
(64)
(41)
(64)
1-1/2 (38)
0.71
0.63
0.88
0.65
0.59
0.56
0.40
0.21
0.80
0.43
n/a
n/a
2 (51)
0.78
0.67
1.00
0.77
0.62
0.58
0.62
0.33
1.00
0.66
n/a
n/a
2-1/2 (64)
0.85
0.72
0.90
0.65
0.60
0.87
0.46
0.90
n/a
n/a
3 (76)
0.92
0.76
1.00
0.68
0.62
1 1.00
0.60
1.00
n/a
n/a
m
3-1/4 (83)
0.96
0.78
0.70
0.63
0.68
0.89
n/a
o
3-1/2 (89)
0.99
0.80
0.71
0.64
0.76
0.92
n/a
4 (102)
1.00
0.85
0.74
0.66
0.93
0.98
n/a
m
4-1/8 (105)
0.86
0.75
0.66
0.97
1.00
0.81
.
m -
4-1/2 (114)
0.89
0.77
0.68
1.00
0.85
N L
a N
5 (127)
1 0.93
0.80
0.70
1
0.89
o) a)
5-1/2 (140)
0.98
0.83
0.72
1 0.93
-d C
c2
6 (152)
1.00
0.86
0.74
0.98
N
a�
7 (178)
0.92
0.78
1.00
c
Ca
8 (203)
0.98
0.82
c)
9 (229)
1.00
0.86
10 (254)
1
1
1
1 0.90
11 (279)
0.94
12 (305)
0.98
14 (356)
1.00
1 Linear interpolation not permitted.
2 When combining multiple load adjustment factors (e.g. for a 4 anchor pattern in a corner with thin concrete member) the design can become very conservative. To optimize the design, use
Hilti PROPS Engineering software or perform anchor calculation using design equations from ACI 318 Chapter 17.
3 Spacing factor reduction in shear, f_ assumes an influence of a nearby edge. If no edge exists, then fAv = fAN.
4 Concrete thickness reduction factor in shear, f. , assumes an influence of a nearby edge. If no edge exists, then f H = 1.0.
If a reduction factor value is in a shaded cell, this indicates that this specific edge distance may not be permitted with a certain spacing (or vice versa).
Check with table 5 and figure 2 of this section to calculate permissable edge distance, spacing and concrete thickness combinations.
Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Edition 22 13.0 ANCHORING SYSTEMS 1 3.3.6 KWIK HUS-EZ SCREW ANCHOR 335
Hilti, Inc. 1-800-879-8000 1 en espanol 1-800-879-5000 1 www.hilti.com I Hilti (Canada) Corporation I www.hilti.ca 1 1-800-363-4458
CITY OF SANTA ANA
111-11-071
Planning and Build
Table 8 - Load Adjustment Factors for 3/8-in. diameter Hilti KH-EZ, KH-EZ C and KH-EZ CRC in uncrackel
',z Approve
Edge distance in shear
FOR
PERMIT IS'
It to and awa
3/8-in. KH-EZ
Spacing factor
Edge distance
Spacing factor
Conc. thickness factor
uncracked
in tension
factor in tension
in shear'
1 toward edge
from edge
in shear ^
concrete
fM
fRN
f.,v
fm
fa
f„r
Embedment in-
1-5/8
2-1/8
2-1/2
3-1/4
1-5/8
2-1/8
2-1/2
3-1/4
1-5/8
2-1/8
2-1/2
3-1/4
1-5/8
2-1/8
2-1/2
3-1/4
1-5/8
2-1/8
2-1/2
lgj�
}/8
2.1/2
3.1/
h (mm)
(41)
(54)
(64)
(83)
(41)
(54)
(64)
(83)
(41)
(54)
(64)
(83)
(41)
(54)
(64)
(83)
(41)
(54)
(64)11
i
e91)
(54)
(64)
(83)
1-1/2 (38)
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
0.58
0.62
0.63
0.57
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
0.49
0.32
0.25
0.08
0.58
0.62
0.5011
0.17
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
2 (51)
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
0.76
0.75
0.75
0.66
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
0.75
0.49
0.38
0.13
0.76
0.75
0.75
2-1/4 (57)
0.84
0.74
0.70
0.65
0.86
0.82
0.81
0.70
0.65
0.62
0.60
0.55
0.90
0.59
0.46
0.16
0.90
0.82
0.81
0.31
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
c
2-1/2 (64)
0.88
0.77
0.72
0.67
0.95
0.91
0.88
0.75
0.67
0.63
0.61
0.55
1.00
0.69
0.54
0.18
1.00
0.91
0.88
0.37
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
t
3 (76)
0.95
0.82
0.77
0.70
1.00
1.00
1.00
1 0.85
0.71
0.661
0.63
1 0.56
1 0.901
0.71
0.24
1
1.00
1.00
0.48
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
3-1/4 (83)
0.99
0.85
0.79
0.72
0.90
0.72
0.67
0.64
0.57
1.00
0.80
0.27
0.54
0.95
n/a
n/a
n/a
3-1/2 (89)
1.00
0.88
0.81
0.73
0.95
0.74
0.68
0.65
0.58
0.89
0.30
0.61
0.98
n/a
n/a
n/a
4 (102)
0.93
0.86
0.77
1.00
0.78
0.71
0.68
0.59
1.00
0.37
0.74
1.00
0.91
0.84
n/a
Y
4-1/2 (114)
0.99
0.901
0.80
0.81
0.73
0.70
0.60
0.44
0.88
0.89
n/a
4-3/4 (121)
1.00
0.93
0.82
0.83
0.75
0.71
0.60
0.48
0.96
0.91
0.639
5 (127)
0.95
0.83
1
0.84
0.76
0.72
0.61
0.52
1
1 1.00
0.94
0.655
6 (152)
1.00
0.90
0.91
0.81
1 0.76
0.63
1
1
0.68
1.00
0.718
cis
7 (178)
0.97
1 0.98
0.86
0.81
1 0.65
0.86
0.775
8 (203)
1.00
1.00
0.91
0.85
0.67
1.00
0.829
m
9 (229)
0.97
0.90
0.69
0.879
a
10 (254)
1 1
1.00
0.94
0.71
0.927
a
11 (279)
0.98
0.74
0.972
12 (305)
1
1
1.00
0.76
1
1
1
1
1
1
1.000
14 (356)
1
0.80
16 (406)
0.84
0
18 (457)
0.89
C/)
20 (508)
0.93
24 (61 OA
1
11.000
Table 9 - Load Adjustment Factors for 3/8-in. diameter Hilti KH-EZ, KH-EZ C and KH-EZ CRC in cracked 1,2
Edge distance in shear
II to and away
3/8-in. KH-EZ
Spacing factor
Edge distance
Spacing factor
Conc. thickness factor
cracked
in tension
factor in tension
in shear'
1 toward edge
from edge
in shear'
concrete
fAN
fRN
fnv
fW
f,
fHv
Embedment in.
1-5/8
2-1/8
2-1/2
3-1/4
1-5/8
2-1/8
2-1/2
3-1/4
1-5/8
2-1/8
2-1/2
3-1/4
1-5/8
2-1/8
2-1/2
3-1/4
1-5/8
2-1/8
2-1/2
3-1/4
1-5/8
2-1/8
2-1/2
3-1/4
h (mm)
(41)
(54)
(64)
(83)
(41)
(54)
(64)
(83)
(41)
(54)
(64)
(83)
(41)
(54)
(64)
(83)
(41)
(54)
(64)
(83)
(41)
(54)
(64)
(83)
1-1/2 (38)
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
0.92
0.74
0.66
0.57
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
0.49
0.32
0.25
0.09
0.92
0.64
0.50
0.17
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
_
2 (51)
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
1.00
0.90
0.79
0.66
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
0.76
0.50
0.39
0.13
1.00
0.90
0.77
0.26
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
E
E
2-1/4 (57)
0.84
0.74
0.70
0.65
1.00
0.98
0.85
0.70
0.66
0.62
0.60
0.55
0.90
0.59
0.46
0.16
1.00
0.98
0.85
0.31
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
2-1/2 (64)
0.88
0.77
0.72
0.67
1.00
1.00
0.92
0.75
0.67
0.63
0.61
0.55
1.00
0.69
0.54
0.18
1.00
1.00
0.92
0.37
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
3 (76)
0.95
1 0.82
0.77
1 0.70
1.00
1 1.00
0.85
0.71
1 0.66
1 0.63
0.56
1.00
0.91
0.71
1 0.24
1 1.00
1.00
1.00
0.48
n/a
n/a
I n/a
n/a
3-1/4 (83)
0.99
0.85
0.79
0.72
0.90
0.73
0.67
0.64
0.57
1.00
0.80
0.27
0.55
0.95
n/a
n/a
n/a
N
u
3-1/2 (89)
1.00
0.88
0.81
0.73
1 0.95
0.74
0.68
0.65
0.58
0.90
0.31
1
1 0.61
0.98
n/a
n/a
n/a
4 102
0.93
0.86
0.77
1.00
0.78
0.71
0.68
0.59
1.00
0.37
0.75
1.00
0.91
0.84
n/a
4-1/2 (114)
0.99
0.90
0.80
0.81
0.73
0.70
0.60
0.44
0.89
0.97
0.89
n/a
4-3/4 (121)
1.00
0.93
0.82
0.83
0.75
0.71
0.60
0.48
0.97
1.00
0.92
0.64
5 (127)
0.95
0.83
0.85
0.76
0.72
0.61
0.52
1.00
0.94
0.66
6 (152)
1
1.00
0.90
0.92
0.81
0.77
0.63
0.69
1.00
0.72
7 (178)
0.97
0.98
0.87
0.81
1 0.65
0.86
1
1
1
1 0.78
8 (203)
1.00
1.00
0.92
1 0.85
0.67
1.00
0.83
y
9 (229)
0.97
1 0.90
0.69
0.88
N
-0
10 (254)
1.00
0.94
0.72
0.93
11 (279)
0.99
0.74
0.97
12 (305)
1.00
0.76
1.00
m
14 (356)
0.80
16 (406)
1 0.85
18 (457)
0.89
rn
20 (508)
0.93
24 610)
11.00
1 Linear interpolation not permitted.
2 When combining multiple load adjustment factors (e.g. for a 4 anchor pattern in a corner with thin concrete member) the design can become very conservative. To optimize the design, use
Hilti Mons Engineering software or perform anchor calculation using design equations from ACI 318-14 Chapter 17.
3 Spacing factor reduction in shear, f AN assumes an influence of a nearby edge. If no edge exists, then J Av= J AN.
4 Concrete thickness reduction factor in shear, f my assumes an influence of a nearby edge. If no edge exists, then f w = 1.0,
0 If a reduction factor value is in a shaded cell, this indicates that this specific edge distance may not be permitted with a certain spacing (or vice versa).
Check table 5 and figure 2 of this section to calculate permissable edge distance, spacing and concrete thickness combinations.
ing Agency
?d
-)UANCE
336 Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Edition 22 13.0 ANCHORING SYSTEMS 13.3.6 KWIK HUS-EZ SCREW ANCHOR
Hilti, Inc. 1-800-879-8000 1 en espanol 1-800-879-5000 1 www.hilti.com I Hilti (Canada) Corporation I www.hilti.ca 1 1-800-363-4458
Anchor Fastening
CITY OF SANTA ANA
Planning and Building Agency
echnical Guide, Edition 22
Table 10 - Load adjustment factors for 1/2-in. diameter Hilti KH-EZ and KH-EZ CRC in uncracked cofilcrete' 2 Approved
Edge distance in shea,
FOR
ERMIT ISSUA
II to
ind away
Spacing factor
Edge distance
Spacing factor
Conc. thickness factor
1/2-in. KH-EZ
in tension
factor in tension
in shear'
1 toward edge
fro
edge
in shear'
uncracked concrete
fAN
fAN
fAv
fW
f RV
f a
Embedment h�o in.
2-1/4
3
4-1/4
2-1/4
3
4-1/4
2-1/4
3
4-1/4
2-1/4
3
4-1/4
2-1/4
4
-1/4
3
4-1/4
m (mm)
(57)
(76)
(108)
(57)
(76)
(108)
(57)
(76)
(108)
(57)
(76)
(108)
(57)
-
E(108)
(57)
(76)
(108)
1-3/4 (44)
n/a
n/a
n/a
0.68
0.57
0.51
n/a
n/a
n/a
0.40
0.25
0.07
0.68
t50"
0.15
n/a
n/a
n/a
E
2 (51)
n/a
n/a
n/a
0.75
0.62
0.54
n/a
n/a
n/a
0.48
0.31
0.09
0.75
E
2-1/2 (64)
n/a
n/a
n/a
0.91
0.71
0.60
n/a
n/a
n/a
0.68
0.43
0.13
0.91
0.71
0.25
n/a
n/a
n/a
3 (76)
0.83
0.73
0.66
1.00
0.81
0.66
0.65
0.61
0.55
0.89
0.56
0.17
1.00
0.81
0.33
n/a
n/a
n/a
3-1/2 (89)
0.88
0.77
0.68
0.93
0.73
0.68
0.63
0.56
1.00
0.71
0.21
0.93
0.42
1 n/a
n/a
n/a
m
4 (102)
0.94
0.81
0.71
1.00
0.80
0.71
0.65
0.57
0.87
0.26
1.00
0.52
n/a
n/a
n/a
Y
4-1/2 (114)
1 0.99
0.85
0.73
1
0.87
0.73
0.67
0.58
1.00
0.31
0.62
0.96
n/a
n/a
L
4-3/4 (121)
1.00
0.87
0.75
0.91
0.74
0.68
0.58
0.33
0.67
0.99
0.85
n/a
m
5 (127)
0.89
0.76
0.95
0.76
0.69
0.58
0.36
0.72
1.00
0.87
n/a
2
6 (152)
0.96
0.81
1.00
0.81
0.73
0.60
0.47
0.95
0.95
n/a
0
6-3/4 (171)
1.00
0.85
0.85
0.76
0.61
1
1 0.57
1
1.00
1.00
0.68
m
7 (178)
0.86
0.86
0.77
0.62
0.60
1
1
1 0.69
y
8 (203)
0.91
0.91
0.80
0.64
0.73
0.73
m
9 (229)
0.97
0.96
0.84
0.65
0.87
0.78
Z5
10 (254)
1.00
1.00
0.88
0.67
1.00
0.82
11 (279)
0.92
0.69
0.86
12 (305)
0.95
0.70
0.90
m
14 (356)
1.00
0.74
0.97
m
16 (406)
0.77
1.00
18 (457)
0.80
u°i
20 (508)
0.84
> 24 (610)
0.91
Table 11 - Load adjustment factors for 1/2-in. diameter Hilti KH-EZ and KH-EZ CRC in cracked concrete' 2
Edge distance in shear
II to and away
Spacing factor
Edge distance
Spacing factor
Conc. thickness factor
1/2-in. KH-EZ
in tension
factor in tension
in shear'
1 toward edge
from edge
in shear'
cracked concrete
fAN
fRN
fnv
f,
fR
fRv
Embedment hiin.
2-1/4
3
4-1/4
2-1/4
3
4-1/4
2-1/4
3
4-1/4
2-1/4
3
4-1/4
2-1/4
3
4-1/4
2-1/4
3
4-1/4
p m (mm)
(57)
(76)
(108)
(57)
(76)
(108)
(57)
(76)
(108)
(57)
(76)
(108)
(57)
(76)
(108)
(57)
(76)
(108)
1-3/4 (44)
n/a
n/a
n/a
0.82
0.66
0.55
n/a
n/a
n/a
0.45
0.28
0.08
0.82
0.57
0.17
n/a
n/a
n/a
E
2 (51)
n/a
n/a
n/a
0.90
0.72
0.58
n/a
n/a
n/a
0.55
0.35
0.10
0.90
0.70
0.21
n/a
n/a
n/a
E
2-1/2 (64)
n/a
n/a
n/a
1.00
0.83
0.65
n/a
n/a
n/a
0.77
0.49
0.14
1.00
0.83
0.29
n/a
n/a
n/a
3 (76)
0.83
0.73
0.66
1.00
0.94
0.72
0.67
0.62
0.56
1.00
0.64
0.19
1.00
0.94
0.38
n/a
n/a
n/a
g
3-1/2 (89)
0.88
0.77
0.68
1.00
0.79
0.70
0.64
0.56
0-80
0.24
1,00
0.48
n/a
n/a
n/a
4 (102)
0.94
0.81
0.71
1.00
0.87
0.72
0.66
0.57
0.98
0.29
1.00
0.59
n/a
n/a
n/a
Y
4-1/2 (114)
1 0.99
0.85
1 0.73
0.95
0.75
0.69
0.58
1.00
0.35
0.70
1.00
n/a
n/a
4-3/4 (121)
1.00
0.87
0.75
0.99
1 0.77
0.70
0.59
1 0.38
0.76
1 0.88
1 n/a
5 (127)
0.89
0.76
1.00
0.78
0.71
0.59
0.41
0.82
0.91
n/a
6 (152)
0.96
0.81
1.00
0.84
0.75
0.61
0.54
1.00
0.99
n/a
0
6-3/4 (171)
1.00
0.85
0.88
0.78
0.62
0.64
1.00
0.70
:5,-
7 (178)
0.86
0.89
0.79
0.63
0.68
0.72
8 (203)
0.91
0.95
0.83
0.65
0.83
0.77
9 (229)
0.97
1.00
0.87
0.67
0.99
0.81
tca
o
10 (254)
1.00
1
1 0.91
0.68
1
1 1.00
1
0.86
11 (279)
0.95
0.70
0.90
12 (305)
0.99
0.72
0.94
v
14 (356)
1.00
0.76
1.00
m
16 (406)
0.79
m
18 (457)
0.83
vai
20 (5 8)
0.87
> 24 (610)
0.94
1 Linear interpolation not permitted.
2 When combining multiple load adjustment factors (e.g. for a 4 anchor pattern in a corner with thin concrete member) the design can become very conservative. To optimize the design,
use Hilti PROFIS Engineering software or perform anchor calculation using design equations from ACI 318 Chapter 17.
3 Spacing factor reduction in shear, fAN, assumes an influence of a nearby edge. If no edge exists, then f Av = fAN.
4 Concrete thickness reduction factor in shear, f., assumes an influence of a nearby edge. If no edge exists, then f. = 1.0.
0 If a reduction factor value is in a shaded cell, this indicates that this specific edge distance may not be permitted with a certain spacing (or vice versa).
Check table 5 and figure 2 of this section to calculate permissable edge distance, spacing and concrete thickness combinations.
NCE
Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Edition 22 13.0 ANCHORING SYSTEMS 13.3.6 KWIK HUS-EZ SCREW ANCHOR 337
Hilti, Inc. 1-800-879-8000 1 en espanol 1-800-879-5000 1 www.hilti.com I Hilti (Canada) Corporation I www.hilti.ca 1 1-800-363-4458
CITY OF SANTA ANA
1111-11-071
Planning and Buildi
Table 12 - Load adjustment factors for 5/8-in. diameter Hilti KH-EZ and KH-EZ CRC in uncrackec
concretApprow
Edge distance in shear
FOR
PERMIT IS-
II to and a
ay
Spacing factor
Edge distance
Spacing factor
Conc. thickness
5/8-in. KH-EZ
in tension
factor in tension
in shear'
1 toward edge
from edc
e
factor in shear'
uncracked concrete
/ AN
f RN
f Av
f Rv
f Rv
A A
f Nv
in.
3-1/4
4
5
3-1/4
4
5
3-1/4
4
5
3-1/4
4
5
3-1/4
4
-(.
4
5
Embedment In
°" (mm)
(83)
(102)
(1257)
(83)
(102)
(127)
(83)
(102)
(127)
(83)
(102)
(127)
(83)
(102)
Perry
('
(102)'
(127)
1-3/4 (44)
n/a
n/a
n/a
0.622
0.562
0.514
n/a
n/a
n/a
0.235
0.086
0.063
0.470
0.173
0.125
n/a
n/a
n/a
E
2 (51)
n/a
n/a
n/a
0.667
0.596
0.540
n/a
n/a
n/a
0.287
0.106
0.076
0.574
0.211
0.153
n/a
n/a
n/a
2-1/2 (64)
n/a
n/a
n/a
0.762
0.667
0.592
n/a
n/a
n/a
0.401
0.147
0.107
0.762
0.295
0.214
n/a
n/a
n/a
3 (76)
0.709
0.665
0.629
0.863
0.741
0.648
0.609
0.556
0.545
0.528
0.194
0.141
0.863
0.388
0.281
n/a
n/a
n/a
3-1/2 (89)
0.744
0.693
0.650
0.969
0.819
0.705
0.627
0.565
0.553
0.665
0.244
0.177
0.969
0.488
0.354
n/a
n/a
n/a
4 (102)
0.779
0.720
0.672
1.000
0.901
0.764
0.645
0.574
0.560
0.812
0.298
0.216
1.000
0.597
0.433
n/a
n/a
n/a
4-1/2 (114)
0.814
0.748
0.693
1 0.987
0.8261
0.6631
0.584
0.5681
0.969
0.356
0.2581
0.7121
0.516
n/a
n/a
n/a
5 (127)
0.849
0.7751
0.715
1.000
0.890
0.681
0.593
0.575
1.000
0.417
0.302
0.834
0.605
0.852
n/a
n/a
5-1/2 (140)
0.884
0.803
0.736
0.956
0.700
0.602
0.583
0.481
0.349
0.962
0.698
0.893
n/a
n/a
6 (152)
0.918
0.830
0.758
1.000
0.718
0.612
0.590
0.548
0.398
1.000
0.795
0.933
0.668
n/a
0
7 (178)
1 0.988
0.885
0.801
0.754
0.630
0.605
0.691
0.501
1.0001
1.000
0.7221
0.648
:§k
8 (203)
1.000
0.940
0.844
0.790
0.649
0.620
0.844
0.612
0.772
0.693
9 (229)
0.995
0.887
0.827
0.667
0.635
1 1.000
0.730
0.818
0.735
10 (254)
1.000
0.930
1 0.8631
0.686
0.6501
0.8551
0.863
0.775
as
11 (279)
1 0.973
0.899
0.705
0.665
0.987
0.905
0.813
0
12 305)
1.000
0.935
0.723
0.680
1.000
0.945
0.849
a)
0
14 (356)
1.000
0.760
0.710
1.000
0.917
16 (406)
0.798
0.740
0.980
18 (457)
0.835
0.770
1.000
20 (508)
0.872
0.800
a
24 (610)
0.947
0.860
U)
> 30 62
1.0001
0.951
Table 13 - Load adjustment factors for 5/8-in. diameter Hilti KH-EZ and KH-EZ CRC in cracked concrete''2
Edge distance in shear
II to and away
Spacing factor
Edge distance
Spacing factor
Conc. thickness
5/8-in. KH-EZ
in tension
factor in tension
in shear'
-L toward edge
from edge
factor in shear°
cracked concrete
f AN
f RN
f AV
f RV
f RV
f HV
in.
3-1/4
4
5
3-1/4
4
5
3-1/4
4
5
3-1/4
4
5
3-1/4
4
5
3-1/4
4
5
Embedment h
_ (mm)
(83)
(102)
(1257)
(83)
(102)
(127)
(83)
(102)
(127)
(83)
(102)
(127)
(83)
(102)
(127)
(83)
(102)
(127)
£
1-3/4 (44)
n/a
n/a
n/a
0.630
0.565
0.514
n/a
n/a
n/a
0.267
0.098
0.071
1 0.533
0.196
0.142
n/a
n/a
n/a
E
2 (51)
n/a
n/a
n/a
0.676
0.599
0.540
n/a
n/a
n/a
0.326
0.120
0.0871
0.652
0.239
0.174
n/a
n/a
n/a
2-1/2 (64)
n/a
n/a
n/a
0.772
0.670
0.592
n/a
n/a
n/a
0.455
0.167
0.121
0.772
0.335
0.243
n/a
n/a
n/a
3 (76)
0.709
0.665
0.629
0.873
0.745
0.648
0.618
0.561
0.549
0.599
0.220
0.159
0.873
0.440
0.319
n/a
n/a
n/a
3-1/2 (89)
0.744
0.693
0.650
0.981
0.824
0.705
0.638
0.571
0.557
0.754
0.277
0.201
0.981
0.554
0.402
n/a
n/a
n/a
Ch
4 (102)
0.779
0.720
0.672
1.000
0.906
0.764
0.658
0.581
0.565
0.922
0.339
0.245
1.000
0.677
0.491
n/a
n/a
n/a
4-1/2 (114)
0.814
0.7481
0.693
1 0.9921
0.826
0.678
0.591
0.574
1.000
0.404
0.293
0.8081
0.586
n/a
n/a
n/a
5 (127)
0.849
0.775
0.715
1.000
0.890
0.697
0.601
0.582
1.000
0.473
0.343
0.946
0.686
0.888
n/a
n/a
5-1/2 (140)
0.884
0.803
0.736
0.956
0.717
0.611
0.590
0.5461
0.3961
1.000
0.792
0.932
n/a
n/a
6 (152)
0.918
0.830
0.758
1.000
0.737
0.621
0.598
0.622
0.451
0.902
0.973
0.697
n/a
0
7 (178)
0.988
0.885
0.801
0.7761
0.642
0.6141
0.784
0.568
1.000
1.000
0.753
0.676
8 (203)
1.000
0.940
0.844
0.816
0.662
0.631
0.958
0.694
0.805
0.723
9 (229)
0.995
0.887
0.855
0.682
0.647
1.000
0.828
1 0.854
0.767
10 (254)
1.0001
0.930
1
1
0.895
0.702
0.663
0.970
1
0.9001
0.808
y
11 (279)
0.973
0.934
0.723
0.680
1
1.000
0.944
0.848
0
12 (305)
1.000
0.974
0.743
0.696
0.986
0.885
o -
14 (356)
1.000
0.783
0.729
1.000
0.956
16 (406)
0.824
0.761
1.000
18 (457)
0.864
0.794
20 (508)
0.905
0.827
a
24 (610)
0.986
0.892
U)
> 30 762
1.000
0.990
1 Linear interpolation not permitted.
2 When combining multiple load adjustment factors (e.g. for a 4 anchor pattern in a corner with thin concrete member) the design can become very conservative. To optimize the design, use
Hilti PROFIS Engineering software or perform anchor calculation using design equations from ACI 318 Chapter 17.
3 Spacing factor reduction in shear, f_ assumes an influence of a nearby edge. If no edge exists, then f,, = f,W.
4 Concrete thickness reduction factor in shear, f, assumes an influence of a nearby edge. If no edge exists, then f M = 1.0.
If a reduction factor value is in a shaded cell, this indicates that this specific edge distance may not be permitted with a certain spacing (or vice versa).
Check with table 5 and figure 2 of this section to calculate permissable edge distance, spacing and concrete thickness combinations.
ng Agency
?d
>UANCE
338 Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Edition 22 13.0 ANCHORING SYSTEMS 13.3.6 KWIK HUS-EZ SCREW ANCHOR
Hilti, Inc. 1-800-879-8000 1 en espanol 1-800-879-5000 1 www.hilti.com I Hilti (Canada) Corporation I www.hilti.ca 1 1-800-363-4458
CITY OF SANTA ANA
Planning and Building Agency
Anchor Fastening Technical Guide, Edition 22
Table 14 - Load adjustment factors for 3/4-in. diameter Hilti KH-EZ and KH-EZ CRC in unci cked corApproved
Edgedistancein
heEFOR PERMIT
ISSUANCE
II tD
and away
Spacing factor
Edge distance
Spacing factor
Conc. thickness
3/4-in. KH-EZ
in tension
factor in tension
in shear"
-L toward edge
i,om
edge
factor in shear'
uncracked concrete
fAN
fRN
fAv
fRv
fr+v
Embedment h"°m in.
(mm)
4
(102)
6-1/4
(159)
4
(102)
6-1/4
(159)
4
1 (102)
6-1/4
(159)
4
(102)
6-1/4
(159)
4
(10
)D
J
tQ159)
4
(102)
1-3/4 (44)
n/a
n/a
0.57
0.48
1 n/a
n/a
0.10
0.05
0.19
0.10
n/a
-
2 (51)
n/a
n/a
0.61
0.50
n/a
n/a
0.12
0.06
0.
E
2-1/2 (64)
n/a
n/a
0.68
0.54
n/a
n/a
0.16
0.08
0.33
0.17
n/a
n/a
3 (76)
0.67
0.60
0.76
0.58
0.56
0.54
0.21
0.11
0.43
0.22
n/a
n/a
3-1/2 (89)
0.70
0.62
0.84
0.62
0.57
0.55
0.27
0.14
0.54
0.28
n/a
n/a
4 (102)
0.73
0.64
0.93
0.67
0.58
0.55
0.33
0.17
0.66
0.34
n/a
n/a
U)
4-1/2 (114)
0.76
0.65
1.00
0.72
0.59
0.56
0.39
0.20
0.79
0.41
n/a
n/a
5 (127)
0.79
0.67
0.76
1 0.60
0.56
0.46
0.24
0.92
0.48
n/a
n/a
r
5-1 (140)
0.81
0.69
0.81
0.61
0.57
0.53
0.28
1.00
0.55
n/a
n/a
a)
6 (152)
0.84
0.71
0.86
0.62
0.58
0.61
0.31
0.63
0.69
n/a
0
7 (178)
0.90
0.74
0.97
0.64
0.59
0.77
0.40
0.79
0.75
n/a
8 (203)
0.96
0.78
1.00
0.66
0.60
0.94
0.48
0.97
0.80
n/a
8-1/8 (206)
0.96
0.78
0.66
0.60
0.96
0.50
0.99
0.80
0.65
as
9 (229)
1.00
0.81
0.68
0.62
1.00
0.58
1.00
0.85
0.68
10 (254)
0.84
0.70
0.63
0.68
0.89
0.72
N
11 (279)
0.88
0.72
0.64
0.78
0.94
0.75
a
12 (305)
0.91
0.74
0.65
1 0.89
0.98
0.79
14 (356)
0.98
0.78
0.68
1.00
1.00
0.85
1
16 (406)
1.00
0.82
0.71
1 0.91
18 (457)
0.86
0.73
0.96
20 (508)
0.90
0.76
1.00
a
24 (610)
0.98
0.81
30 (762)
1
1.00
0.89
> 36 914
0.96
Table 15 - Load adjustment
factors for 3/4-in. diameter Hilti KH-EZ and
KH-EZ CRC in cracked concrete',z
Edge distance in shear
II to and away
Spacing factor
Edge distance
Spacing factor
Conc. thickness
3/4-in. KH-EZ
in tension
factor in tension
in shear'
-L toward edge
from edge
factor in shear'
cracked concrete
fAN
fRN
fAv
fRv
fRv
f Hv
Embedment h in.
4
6-1/4
4
6-1/4
4
6-1/4
4
6-1/4
4
6-1/4
4
6-1/4
° (mm)
(102)
(159)
(102)
(159)
(102)
(159)
(102)
(159)
(102)
(159)
(102)
(159)
1-3/4 (44)
n/a
n/a
0.57
0.48
n/a
n/a
0.11
0.06
0.22
0.11
n/a
n/a
E
2 (51)
n/a
n/a
0.61
0.50
n/a
n/a
0.13
0.07
0.27
0.14
n/a
n/a
E
2-1/2 (64)
n/a
n/a
0.68
0.54
n/a
n/a
0.19
0.10
0.37
0.19
n/a
n/a
3 (76)
0.67
0.60
0.76
0.58
0.57
0.54
0.24
0.13
0.49
0.25
n/a
n/a
_
3-1/2 (89)
0.70
0.62
0.85
0.63
0.58
0.55
0.31
0.16
0.61
0.32
n/a
n/a
4 (102)
0.73
0.64
0.93
0.67
0.59
0.56
1 0.38
0.19
0.75
0.39
n/a
n/a
4-1/2 (114)
0.76
0.65
1 1.00
0.72
1 0.60
0.56
0.45
0.23
0.90
0.46
n/a
n/a
5 (127)
0.79
0.67
0.77
0.61
0.57
0.52
0.27
1.00
0.54
n/a
n/a
Y
5-1/2 (140)
0.81
0.69
0.81
0.62
0.58
0.60
0.31
0.63
n/a
n/a
6 (152)
0.84
0.71
0.87
0.63
0.58
0.69
0.36
0.71
0.72
n/a
7 (178)
0.90
0.74
0.97
0.65
0.60
0.87
0.45
0.90
0.78
n/a
0
8 203)
0.96
0.78
1.00
0.67
0.61
1.00
0.55
1.00
0.83
n/a
W
8-1/8 (206)
0.96
1 0.78
0.68
0.61
0.56
0.84
0.67
m
9 (229)
1.00
0.81
1
0.70
0.63
0.66
1
0.88
0.71
10 (254)
0.84
0.72
0.64
0.77
0.93
0.75
N
11 (279)
0.88
0.74
0.65
0.89
0.98
0.78
12 (305)
0.91
0.76
0.67
1.00
1.00
0.82
a�
m
14 (356)
0.98
0.80
0.70
0.89
16 (406)
1.00
0.85
0.72
0.95
m
18 (457)
1
1
1 0.89
0.75
1 1.00
20 (508)
0.93
0.78
a
24 (610)
1.00
0.84
U)
30 (762)
0.92
> 36 (914)
1.00
1 Linear interpolation not permitted.
2 When combining multiple load adjustment factors (e.g. for a 4 anchor pattern in a corner with thin concrete member) the design can become very conservative. To optimize the design, use
Hilti PROFIS Engineering software or perform anchor calculation using design equations from ACI 318 Chapter 17.
3 Spacing factor reduction in shear, fAv, assumes an influence of a nearby edge. If no edge exists, then fAv = fAN.
4 Concrete thickness reduction factor in shear, fHv, assumes an influence of a nearby edge. If no edge exists, then f N = 1.0.
0 If a reduction factor value is in a shaded cell, this indicates that this specific edge distance may not be permitted with a certain spacing (or vice versa).
Check with table 5 and figure 2 of this section to calculate permissable edge distance, spacing and concrete thickness combinations.
Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Edition 22 13.0 ANCHORING SYSTEMS 13.3.6 KWIK HLIS-EZ SCREW ANCHOR 339
Hilti, Inc. 1-800-879-8000 1 en espanol 1-800-879-5000 1 www.hilti.com I Hilti (Canada) Corporation I www.hilti.ca 1 1-800-363-4458
CITY OF SANTA ANA
Planning and Building Agency
DESIGN INFORMATION IN MASONRY
Table 30 - Allowable tension loads for Hilti KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL, KH-EZ C
and KH-EZ CRC installed in grout -filled masonry walls (lb)f 2,3,4,5
Spacing Edge distance
Approved
FOR PERMIT ISSUANCE
Nominal
anchor
diameter
in.
Embedment
in'
Loads @
c and
Critical - sc,
in.'
Minimum - sm,n
in'
Load
reduction
factorat sm a
Critical - c
Minimum- cmlr,
in'
Master ID:
Date:
1 /4
1-5/8
53011
4
2
0.70
4
2-1/2
91011
4
1.00
3/8
1-5/8
53511
4
2
0.70
4
2-1/2
895
6
4
0.80
3-1/4
1,210
1/2
2-1/4
710
4
2
0.60
4
3
1,110
8
4
4-1/4
1,515
5/8
3-1/4
1,155
10
4
0.60
4
5
1,735
3/4
4
1,680
12
4
0.60
4
6-1/4
2,035
Table 31 - Allowable shear loads for Hilti KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL, KH-EZ C and KH-EZ CRC installed
in grout -filled masonry walls (lb)' 2,3,4,5
Nominal
anchor
diameter
in.
Embedment
in.'
Load at c.,
ands
Spacing
Edge distance
Critical - s,,
in.'
Minimum - sm,,
in.'
Load
reduction
factor at s,,.'
Critical - c,,
in'
Minimum - cm
in'
Load reduction factor at cml�
perpendicular
to edge
parallel
to edge
1/4
1-5/8
67511
4
4
1.00
4
4
1.00
1.00
2-1/2
84011
1.00
1.00
3/8
1-5/8
1,14011
6
4
0.94
6
4
0.61
1.00
2-1/2
1,165
0.70
1.00
3-1/4
1,190
0.70
1.00
1/2
2-1/4
1,845
8
4
0.88
8
4
0.50
1.00
3
2,055
0.45
0.94
4-1/4
1 2,745
0.40
0.89
5/8
3-1/4
3,040
10
4
0.36
10
4
0.36
0.82
5
3,485
0.34
0.92
3/4
4
3,040
10
4
0.36
10
4
0.36
0.82
6-1/4
3,485
0.34
0.92
1 All values are for anchors installed in fully grouted masonry with minimum masonry prism strength of 1,500 psi. Concrete masonry units may be lightweight, medium -weight or normal -
weight.
2 Anchors may not be installed within one inch in any direction of a vertical joint.
3 Linear interpolation of load values between minimum spacing sm,, and critical spacing s,, and between minimum edge distance c_ and critical edge distance
c�, is permitted. spa spa
T PPlled Ve,plied PPlled4 For combined loading: For 1/4-in. - + < 1 For 3/8- through 3/4-in. -(Ppli.a 1
T�Ilmwie Vanowaoe nowable VooWame
5 See Figure 5 on Page 21 of this document for anchor locations for anchor locations.
6 Embedment depth is measured from the outside face of the concrete masonry embedment.
7 Critical spacing sir is the anchor spacing where full load values may be used. The minimum spacing smm is the minimum spacing for which values are available and installation is
recommended. Spacing is measured from the center of one anchor to the center of the adjacent anchor.
8 Load reduction factors are multiplicative, both spacing and edge distance load reduction factors must be considered. Load values for anchors installed at less than car or s., must be
multiplied by the appropriate load reduction factor based on actual edge distance (c) or spacing (s).
9 The critical edge distance car is the edge distance where full load values may be used. The minimum edge distance cm., is the minimum edge distance for which values are available and
installation is recommended. For tension, c�, equals cm, Edge distance is measured from the center of the anchor to the closest edge.
10 Load values must be reduced by 21 % for installations within 1-1/4 inches of the bed joint.
11 Load values must be reduced by 13% for installations within 1-1/4 inches of the bed joint.
348 Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Edition 22 13.0 ANCHORING SYSTEMS 13.3.6 KWIK HUS-EZ SCREW ANCHOR
Hilti, Inc. 1-800-879-8000 1 en espanol 1-800-879-5000 1 www.hilti.com I Hilti (Canada) Corporation I www.hilti.ca 1 1-800-363-4458
CITY OF SANTA ANA
Planning and Building Agency
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
Installation Instructions For Use (IFU) are included with each product package. They can also be viewe
online at www.hilti.com. Because of the possibility of changes, always verify that downloaded IFU are
Proper installation is critical to achieve full performance. Training is available on request. Contact Hilti 1
applications and conditions not addressed in the IFU.
ORDERING INFORMATION
Order Information
Approved
orFd� iillpa�WIT ISSUANCE
irrent when used.
nical Services for
Master ID:
Date:
Total Length without Minimum Embedment
Description Hole Diameter Anchor Head Deeth Otv (ocs) / Box
KH-EZ P 1/4"x1 7/8"
1/4"
1 7/8
1 5/8
100
KH-EZ P 1/4"x2 5/8"
1/4"
2 5/8
1 5/8
100
KH-EZ PM 1/4"x2 5/8"
1/4"
2 5/8
1 5/8
100
KH-EZ PM 1/4"x1 7/8"
1/4"
1 7/8
1 5/8
100
KH-EZ PL 1/4"x2 5/8"
1/4"
2 5/8
1 5/8
100
KH-EZ C 1/4"x2"
1/4"
2
1 5/8
100
KH-EZ C 1/4"x2 1/2"
1/4"
2 1/2
1 5/8
100
KH-EZ C 1/4"x3"
1/4"
3
1 5/8
100
KH-EZ C 1/4"x4"
1/4"
4
1 5/8
100
KH-EZ 1/4"x1 7/8"
1/4"
1 7/8
1 5/8
100
KH-EZ 1/4"x2 5/8"
1/4"
2 5/8
1 5/8
100
KH-EZ 1/4"x3"
1/4"
3
1 5/8
100
KH-EZ 1/4"x3 1/2''
1/4"
3 1/2
1 5/8
100
KH-EZ 1/4"x4"
1/4"
4
1 5/8
100
KH-EZ 3/8"x1 7/8''
3/8"
1 7/8
1 5/8
50
KH-EZ 3/8"x2 1/8''
3/8"
2 1/8
1 5/8
50
KH-EZ (CRC) 3/8"x3"
3/8"
3
2 1/2
50
KH-EZ 3/8"x3 1/2''
3/8"
3 1/2
2 1/2
50
KH-EZ (CRC) 3/8"x4"
3/8"
4
3 1/4
50
KH-EZ (CRC) 3/8"x5"
3/8"
5
3 1/4
50
KH-EZ C 3/8"x2 1/2"
3/8"
2 1/2
1 5/8
50
KH-EZ C 3/8"x3"
3/8"
3
2 1/2
50
KH-EZ C 3/8"x4"
3/8"
4
2 1/2
50
KH-EZ 1/2"x2 1/2"
1/2"
2 1/2
2 1/4
25
KH-EZ (CRq 1/2"x3"
1/2"
3
2 1/4
25
KH-EZ 1/2"x3 1/2"
1/2"
3 1/2
2 1/4
25
KH-EZ (CRC) 1/2"x4"
1/2"
4
2 1/4
25
KH-EZ 1/2"x4 1/2"
1/2"
4 1/2
3
25
KH-EZ (CRC) 1/2"x5"
1/2"
5
3
25
KH-EZ (CRC) 1/2"x6"
1/2"
6
3
25
KH-EZ 5/8"x3 1/2"
5/8''
3 1/2
3 1/4
15
KH-EZ 5/8"x4"
5/8''
4
3 1/4
15
KH-EZ (CRC) 5/8"x5 1/2"
5/8''
5 1/2
3 1/4
15
KH-EZ (CRC) 5/8"x6 1/2"
5/8"
6 1/2
3 1/4
15
KH-EZ (CRC) 5/8"x8"
5/8"
8
3 1/4
15
KH-EZ 3/4"x4 1/2''
3/4"
4 1/2
4
10
KH-EZ (CRC) 3/4"x5 1/2"
3/4''
5 1/2
4
10
KH-EZ (CRC) 3/4"x7"
3/4''
7
4
10
KH-EZ 3/4"x8"
3/4"
8
4
10
KH-EZ (CRC) 3/4"x9"
3/4"
9
4
10
352 Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Edition 22 13.0 ANCHORING SYSTEMS 13.3.6 KWIK HLIS-EZ SCREW ANCHOR
Hilti, Inc. 1-800-879-8000 1 en espanol 1-800-879-5000 1 www.hilti.com I Hilti (Canada) Corporation I www.hilti.ca 1 1-800-363-4458
HILTI TECHNICAL BULLETIN
December 4, 2014
Subject: Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ calculated yield stress and minor diameter
The following table 1 shows the calculated yield stress and minor diameter of the Hilti
KWIK HUS-EZ (KH-EZ) screw anchor.
Table 1 – Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ yield stress and minor diameter
KH-EZ nominal
diameter
Length Minimum yield
stress 1
Minimum minor
diameter
in. psi (MPa) in. (mm)
1/4 all 95,700 0.240
(660) (6.1)
3/8 1-7/8 to 2-1/8 56,550 0.327
(390) (8.3)
3/8 3 to 5 95,700 0.327
(660) (8.3)
1/2 all 88,450 0.449
(610) (11.4)
5/8 all 63,075 0.581
(435) (14.75)
3/4 all 50,025 0.703
(345) (17.85)
1 Minimum yield stress calculated in accordance with ISO 898-1 using the lesser of the tensile
strength of the steel prior to manufacturing process or core hardness after production.
When calculating the bending moment of the KH-EZ for stand-off conditions (i.e. when
steel fixture is not directly bearing on concrete or grout-filled CMU surface) it is
suggested to refer to section 3.1.6.9 of the 2014 Hilti North America Product Technical
Guide, Volume 2: Anchor Fastening Technology Guide. Section 3.1.6.9 describes a
suggested calculation for bolt bending based on tests for post-installed fasteners
embedded in concrete and takes into account factors such as localized crushing of the
base material and rotational restraints. Other methods, such as using the above yield
stress and minor diameter, could be un-conservative since it does not take into account
these factors.
Please feel free to contact our Engineering Technical Services department for more
information or any questions.
Hilti Engineering Technical Services
United States Canada
(877) 749-6337 toll free (800) 363-4458 toll free
(918) 872-6337 CATechnicalServices@hilti.com
hnatechnicalservices@hilti.com